NEW BATH HOUSE by dcsvzebge

VIEWS: 10 PAGES: 411

									                                       Project Manual
                                                 for:

                                    CONSTRUCTION OF
                             NEW BATH HOUSE

                         DEEP CREEK LAKE STATE PARK
                                       898 State Park Road
                                     Swanton, Maryland 21561




DGS Project Number:                                              Date: December 7, 2009
P-008-080-010




                                  Project Classification: “C”

                                          Notice:
         “Minority Business Enterprises are Encouraged to Respond to this Notice”




                                  STATE OF MARYLAND

Department of General Services                                   Board of Public Works
Alvin C. Collins, Secretary                                      Martin O’Malley, Governor
301 West Preston Street                                          Peter Franchot, Comptroller
Baltimore, Maryland 21201                                        Nancy K. Kopp, Treasurer




                                        Architect:
                                        King, Asbury & Associates, P.C.
                                        6 N. East Street, Suite 300
                                        Frederick, Maryland 21701


Mechanical/Electrical Engineer:                           Civil Engineer:
Charles Ford & Associates                                 Harris, Smariga & associates, Inc.
4326 Georgia Avenue, N.W.                                 125 South Carroll Street, Suite 100
Washington, D.C. 20011                                    Frederick, Maryland 21701
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section        Title                                                        Pages


Division 0 – Procurement and Contracting Requirements (under separate cover)

Notice to Bidders- Solicitation Fact sheet (eMarylandMarketplace Attachment)
Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects (March 2007) (eMarylandMarketplace Attachment)
General Conditions for Construction Contracts (Revised March 2007) (eMarylandMarketplace
Attachment)
Minority Business Enterprise Utilization Procedures (March 2007) (eMarylandMarketplace Attachment)
Bid/Proposal Affidavit(eMarylandMarketplace Attachment)
Bid Bond (eMarylandMarketplace Attachment)
Qualification Questionaire (eMarylandMarketplace Attachment)
Addenda, if any (eMarylandMarketplace Attachment)

Prevailing Wage Rates                                                               5
List of Drawings                                                                    1

Division 1 - General Requirements

01100          Summary                                                               1
01260          Contract Modifications Procedures                                     3
01270          Unit Prices                                                           2
01290          Payment Procedures                                                    2
01310          Project Management and Coordination                                   4
01320          Construction Progress Documentation                                   8
01330          Submittal Procedures                                                  3
01400          Quality Requirements                                                  2
01420          References                                                           12
01500          Temporary Facilities and Controls                                     6
01600          Product Requirements                                                  7
01770          Closeout Procedures                                                   4

Division 2 – Site Work

02221          Building Demolition                                                  3
02231          Tree Protection and Trimming                                         5
02232          Underground Storage Tank Removal                                     4
02300          Earthwork                                                            3
02310          Site Clearing                                                        2
02311          Rough Grading                                                        3
02320          Backfilling                                                          5
02324          Trenching                                                            5
02374          Erosion and Sediment Control                                         2
02483          Segmental Retaining Wall                                             9
02512          Site Water Lines                                                     4


TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                                    TOC-1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

02520          Portland Cement Site Concrete                         6
02538          Sanitary Sewer                                        5
02740          Flexible Paving                                       4
02924          Seeding                                               4

Division 3 - Concrete

03300          Cast-in-Place Concrete                                6

Division 4 - Masonry

04810          Unit Masonry Assemblies                               9

Division 5 - Metals

05500          Metal Fabrications                                    3
05521          Pipe and Tube Railings                                3

Division 6 - Wood and Plastics

06105          Miscellaneous Carpentry                               2
06160          Sheathing                                             3
06176          Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses                    4
06402          Interior Architectural Woodwork                       3

Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection

07115          Bituminous Dampproofing                               3
07210          Building Insulation                                   3
07311          Asphalt Shingles                                      4
07620          Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim                         2
07920          Joint Sealants                                        5

Division 8 - Doors and Windows

08110          Steel Doors and Frames                                3
08311          Access Doors and Frames                               3
08550          Aluminum-Clad Wood Windows                            4
08620          Unit Skylights                                        5
08711          Door Hardware                                         5
08800          Glazing                                               4

Division 9 - Finishes

09250          Gypsum Board                                          3
09310          Ceramic Tile                                          5
09910          Industrial Paint Coatings                             3
09912          Painting                                              6
09931          Wood Stains and Transparent Finishes                  3


TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                        TOC-2
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010


Division 10 - Specialties

10155           Toilet Compartments                                2
10200           Louvers and Vents                                  3
10425           Signage                                            1
10520           Fire-Protection Specialties                        4
10801           Toilet and Bath Accessories                        4


Division 11 - Equipment

Not Used

Division 12 - Furnishings

Not Used

Division 13- Special Construction

Not Used

Division 14- Conveying Systems

Not Used

Division 15 – Mechanical

15050           Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods             16
15140           Supports and Anchors                               5
15170           Motors                                             5
15194           Propane Gas Piping and Tank                        8
15245           Vibration Isolation                                5
15260           Piping Insulation                                  5
15430           Plumbing Specialties                               5
15440           Plumbing Fixtures and Trim                         9
15450           Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping                     7
15470           Domestic Water Piping                              8
15486           Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters                   5
15530           Furnaces                                           5
15860           Centrifugal Fans                                   5
15890           Ductwork                                           5
15900           HVAC Instrumentation and Controls                   5
15910           Ductwork Accessories                               4
15940           Air Outlets and Inlets                              4
15990           Testing, Adjusting and Balancing                    6




TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                  TOC-3
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010

Division 16 – Electrical

16050          Basic Electrical Materials and Methods              11
16111          Conduit                                              5
16123          Building Wire and Cable                              2
16130          Boxes                                                4
16135          Electrical Heaters                                   3
16160          Panelboards                                          6
16170          Grounding and Bonding                                3
16190          Supporting Devices                                   3
16477          Fuses                                                2
16510          Interior Luminaires                                  5
16521          Exterior Lighting                                    2




END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS




TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                       TOC-4
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


LIST OF DRAWINGS

CS1.1 Cover Sheet

C-1    Site Demolition Plan
C-2    Proposed Site Plan
C-3    Erosion & Sediment Control Plan
C-4    Erosion & Sediment Control Details
C-5    Site Details

A1.0   Demolition and Foundation Plans
A1.1   Plans and Structural Notes
A1.2   Plans
A2.1   Elevations
A3.1   Building Sections
A4.1   Section Details
A4.2   Section Details
A5.1   Door and Finish Schedules

E1.1   Electrical Floor Plan
E2.1   Electrical Power Riser & Notes
E3.1   Proposed Electrical Site Plan

M1.1   Mechanical Floor Plan
M2.1   Mechanical Schedules and Details

P1.1   Plumbing Floor Plan
P1.2   Plumbing Riser Diagrams, Schedules & Notes




LIST OF DRAWINGS                                                     LOD-1
     DIVISION 1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

      A.   Project Identification: New Construction- Bath House

           1.    Project Location: Deep Creek Lake State Park, 898 State Park Road, Swanton, Maryland
                 21561
           2.    Owner: State of Maryland

      B.   Architect Identification: The Contract Documents for the project were prepared by King,
           Asbury & Associates, PC, 6 North East Street, Suite 300, Frederick, MD 21701.

      C.   The work under this contract consists of the complete demolition of the existing masonry Bath
           House (approximately 675 SF) and adjacent sidewalks and buried gas tank, and the construction
           of a new one-story, 1,248 square foot masonry Bath House and perimeter sidewalks. Work to
           include new retaining wall and steps, new paving and accessible parking space, new buried gas
           tank, and new underground electric service (approximately 280 LF of trench).


1.2        USE OF PREMISES

      A.   General: The Contractor’s access to the site shall be limited only to those areas where work is
           specified to be accomplished. Access to other areas of the site will be strictly prohibited unless
           prior arrangements are made with the Owner. Any anticipated activity which would be disrup-
           tive shall be scheduled during the Owner’s off hours. Provide not less than 72 hours notice to
           Owner of activities that will affect Owner’s operation.


1.3        SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS

      A.   Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the
           16-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.

      B.   Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and
           the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.

      C.   Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is
           abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.


END OF SECTION 01100




SUMMARY                                                                                            01100 - 1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 01260 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

      B.   Refer to the State of Maryland’s Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
           General Conditions of the Contract between Owner and Contractor (revised March 2007).
           If any information in this Section conflicts with the State’s instructions, the State’s
           instructions shall control.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing
           Contract modifications.

      B.   Related Sections include the following:
           1.    Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices.
           2.    Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling
                 requests for substitutions made after Contract award.


1.3        MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

      A.   Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not
           involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.


1.4        PROPOSAL REQUESTS

      A.   Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed
           changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If
           necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

           1.    Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them
                 instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
           2.    Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a
                 quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time
                 necessary to execute the change.

                 a.    Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
                       total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data
                       to substantiate quantities.



CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES                                                               01260 - 1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

                 b.    Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
                       discounts.
                 c.    Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
                 d.    Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of
                       the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
                       finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting
                       an extension of the Contract Time.

      B.   Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the
           Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Architect.

           1.    Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the
                 Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the
                 proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
           2.    Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
                 amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to
                 substantiate quantities.
           3.    Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
                 discounts.
           4.    Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
           5.    Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
                 change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
                 and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
                 Contract Time.
           6.    Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" if the
                 proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system
                 specified.


1.5        CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

      A.   On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures
           of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.


1.6        CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

      A.    Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on
           AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a
           change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

           1.    Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It
                 also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the
                 Contract Time.

      B.   Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the
           Construction Change Directive.

           1.    After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to
                 substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.



CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES                                                                 01260 - 2
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)


PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)


END OF SECTION 012600




CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES                             01260 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.

      B.   Refer to the State of Maryland’s Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
           General Conditions of the Contract between Owner and Contractor (revised March 2007).
           If any information in this Section conflicts with the State’s instructions, the State’s
           instructions shall control.


1.2        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Unit price is a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion
           of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the
           scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are
           increased or decreased.


1.3        PROCEDURES

      A.   Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,
           overhead, and profit.

      B.   Measurement and Payment: Refer to the State of Maryland’s Instructions to Bidders for
           Construction Projects and General Conditions of the Contract between Owner and Contractor
           (revised March 2007).

      C.   Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use
           of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an
           independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

      D.   List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included in Part 2. Specification Sections referenced
           in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.


PART 2 - EXECUTION


2.1        LIST OF UNIT PRICES

      A.   Unit Price No. 1: Earth Excavation (by machine) and proper disposal offsite.

           50 Cubic Yards X     (Bid Price)   = Extended Unit Price



UNIT PRICES                                                                                         01270 - 1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

  B.   Unit Price No. 2: Earth Excavation (by Hand) and proper disposal offsite.

       10 Cubic Yards X    (Bid Price)      = Extended Unit Price

  C.   Unit Price No. 3: Site Rock Excavation and proper disposal offsite.

       5 Cubic Yards X    (Bid Price)      = Extended Unit Price

  D.   Unit Price No. 4: Trench Excavation and proper disposal off site.

       25 Cubic Yards X    (Bid Price)      = Extended Unit Price

  E.   Unit Price No. 5: Trench Rock Excavation and proper disposal offsite.

       10 Cubic Yards X    (Bid Price)      = Extended Unit Price

  F.   Unit Price No. 6: Removal of Unsuitable Excavated Material and proper disposal offsite.

       50 Cubic Yards X    (Bid Price)      = Extended Unit Price

  G.   Unit Price No. 7: Removal of Contaminated Soils and proper disposal offsite.

       5 Cubic Yards X    (Bid Price)      = Extended Unit Price

  H.   Unit Price No. 8: Delivery, spreading and compaction (95%) of Structural Fill.

       55 Cubic Yards X    (Bid Price)      = Extended Unit Price


END OF SECTION 01270




UNIT PRICES                                                                                 01270 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES


1.1        GENERAL

      A.   Refer to the State of Maryland’s Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
           General Conditions of the Contract between Owner and Contractor (revised March 2007).
           If any information in this Section conflicts with the State’s instructions, the State’s in-
           structions shall control.

      B.   Coordination: Related Sections include the following:
           1.   Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing use of unit
                prices.
           2.   Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for
                handling changes to the Contract.

      C.   Schedule of Values: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Con-
           tractor's Construction Schedule. Correlate line items with other required administrative forms
           and schedules, including Submittals Schedule and Application for Payment forms with Contin-
           uation Sheets.

           1.    Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than sev-
                 en days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

           2.    Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evalua-
                 tion of Applications for Payment. Provide several line items for principal subcontract
                 amounts. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
           3.    Provide a separate line item for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment
                 may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet in-
                 stalled.
           4.    Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.
                 Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.

                 a.    Temporary facilities and other items that are not direct cost of work-in-place may
                       be shown either as separate line items or distributed as general overhead expense.

           5.    Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment
                 when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Con-
                 tract Sum.

      D.   Applications for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certi-
           fied by Architect and paid for by Owner.

           1.    Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Comple-
                 tion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
           2.    Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the
                 Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by
                 each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.



PAYMENT PROCEDURES                                                                                01290 - 1
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

      3.   Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Con-
           tinuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.

      4.   Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Sub-
           stantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion
           for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.

           a.    Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete
                 and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
           b.    This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
                 previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.


END OF SECTION 01290




PAYMENT PROCEDURES                                                                         01290 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010



SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

      B.   Refer to the State of Maryland’s Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
           General Conditions of the Contract between Owner and Contractor (revised March 2007).
           If any information in this Section conflicts with the State’s instructions, the State’s
           instructions shall control.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
           Project including, but not limited to, the following:

           1.    Coordination Drawings.
           2.    Administrative and supervisory personnel.
           3.    Project meetings.
           4.    Requests for Interpretation (RFIs).

      B.   Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility
           will be assigned to a specific contractor.

      C.   Related Sections include the following:

           1.    Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and
                 submitting Contractor's Construction Schedule.
           2.    Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   RFI: Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Contract
           Documents.


1.4        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the
           Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
           construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper
           installation, connection, and operation.


PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION                                                            01310 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


      B.   Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other
           contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
           Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections,
           that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

           1.    Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
                 installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
                 or after its own installation.
           2.    Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
                 maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
           3.    Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
           4.    Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to
                 ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and
                 repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical.

      C.   Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
           procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts
           and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not
           limited to, the following:

           1.    Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
           2.    Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
           3.    Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
           4.    Delivery and processing of submittals.
           5.    Preinstallation conferences.
           6.    Project closeout activities.
           7.    Startup and adjustment of systems.
           8.    Project closeout activities.


1.5        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key
           personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project
           site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone
           numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and
           telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to
           Project.

           1.    Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each
                 temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.


1.6        ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL

      A.   General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory
           personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.




PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION                                                                01310 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


1.7        REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs)

      A.   Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents,
           and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the
           form specified.

           1.    RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor
                 will be returned with no response.
           2.    Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's
                 work or work of subcontractors.

      B.   Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and
           the following:

           1.    Project name.
           2.    Date.
           3.    Name of Contractor.
           4.    Name of Architect.
           5.    RFI number, numbered sequentially.
           6.    Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
           7.    Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
           8.    Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
           9.    Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time
                 or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
           10.   Contractor's signature.
           11.   Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop
                 Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.

                 a.     Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions,
                        thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials,
                        assemblies, and attachments.

      C.   Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it.
           Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m.
           will be considered as received the following working day.

           1.    The following RFIs will be returned without action:

                 a.     Requests for approval of submittals.
                 b.     Requests for approval of substitutions.
                 c.     Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract
                        Documents.
                 d.     Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
                 e.     Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
                 f.     Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.

           2.    Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case
                 Architect's time for response will start again.




PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION                                                              01310 - 3
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


       3.    Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the
             Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to
             Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures."

             a.     If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or
                    the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI
                    response.

  D.   On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response
       to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor
       disagrees with response.

  E.   RFI Log: Prepare and maintain a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Log should
       include the following:

       1.    Project name.
       2.    Name and address of Contractor.
       3.    Name and address of Architect.
       4.    RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
       5.    RFI description.
       6.    Date the RFI was submitted.
       7.    Date Architect's response was received.
       8.    Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and
             Proposal Request, as appropriate.
       9.    Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as
             appropriate.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)


PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)


END OF SECTION 013100




PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION                                                        01310 - 4
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010



SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

      B.   Refer to the State of Maryland’s Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
           General Conditions of the Contract between Owner and Contractor (revised March 2007).
           If any information in this Section conflicts with the State’s instructions, the State’s
           instructions shall control.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress
           of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

           1.    Preliminary Construction Schedule.
           2.    Contractor's Construction Schedule.
           3.    Submittals Schedule.
           4.    Daily construction reports.
           5.    Material location reports.
           6.    Field condition reports.
           7.    Special reports.

      B.   Related Sections include the following:

           1.    Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.
           2.    Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and
                 distributing meeting and conference minutes.
           3.    Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.
           4.    Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and
                 inspections.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring,
           and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume
           time and resources.

           1.    Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the
                 planned early start and finish times.
           2.    Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION                                                               01320 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


           3.    Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

      B.   Cost Loading: The allocation of the Schedule of Values for the completion of an activity as
           scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless
           otherwise approved by Architect.

      C.   CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction
           project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations
           determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.

      D.   Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network
           schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

      E.   Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

      F.   Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

           1.    Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a
                 jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet
                 schedule milestones and Contract completion date.
           2.    Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the
                 early start of the successor activity.
           3.    Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without
                 adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

      G.   Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for
           greater detail.

      H.   Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction
           element.

      I.   Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement.

      J.   Network Diagram: A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and activity
           relationships.

      K.   Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of
           an activity as scheduled.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.

      B.   Submittals Schedule: Submit four copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a
           tabular format:

           1.    Scheduled date for first submittal.
           2.    Specification Section number and title.
           3.    Submittal category (action or informational).


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION                                                              01320 - 2
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


           4.    Name of subcontractor.
           5.    Description of the Work covered.
           6.    Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.

      C.   Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit four opaque copies.

           1.    Approval of cost-loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute approval of
                 Schedule of Values for cost-loaded activities.

      D.   Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit four opaque copies of initial schedule, large
           enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period.

      E.   CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit four copies of each of the following
           computer-generated reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number,
           activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start
           date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.

           1.    Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date,
                 or actual start date if known.
           2.    Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in
                 ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.
           3.    Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
           4.    Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from commencement of the
                 Work until most recent Application for Payment.

      F.   Daily Construction Reports: Submit two copies at monthly intervals.

      G.   Material Location Reports: Submit two copies at monthly intervals.

      H.   Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.

      I.   Special Reports: Submit two copies at time of unusual event.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and
           reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of
           Architect's request.


1.6        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of
           construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.

      B.   Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
           subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required
           schedules and reports.



CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION                                                               01320 - 3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


           1.    Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties
                 involved.
           2.    Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule
                 them in proper sequence.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE

      A.   Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required
           by construction schedule.       Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering,
           manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.

           1.    Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and
                 Contractor's Construction Schedule.
           2.    Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary bar-chart schedule. Include
                 submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to
                 maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time
                 for manufacture or fabrication.

                 a.     At Contractor's option, show submittals on the Preliminary Construction Schedule,
                        instead of tabulating them separately.

           3.    Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's
                 Construction Schedule.


2.2        CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

      A.   Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of
           Final Completion.

           1.    Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an
                 early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

      B.   Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal
           element of the Work. Comply with the following:

           1.    Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless
                 specifically allowed by Architect.
           2.    Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long
                 lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities
                 in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals,
                 approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

           3.    Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 01
                 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in
                 Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION                                                             01320 - 4
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


       4.    Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than 14 days for startup and testing.
       5.    Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
             Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures
             necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

  C.   Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and
       as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

       1.    Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
       2.    Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.
       3.    Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by
             Owner.
       4.    Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
             delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
             stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
       5.    Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
             delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
             stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
       6.    Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

             a.    Coordination with existing construction.
             b.    Limitations of continued occupancies.
             c.    Uninterruptible services.
             d.    Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
             e.    Use of premises restrictions.
             f.    Provisions for future construction.
             g.    Seasonal variations.
             h.    Environmental control.

       7.    Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the
             Work, including, but not limited to, the following:

             a.    Subcontract awards.
             b.    Submittals.
             c.    Purchases.
             d.    Fabrication.
             e.    Sample testing.
             f.    Deliveries.
             g.    Installation.
             h.    Tests and inspections.
             i.    Adjusting.
             j.    Curing.
             k.    Startup and placement into final use and operation.

       8.    Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the
             Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced
             or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:

             a.    Structural completion.



CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION                                                       01320 - 5
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


                 b.     Permanent space enclosure.
                 c.     Completion of mechanical installation.
                 d.     Completion of electrical installation.
                 e.     Substantial Completion.

      D.   Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but
           not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion, and the
           following interim milestones:

           1.    Phases of work.

      E.   Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating planned
           and actual costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for
           preparation of payment requests.

           1.    Refer to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment
                 procedures.

      F.   Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
           submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the
           proposed change on the overall project schedule.

      G.   Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to
           manage construction schedules.


2.3        PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

      A.   Bar-Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary horizontal bar-chart-type construction schedule within
           seven days of date established for commencement of the Work.

      B.   Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of
           each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 60
           days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash
           requirement prediction based on indicated activities.


2.4        REPORTS

      A.   Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
           information concerning events at Project site:

           1.    List of subcontractors at Project site.
           2.    List of separate contractors at Project site.
           3.    Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
           4.    Equipment at Project site.
           5.    Material deliveries.
           6.    High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
           7.    Accidents.
           8.    Meetings and significant decisions.


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION                                                               01320 - 6
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


           9.    Unusual events (refer to special reports).
           10.   Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
           11.   Meter readings and similar recordings.
           12.   Emergency procedures.
           13.   Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
           14.   Change Orders received and implemented.
           15.   Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
           16.   Services connected and disconnected.
           17.   Equipment or system tests and startups.
           18.   Partial Completions and occupancies.
           19.   Substantial Completions authorized.

      B.   Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of
           materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials
           previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on
           and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project
           site.

      C.   Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions
           and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a request for
           interpretation. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with
           recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.


2.5        SPECIAL REPORTS

      A.   General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence.
           Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

      B.   Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at
           Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report.
           List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of
           results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these
           events are known or predictable.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

      A.   Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect
           actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly
           scheduled progress meeting.

           1.    Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have
                 been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each
                 such meeting.
           2.    Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not
                 limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION                                                              01320 - 7
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


       3.    As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.

  B.   Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors,
       testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know
       schedule responsibility.

       1.    Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
       2.    When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the
             same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned
             portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.


END OF SECTION 013200




CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION                                                        01320 - 8
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES


1.1        GENERAL

      A.   Refer to the State of Maryland’s Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
           General Conditions of the Contract between Owner and Contractor (revised March 2007).
           If any information in this Section conflicts with the State’s instructions, the State’s in-
           structions shall control.

      B.   Definitions: As follows:

           1.    Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive
                 action.
           2.    Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval.
                 Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

      C.   Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of con-
           struction activities.

           1.    Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submit-
                 tals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

      D.   Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures"
           for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction
           activities.

      E.   Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
           follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal.

           1.    Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time
                 if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Archi-
                 tect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordi-
                 nation.
           2.    Allow 15 days for processing each resubmittal.

      F.   Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.

           1.    Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
           2.    Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record Con-
                 tractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.
           3.    Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:

                 a.     Project name.
                 b.     Date.
                 c.     Name and address of Architect.
                 d.     Name and address of Contractor.
                 e.     Name and address of subcontractor.
                 f.     Name and address of supplier.
                 g.     Name of manufacturer.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES                                                                                01330 - 1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

                 h.    Unique identifier, including revision number.
                 i.    Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
                 j.    Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
                 k.    Other necessary identification.

      G.   Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents
           on submittals.

      H.   Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect
           in connection with construction.


1.2        PRODUCTS

      A.   Action Submittals: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification
           Sections.

           1.    Submit Action Submittals as follows:
                 a.   Submit all submittals to the Architect.

                       1)     Manufacturer's written recommendations.
                       2)     Manufacturer's product specifications.
                       3)     Manufacturer's installation instructions.
                       4)     Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
                       5)     Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
                       6)     Printed performance curves.
                       7)     Operational range diagrams.
                       8)     Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
                       9)     Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.

           2.    Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not
                 base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed da-
                 ta.

           3.    Coordination Drawings: Provide coordination drawings.
           4.    Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products.


1.3        EXECUTION

      A.   Contractor's Review: Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Doc-
           uments. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to
           Architect.

      B.   Architect's Action: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval
           stamp and will return them without action.

                 a.    Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate
                       corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each
                       submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate ac-
                       tion taken.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES                                                                            01330 - 2
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010

           b.   Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may
                be discarded.


END OF SECTION 01330




SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES                                                                 01330 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
           quality control.

      B.   Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or
           indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the
           Contract Document requirements.


1.2        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during
           execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed
           construction complies with requirements.

      B.   Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
           execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements.
           Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

      C.   Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing
           laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.


1.3        DELEGATED DESIGN

      A.   Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
           design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide
           products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

           1.    If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit
                 a written request for additional information to Architect.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated
           for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
           production capacity to produce required units.

      B.   Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
           manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
           manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this
           Project.


QUALITY REQUIREMENTS                                                                                 01400 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.    Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling
            work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has
            resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

      D.    Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar
            to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.

      E.    Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
            practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
            engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed
            for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this
            Project in material, design, and extent.

      F.    Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities
            shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall
            satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

            1.    Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations
                  governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and
                  similar conventions.

      G.    Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct
            testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types
            of tests and inspections to be performed.

      H.    Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each
            form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using
            materials indicated for the completed Work:

            1.    Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by
                  Architect.
            2.    Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
                  constructed.
            3.    Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
            4.    Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction.
            5.    Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
                  judging the completed Work.
            6.    Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.


1.5         QUALITY CONTROL

      A.    Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor shall engage a
            qualified independent testing and inspection agency as specified and required by the
            Contract Documents. Cost for all testing services shall be included in the Contract price.

      B.    DGS Inspector and Architect to be given 24 hour advance notice prior to any testing and
            shall be given copies of all testing and inspection reports within 48 hours.


END OF SECTION 01400


01400 - 2                                                                     QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        DEFINITIONS

      A.   General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

      B.   "Approved": The term "approved," when used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's
           submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as
           stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

      C.   "Directed": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved,"
           "required," and "permitted" mean directed by Architect, requested by Architect, and similar
           phrases.

      D.   "Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on
           Drawings or to other paragraphs or schedules in Specifications and similar requirements in the
           Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to
           help the user locate the reference.

      E.   "Regulations": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders
           issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within
           the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

      F.   "Furnish": The term "furnish" means to supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading,
           unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

      G.   "Install": The term "install" describes operations at Project site including unloading,
           temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to
           dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

      H.   "Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the
           intended use.

      I.   "Installer": An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
           employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
           including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

      J.   The term "experienced," when used with an entity, means having successfully completed a
           minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with
           special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having
           jurisdiction.

           1.    Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must
                 be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,
                 such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively
                 to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name.


REFERENCES                                                                                       01420 - 1
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

      K.    "Project site" is the space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project
            site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on
            which Project is to be built.


1.2         INDUSTRY STANDARDS

      A.    Applicability of Standards:       Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
            requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
            bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
            are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

      B.    Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
            unless otherwise indicated.

      C.    Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
            standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
            levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that
            are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

            1.    Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified
                  shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly
                  with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within
                  reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are
                  minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer
                  uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

      D.    Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with
            industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
            bound with the Contract Documents.

            1.    Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
                  copies directly from publication source and make them available on request.

      E.    Abbreviations and Acronyms for Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms
            are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
            the entities indicated in Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books'
            "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S."

      F.    Abbreviations and Acronyms for Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms
            are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
            the entities in the following list. Names are subject to change and are believed to be accurate
            and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.


      AA            Aluminum Association, Inc. (The)

      AAADM         American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers

      AABC          Associated Air Balance Council



01420 - 2                                                                                    REFERENCES
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


  AAMA       American Architectural Manufacturers Association

  AAN        American Association of Nurserymen
             (See ANLA)

  AASHTO     American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials

  AATCC      American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The)

  ABMA       American Bearing Manufacturers Association

  ACI        American Concrete Institute/ACI International

  ACPA       American Concrete Pipe Association

  ADC        Air Diffusion Council

  AEIC       Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The)

  AFPA       American Forest & Paper Association
             (See AF&PA)

  AF&PA      American Forest & Paper Association

  AGA        American Gas Association

  AHA        American Hardboard Association

  AHAM       Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers

  AI         Asphalt Institute

  AIA        American Institute of Architects (The)

  AISC       American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.

  AISI       American Iron and Steel Institute

  AITC       American Institute of Timber Construction

  ALA        American Laminators Association
             (See LMA)

  ALCA       Associated Landscape Contractors of America

  ALSC       American Lumber Standard Committee

  AMCA       Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.



REFERENCES                                                                        01420 - 3
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

   ANLA     American Nursery & Landscape Association
            (Formerly: AAN - American Association of Nurserymen)

   ANSI     American National Standards Institute

   AOSA     Association of Official Seed Analysts

   APA      APA-The Engineered Wood Association

   APA      Architectural Precast Association

   API      American Petroleum Institute

   ARI      Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute

   ASCA     Architectural Spray Coaters Association

   ASCE     American Society of Civil Engineers

   ASHRAE   American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers

   ASME     ASME International
            (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International)

   ASSE     American Society of Sanitary Engineering

   ASTM     American Society for Testing and Materials

   AWCI     AWCI International
            (Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International)

   AWCMA    American Window Covering Manufacturers Association
            (See WCMA)

   AWI      Architectural Woodwork Institute

   AWPA     American Wood-Preservers' Association

   AWS      American Welding Society

   AWWA     American Water Works Association

   BHMA     Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association

   BIA      Brick Industry Association (The)

   BIFMA    BIFMA International
            (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International)

   CCC      Carpet Cushion Council


01420 - 4                                                                          REFERENCES
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


  CCFSS      Center for Cold-Formed Steel Structures

  CDA        Copper Development Association Inc.

  CEA        Canadian Electricity Association (The)

  CFFA       Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc.

  CGA        Compressed Gas Association

  CGSB       Canadian General Standards Board

  CIMA       Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association

  CISCA      Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association

  CISPI      Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute

  CLFMI      Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute

  CPA        Composite Panel Association
             (Formerly: National Particleboard Association)

  CPPA       Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association
             Division of Plastics Pipe Institute

  CRI        Carpet and Rug Institute (The)

  CRSI       Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute

  CSA        CSA International
             (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services)
             Division of Canadian Standards Association

  CSI        Construction Specifications Institute (The)

  CSSB       Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau

  CTI        Cooling Tower Institute

  DHI        Door and Hardware Institute

  EIA/TIA    Electronic Industries Alliance/Telecommunications Industry Association

  EIMA       EIFS Industry Members Association

  EJMA       Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.

  FCI        Fluid Controls Institute


REFERENCES                                                                            01420 - 5
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010


   FGMA     Flat Glass Marketing Association
            (See GANA)

   FM       Factory Mutual System
            (See FMG)

   FMG      FM Global
            (Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System)

   GA       Gypsum Association

   GANA     Glass Association of North America
            (Formerly: FGMA - Flat Glass Marketing Association)

   GRI      Geosynthetic Research Institute

   GTA      Glass Tempering Division of Glass Association of North America
            (See GANA)

   HI       Hydraulic Institute

   HI       Hydronics Institute
            Division of Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association

   HMMA     Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association
            Division of National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers

   HPVA     Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association

   HPW      H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.

   IAS      International Approval Services
            (See CSA International)

   ICEA     Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.

   ICRI     International Concrete Repair Institute

   IEC      International Electrotechnical Commission

   IEEE     Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)

   IESNA    Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (The)

   IGCC     Insulating Glass Certification Council

   ILI      Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.

   IRI      HSB Industrial Risk Insurers


01420 - 6                                                                       REFERENCES
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010


  ITS        Intertek Testing Services

  IWS        Insect Screening Weavers Association
             (Now defunct)

  KCMA       Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association

  LGSI       Light Gage Structural Institute

  LMA        Laminating Materials Association
             (Formerly: ALA - American Laminators Association)

  LPI        Lightning Protection Institute

  LSGA       Laminated Safety Glass Association
             (See GANA)

  MBMA       Metal Building Manufacturers Association

  MFMA       Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association

  MFMA       Metal Framing Manufacturers Association

  MHIA       Material Handling Industry of America

  MIA        Marble Institute of America

  ML/SFA     Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association
             (See SSMA)

  MSS        Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.

  NAAMM      National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers

  NAAMM      North American Association of Mirror Manufacturers
             (See GANA)

  NACE       NACE International
             (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)

  NAIMA      North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (The)

  NAMI       National Accreditation and Management Institute, Inc.

  NAPM       National Association of Photographic Manufacturers
             (See PIMA)

  NBGQA      National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.



REFERENCES                                                                                01420 - 7
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

   NCMA     National Concrete Masonry Association

   NCPI     National Clay Pipe Institute

   NCTA     National Cable Television Association

   NEBB     National Environmental Balancing Bureau

   NECA     National Electrical Contractors Association

   NeLMA    Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association

   NEMA     National Electrical Manufacturers Association

   NETA     InterNational Electrical Testing Association

   NFPA     National Fire Protection Association

   NFRC     National Fenestration Rating Council

   NGA      National Glass Association

   NHLA     National Hardwood Lumber Association

   NLGA     National Lumber Grades Authority

   NOFMA    National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association

   NPA      National Particleboard Association
            (See CPA)

   NRCA     National Roofing Contractors Association

   NRMCA    National Ready Mixed Concrete Association

   NSA      National Stone Association

   NSF      NSF International
            (National Sanitation Foundation International)

   NTMA     National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association (The)

   NWWDA    National Wood Window and Door Association
            (See WDMA)

   PCI      Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute

   PDCA     Painting and Decorating Contractors of America

   PDI      Plumbing & Drainage Institute


01420 - 8                                                      REFERENCES
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


  PGI        PVC Geomembrane Institute/Technology Program
             University of Illinois-Urbana Champaign

  PIMA       Photographic & Imaging Manufacturers Association
             (Formerly: NAPM - National Association of Photographic Manufacturers)

  RCSC       Research Council on Structural Connections

  RFCI       Resilient Floor Covering Institute

  RIS        Redwood Inspection Service
             Division of the California Redwood Association

  RMA        Rubber Manufacturers Association

  SAE        SAE International

  SDI        Steel Deck Institute

  SDI        Steel Door Institute

  SEFA       Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association

  SGCC       Safety Glazing Certification Council

  SIGMA      Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association

  SJI        Steel Joist Institute

  SMA        Screen Manufacturers Association

  SMACNA     Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association

  SPI        The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.

  SPIB       Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The)

  SPI/SPFD   The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
             Spray Polyurethane Foam Division
             (See SPI)

  SPRI       SPRI
             (Single Ply Roofing Institute)

  SSINA      Specialty Steel Industry of North America

  SSMA       Steel Stud Manufacturers Association
             (Formerly: ML/SFA - Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association)



REFERENCES                                                                           01420 - 9
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

   SSPC           SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings

   STI            Steel Tank Institute

   SWI            Steel Window Institute

   SWRI           Sealant, Waterproofing & Restoration Institute

   TCA            Tile Council of America, Inc.

   TPI            Truss Plate Institute

   TPI            Turfgrass Producers International

   UFAC           Upholstered Furniture Action Council

   UL             Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

   UNI            Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association

   USG            United States Gypsum Company
                  A Subsidiary of USG Corporation

   USITT          United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.

   USP            U.S. Pharmacopeia

   WASTEC         Waste Equipment Technology Association

   WCLIB          West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau

   WCMA           Window Covering Manufacturers Association
                  (Formerly: AWCMA - American Window Covering Manufacturers Association)

   WDMA           Window & Door Manufacturers Association
                  (Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association)

   WIC            Woodwork Institute of California

   WMMPA          Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association

   WWPA           Western Wood Products Association

   G.     Abbreviations and Acronyms for Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used
          in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the
          entities in the following list. Names are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and
          up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.




01420 - 10                                                                              REFERENCES
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010




  IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (The)

  ICBO      International Conference of Building Officials

  ICC       International Code Council
            (Formerly: CABO - Council of American Building Officials)

  SBCCI     Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.

  H.     Abbreviations and Acronyms for Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and
         acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
         recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names are subject to change and are
         believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

  CE            Army Corps of Engineers
                CRD Standards

  CFR           Code of Federal Regulations

  CPSC          Consumer Product Safety Commission

  DOC           Department of Commerce

  DOD           Department of Defense
                DOD Specifications and Standards

  EPA           Environmental Protection Agency

  FAA           Federal Aviation Administration
                Department of Transportation

  FCC           Federal Communications Commission

  FDA           Food and Drug Administration

  FED-STD       Federal Standard
                (See FS)

  FS            Federal Specification
                (Available from DOD, GSA, and NIBS)

  FTMS          Federal Test Method Standard
                (See FS)

  GSA           General Services Administration

  HUD           Department of Housing and Urban Development


REFERENCES                                                                              01420 - 11
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010


   LBL           Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory
                 (See LBNL)

   LBNL          Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory

   MILSPEC       Military Specification and Standards
                 (See DOD)


   NCHRP         National Cooperative Highway Research Program
                 (See TRB)

   NIST          National Institute of Standards and Technology

   OSHA          Occupational Safety & Health Administration
                 (See CFR 29)

   RUS           Rural Utilities Service
                 (See USDA)

   TRB           Transportation Research Board

   USDA          Department of Agriculture

   USPS          Postal Service

   I.     Abbreviations and Acronyms for State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and
          acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
          recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names are subject to change and are
          believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

   CAPUC         State of California, Public Utilities Commission

   CBHF          State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs
                 Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation

   TFS           Texas Forest Service
                 Forest Products Laboratory


PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)


PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)


END OF SECTION 01420




01420 - 12                                                                         REFERENCES
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Refer to the State of Maryland’s Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
           General Conditions of the Contract between Owner and Contractor (revised March 2007).
           If any information in this Section conflicts with the State’s instructions, the State’s in-
           structions shall control.

      B.   This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
           including, but not limited to, the following:

           1.    Inspection procedures.
           2.    Project Record Documents.
           3.    Operation and maintenance manuals.
           4.    Warranties.
           5.    Instruction of Owner's personnel.
           6.    Final cleaning.


1.2        SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

      A.   Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
           Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.

           1.    Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on
                 the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
           2.    Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
           3.    Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
                 certifications, and similar documents.
           4.    Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by
                 Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
           5.    Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's
                 personnel of changeover in security provisions.
           6.    Complete startup testing of systems.
           7.    Submit test/adjust/balance records.
           8.    Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
                 construction tools, and similar elements.
           9.    Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
           10.   Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
                 maintenance.
           11.   Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
           12.   Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual
                 defects.




CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES                                                                             01770 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.3         FINAL COMPLETION

      A.    Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final
            Completion, complete the following:

            1.    Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment
                  Procedures."
            2.    Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
                  completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy
                  of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
                  acceptance.
            3.    Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
                  requirements.
            4.    Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.
            5.    Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
                  equipment, and systems.


1.4         PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

      A.    General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project
            Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents
            for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

      B.    Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black-line white prints of Contract
            Drawings and Shop Drawings.

            1.    Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that
                  shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether
                  individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up
                  Record Prints.


1.5         OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

      A.    Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and
            maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include
            operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows:

            1.    Operation Data: Include emergency instructions and procedures, system and equipment
                  descriptions, operating procedures, and sequence of operations.
            2.    Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's information, list of spare parts, maintenance
                  procedures, maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance,
                  and copies of warranties and bonds.

      B.    Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and
            index data in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
            accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets.
            Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION AND
            MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents.



01770 - 2                                                                       CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.6        WARRANTIES

      A.   Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of
           the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is
           indicated.

      B.   Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the
           Project Manual.

           1.    Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders,
                 thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch
                 (115-by-280-mm) paper.
           2.    Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark
                 tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or
                 installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone
                 number of Installer.
           3.    Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
                 "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.

      C.   Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.


1.7        EXTRA MATERIALS

      A.   Furnish extra materials, as required in the Project Manual, that match products installed and that
           are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
           The following list is not all inclusive and does not alleviate the Contractor from furnishing all
           required materials:

           1.    Asphalt shingles.
           2.    Fiber-cement siding and soffit.
           3.    Ceramic tile.
           4.    Acoustical panel ceilings.
           5.    Resilient Floor Tile.
           6.    Resilient wall base.
           7.    Carpet tile.
           8.    Paint.
           9.    Wood stains.


PART 2 - EXECUTION


2.1        DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

      A.   Instruction: Instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems,
           and equipment not part of a system.

           1.    Provide instructors experienced in operation and maintenance procedures.
           2.    Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal
                 operation, provide similar instruction at the start of each season.


CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES                                                                                01770 - 3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.2         FINAL CLEANING

      A.    General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply
            with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution
            regulations.

      B.    Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each
            surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and
            maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

      C.    Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or
            excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
            materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of
            lawfully.


END OF SECTION 01770




01770 - 4                                                                   CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
DIVISION 2

SITE WORK
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 02221 - BUILDING DEMOLITION


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes demolition and removal of the following:

           1.    Existing Bath House and all associated components.

      B.   See Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade
           improvements not part of building demolition.

      C.   See Division 15 Sections for demolishing or relocating site mechanical items.

      D.   See Division 16 Sections for demolishing or relocating site electrical items.


1.2        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless
           indicated to be removed and salvaged or recycled.

      B.   Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner.

      C.   Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not
           otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or recycled.


1.3        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Buildings to be demolished will be vacated and their use discontinued before start of Work.

      B.   Conduct building demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.

           1.    Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's
                 operations.
           2.    Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other adjacent occupied or used
                 facilities.

                 a.     Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other occupied or used facilities
                        without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction.

      C.   Owner assumes no responsibility for buildings and structures to be demolished.

           1.    Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by
                 Owner as far as practical.




BUILDING DEMOLITION                                                                              02221 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      D.    Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the
            Work.

            1.    Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work.
            2.    If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;
                  immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by
                  Owner under a separate contract.
            3.    Owner will provide material safety data sheets for materials that are known to be present
                  in buildings and structures to be demolished because of building operations or processes
                  performed there.

      E.    Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.


PART 2 - EXECUTION


2.1         EXAMINATION

      A.    Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
            building demolition required.

      B.    Review Project Record Documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does
            not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents.

      C.    Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged.

      D.    When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements are encountered, investigate
            and measure the nature and extent of the element. Promptly submit a written report to
            Architect.

      E.    Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building
            demolition operations.


2.2         PREPARATION

      A.    Existing Utilities: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving
            buildings and structures to be demolished.

            1.    Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
            2.    If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding
                  with building demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass buildings and structures
                  to be demolished and that maintain continuity of service to other buildings and structures.
            3.    Cut off pipe or conduit a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) below grade. Cap, valve, or
                  plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.

      B.    Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural
            support to preserve stability and prevent unexpected movement or collapse of construction
            being demolished.



02221 - 2                                                                        BUILDING DEMOLITION
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.3        DEMOLITION, GENERAL

      A.   General: Demolish indicated existing buildings and structures completely. Use methods
           required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:

      B.   Below-Grade Construction: Demolish foundation walls and other below-grade construction.

           1.    Remove below-grade construction, including foundation walls, footings, and vapor
                 barriers, as required for new construction.

           2.    Existing Utilities: Cut and cap existing utilities and below-grade utility structures that are
                 within 5 feet (1.5 m) outside of footprint indicated for new construction and prepare
                 existing utilities for reconnection as required for the new project.


END OF SECTION 02221




BUILDING DEMOLITION                                                                                 02221 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 02231 - TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the protection and trimming of existing trees that interfere with, or are
           affected by, execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction.

      B.   Related Sections include the following:

           1.    Division 1 Section "Summary" for limits placed on Contractor's use of the site.
           2.    Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary tree protection.
           3.    Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for removal limits of trees, shrubs, and other plantings
                 affected by new construction.
           4.    Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for building and utility trench excavation, backfilling,
                 compacting and grading requirements, and soil materials.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to remain during
           construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of groups
           of trees, unless otherwise indicated. Additional tree protection zones are those areas enclosed by
           tree protection fence, installed in the location and manner shown on the plans.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule from arborist detailing scope and extent of pruning of
           trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction.

      C.   Qualification Data: For qualified arborist and tree service firm.

      D.   Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been protected
           during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and
           properly treated and repaired when damaged.




TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING                                                                         02231 - 1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      E.   Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, for care and protection of trees affected by
           construction during and after completing the Work. Additional recommendations are shown on
           the forest conservation plan.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Tree Service Firm Qualifications: An experienced tree service firm that has successfully
           completed tree protection and trimming work similar to that required for this Project and that
           will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project site during execution of tree protection
           and trimming.

      B.   Arborist Qualifications: An arborist certified by ISA or licensed in the jurisdiction where
           Project is located.

      C.   Tree Pruning Standard: Comply with ANSI A300 (Part 1), "Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody
           Plant Maintenance--Standard Practices (Pruning)."

      D.   Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
           Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."

           1.    Before tree protection and trimming operations begin, meet with representatives of
                 authorities having jurisdiction, Owner, Landscape Architect, consultants, and other
                 concerned entities to review tree protection and trimming procedures and responsibilities.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MATERIALS

      A.   Drainage Fill: Selected crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, washed, ASTM D 448,
           Size 24, with 90 to 100 percent passing a 2-1/2-inch (63-mm) sieve and not more than 10
           percent passing a 3/4-inch (19-mm) sieve.

      B.   Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface-soil layer containing organic matter and sand, silt, and
           clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than
           underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 1
           inch (25 mm) in diameter; and free of weeds, roots, and toxic and other nonsoil materials.

           1.    Obtain topsoil only from well-drained sites where topsoil is 4 inches (100 mm) deep or
                 more; do not obtain from bogs or marshes.

      C.   Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard, nonwoven, pervious, geotextile fabric of polypropylene,
           nylon, or polyester fibers.

      D.   Chain-Link Protection Zone Fencing: Metallic-coated steel chain-link fence fabric of 0.120-
           inch- (3-mm-) diameter wire; a minimum of 48 inches (1200 mm) high; with 1.9-inch- (48-mm-
           ) diameter line posts; 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) diameter terminal and corner posts; 1-5/8-inch- (41-
           mm-) diameter top rail; and 0.177-inch- (4.5-mm-) diameter bottom tension wire; with tie wires,
           hog ring ties, and other accessories for a complete fence system.

TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING                                                                        02231 - 2
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      E.   Organic Mulch: Ground or shredded hardwood bark, free of deleterious materials.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PREPARATION

      A.   Temporary Fencing: Install temporary fencing around tree protection zones to protect
           remaining trees and vegetation from construction damage. Keep temporary fencing in place for
           the entire duration of construction. Maintain temporary fence and remove when construction is
           complete.

           1.    Install tree protection fence as indicated on the plans.

      B.   Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while
           mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding,
           or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations.

      C.   Mulch areas inside tree protection zones and other areas indicated.

           1.    Apply 3-inch (75-mm) average thickness of organic mulch. Do not place mulch within 6
                 inches (150 mm) of tree trunks.

      D.   Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material inside tree protection zones.
           Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within tree protection zones; prevent soil compaction over
           root systems within tree protection zones.

      E.   Maintain tree protection zones free of weeds and trash.

      F.   Do not allow fires within tree protection zones.


3.2        EXCAVATION

      A.   Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of
           excavations.

      B.   Do not excavate within tree protection zones, unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Where excavation for new construction is required within tree protection zones, hand clear and
           excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks and comb soil to
           expose roots.

           1.    Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots,
                 expose roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them without
                 breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and
                 redirection is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches (75 mm) back from new
                 construction.
           2.    Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide
                 temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain

TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING                                                                       02231 - 3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

                 in a moist condition. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are
                 permanently relocated and covered with soil.

      D.   Where utility trenches are required within tree protection zones, tunnel under or around roots by
           drilling, auger boring, pipe jacking, or digging by hand.

           1.    Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that
                 interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp, clean pruning instruments; do
                 not pull, tear, break or chop.


3.3        REGRADING

      A.   Grade Lowering: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope
           grade beyond tree protection zones. Maintain existing grades within tree protection zones.

           1.    Where it is not possible to keep all grading outside tree protection zones prune tree roots
                 exposed during grade lowering. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller
                 roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp, clean pruning
                 instruments; do not pull, tear, break or chop. Cover exposed roots with 2 inches (50mm)
                 of topsoil and 3” (75mm) of mulch.

      B.   Minor Fill: Where existing grade is 6 inches (150 mm) or less below elevation of finish grade,
           fill with topsoil. Place topsoil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish
           elevations.


3.4        TREE PRUNING

      A.   Prune trees to remain that are affected by temporary and permanent construction as
           recommended by arborist.

      B.   Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by arborist and as
           shown on Forest Conservation Plan.

      C.   Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1).

      D.   Cut branches with sharp, clean pruning instruments; do not break or chop.

      E.   Chip removed tree branches and dispose of off-site.


3.5        TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

      A.   Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged
           trunks, limbs, and roots according to arborist's written instructions.

      B.   Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that die or are damaged during construction
           operations to such an extent that Landscape Architect/arborist determines they are incapable of
           recovering to normal growth patterns.


TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING                                                                        02231 - 4
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.   Aerate surface soil, compacted during construction, 10 feet (3 m) beyond drip line and no closer
           than 36 inches (900 mm) to tree trunk. Drill 2-inch- (50-mm-) diameter holes a minimum of 12
           inches (300 mm) deep at 24 inches (600 mm) o.c. Backfill holes with an equal mix of augered
           soil and sand.


3.6        DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS

      A.   Burning is not permitted.

      B.   Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash and debris, and legally
           dispose of them off Owner's property.


END OF SECTION 02231




TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING                                                                      02231 - 5
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 02232 – UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK REMOVAL


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:
           1.    Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing the underground propane gas storage
                 tank and related components.

      B.   Related Sections include the following:
           1.    Division 2 Section “Demolition” for general demolition work requirements.
           2.    Division 2 Section “Earthwork” for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site
                 grading.


1.2        MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

      A.   Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain Owners property, excavated
           materials shall become Contractors property and shall be removed from the site.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
           Division 1 Specifications Sections, for information only, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Contractor qualifications

      C.   Photographic or video record, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of trees and plantings
           in the immediate area of the tank and components prior to the commencement of removal
           activities.

      D.   Copies of permit requirements, permit documents, permit records, permit required notifications,
           reports of all permit related testing and all permit related correspondence and communication
           records.


1.4        CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS

      A.   License: Contractor performing the work shall be licensed as an underground tank removal
           contractor and approved by the Maryland Department of the Environment (MDE).

      B.   Experience: Contractor performing the work shall have a minimum of three (3) years
           experience performing work of a similar nature.
           1.    Contractor shall submit a list of similar projects successfully completed by the
                 Contractor.



UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK REMOVAL                                                                    02232 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.5         REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

      A.    Permits: The Contractor shall prepare and submit the necessary documentation and obtain all
            necessary MDE permits to perform the removal and disposal of the underground tank and
            components. The Contractor shall submit the necessary documentation to MDE not less than 45
            days in advance of the proposed date for the removal of the tank and line.


1.6         NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

      A.    Notification:
            1.     Contractor shall notify: MDE, 1800 Washington Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21230,
                   T: (410) 537-3314 as follows:
                   a.     In writing not less than 30 days prior to the start of excavation activities.
                   b.     By telephone 48 hours prior to the start of excavation activities.
            2.     The contractor shall include the following information in written and oral notifications to
                   MDE:
                   a.     Name and address of Owner or Operator.
                   b.     Description of the facility where work is to be performed.
                   c.     Location of the facility where work is to be performed.
                   d.     Scheduled start and completion dates of the work.
                   e.     Proposed remediation and methods of remediation.
                   f.     Proposed compliance with United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
                          regulations.
                   g.     Description and location of the approved* waste disposal and/or recovery site
                          where contaminated soils are to be deposited and/or recovered. (*by EPA and State
                          or Local regulatory authorities for the disposal and/or recovery of contaminated
                          soils)
            3.     The contractor shall notify Maryland Department of Natural Resources (DNR) not less
                   than 72 hours prior to the start of excavation activities.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         SOIL MATERIALS

      A.    Satisfactory Soil Materials: Requirements for satisfactory soil materials are specified in
            Division 2 Section Earthwork.
            1.     Obtain approved borrow soil materials off-site when satisfactory soil materials are not
                   available on-site.

      B.    Topsoil: Requirements for topsoil are specified in Division 2 Section Site Clearing.
            1.   Obtain approved topsoil off-site when topsoil materials are not available on-site.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         PREPARATION



02232 - 2                                                    UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK REMOVAL
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      A.   Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.
           1.    Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner.
           2.    Protect existing adjacent trees in-place.


3.2        REMOVAL

      A.   Properly remove and dispose of propane gas from storage tank, following all safety procedures
           in accordance with MDE regulations.

      B.   Remove and dispose of propane gas supply system components, including fill pipes, vent pipes,
           transmission lines and all other related equipment. All components and equipment shall be
           disposed of in accordance with all applicable regulations.

      C.   Remove and dispose of underground propane gas storage tank. The tank shall be removed in
           accordance with all applicable regulations, including those of the Occupational Safety and
           Health Administration (OSHA), EPA and MDE. Tank removal activities shall be witnessed by
           the MDE representative. The tank shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable
           regulations.

      D.   Sheet, shore and dewater the trench as necessary. The trench shall be secured and dewatered in
           accordance with all applicable regulations, including those of OSHA, EPA and MDE.


3.3        TESTING

      A.   Soil sampling: The Contractor shall collect soil samples and procure tests of the soil samples in
           accordance with all applicable regulations and permit requirements and as required by MDE
           “Composite Soil Sampling” procedures.
           1.     Underground storage tanks of capacity 1,500 gallons or less require 2 (two) samples per
                  tank minimum.
           2.     Underground storage tanks of capacity greater than 1,500 gallons require 3 (three)
                  samples per tank minimum.
           3.     Soil samples shall be collected from locations as directed by the MDE representative.
           4.     Soil samples shall be collected in accordance with standard sampling practices. Cross
                  contamination of separate samples shall be prevented during collection. Personnel
                  collecting soil samples shall wear new gloves during the collection of each separate soil
                  sample.
           5.     Tests of the collected soil samples shall be conducted by an approved testing laboratory.


3.4        CONTAMINATED SOILS

      A.   The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all contaminated soils.
           1.   Contaminated soils shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with all applicable
                regulations and permit requirements.
           2.   The Contractor shall procure testing of contaminated soils in accordance with all
                applicable regulations and permit requirements.


3.5        SITE RESTORATION


UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK REMOVAL                                                                   02232 - 3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      A.    The Contractor shall backfill the trench, restore the original surface grade and provide
            permanent vegetative stabilization.
            1.   Backfill trench with satisfactory soil to subgrade.
            2.   Complete backfill with topsoil and provide permanent vegetative stabilization per
                 approved methods to original surface grade.


3.6         FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND CLOSEOUT

      A.    Prior to final acceptance and closeout the Contractor shall obtain and provide documentation of
            the following:
            1.     Inspection: The work is subject to final inspection and approval by DNR.
            2.     Manifest: The Contractor shall provide a manifest documenting the proper disposal in the
                   approved manner of all necessary items, including equipment, pipes, tanks, contaminated
                   soils, etc.
            3.     Case Closure Letter: The Contractor shall obtain an MDE Case Closure Letter.


END OF SECTION 02232




02232 - 4                                                   UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK REMOVAL
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010

SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK

PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
   A.   Excavation for building foundations.
   B.   Excavation for slabs-on-grade, retaining walls, steps and subgrades.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
   A.   Section 01100 - Summary
   B.   Section 01270 - Unit Prices
   C.   Section 01290 – Payment Procedures
   D.   Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Inspection of bearing surfaces.
   E.   Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities & Controls: Dewatering excavations and water
        control.
   F.   Section 02311 - Rough Grading: Topsoil and subsoil removal from site surface.
   G.   Section 02320 - Backfilling.
   H.   Section 02324 - Trenching: Excavation for utility trenches.
1.3 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
   A.   Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated.
1.4 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION
   A.   All excavation required shall be unclassified, that is, the bid price shall be taken to
        include and cover all materials required to be excavated whether wet or dry and
        regardless of the character of the materials.
   B.   Any soil or excavation, including but not limited to rock, which is not required for the
        finished work, shall be removed from the site as part of the contract sum.
   C.   Refer to Section 01270 - Summary for the identification of unit cost for removal of soils
        and rock beyond the scope of work identified in the contract documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
   A.   Suitable materials shall meet the Unified Soil Classification Group Symbols of GW, GP,
        GM, GC, SW, SP and SC.
   B.   Soils meeting the Unified Classifications of GM, SM, CL and ML shall be considered
EARTHWORK                                                                       02300-1
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010
        unsuitable unless approved for use by a geotechnical engineer either as is or modified for
        moisture content.
   C.   The following Unified Soil Classifications will not be used: OL, MH, CH, OH, and Pt.


PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
   A.   Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum.
   B.   Identify known underground, above ground, and aerial utilities. Stake and flag locations.
   C.   Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities.
   D.   Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain.
   E.   Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping.
   F.   Protect bench marks, existing structures, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavation
        equipment and vehicular traffic.
3.2 EXCAVATION
   A.   Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including
        utilities and pipe chases.
   B.   Excavate subsoil required to accommodate building foundations, slabs-on-grade paving
        and site structures, and Construction operations.
   C.   If rock is encountered in the excavation for footings, remove an additional 12 inches
        below the as planned bottom of the footing and backfill with structural fill.
   D.   Machine slope banks to angle of repose or less, until shored.
   E.   Excavation cut not to interfere with normal 30 degree bearing splay of foundation.
   F.   Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into
        excavation.
   G.   Hand trim excavation. Remove loose matter.
   H.   Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock.
   I.   Notify Architect/Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected
        Work in area until notified to resume work.
   J.   Correct unauthorized excavation at no extra cost to Owner.
   K.   Correct areas over-excavated by error.


EARTHWORK                                                                        02300-2
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010
   L.   Stockpile excavated material in area designated on site and remove excess material not
        being reused, from site at no expense to Owner.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
   A.   Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400.
   B.   Provide for visual and instrument inspection of bearing surfaces.
   C.   Bearing surfaces shall be tested by Dynamic Cone Penetrometer per ASTM Special
        Technical Publication STP-399 - Dynamic Cone for in-situ penetration testing at a
        minimum rate of one (1) test per ten lineal feet of spread footing and three (3) tests per
        column footing.
3.4 PROTECTION
   A.   Protect excavations by methods required to prevent cave-in or loose soil from falling into
        excavation.
   B.   Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation, from
        freezing.
                                     END OF SECTION




EARTHWORK                                                                        02300-3
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 02310 - SITE CLEARING

PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Remove surface debris within the property.
    B.   Remove designated paving, curbs, and sidewalk.
    C.   Clear site of vegetation and grass.
    D.   Remove trees and shrubs.
    E.   Remove root system of trees and shrubs.
    F.   Topsoil stripping.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
    A.   Section 01270 – Unit Prices
    B.   Section 01290 – Payment Procedures
    C.   Section 02311 - Rough Grading.
1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
    A.   Conform to applicable code for disposal of debris, and use of herbicides. All disposals
         shall be done in a legal manner.
    B.   Coordinate clearing work with utility companies.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
         NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
    A.   Verify that existing vegetation designated to remain, is tagged or identified.
3.2 PROTECTION
    A.   Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain, from damage.




SITE CLEARING                                                                    02310-1
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010

   B.   Protect trees, shrubs, and features designated to remain, as final landscaping.

   C.   Protect bench marks and property corners and existing structures from damage or
        displacement.
3.3 CLEARING
   A.   Clear areas required for access to site and execution of work.
   B.   Remove paving, curbs, and sidewalks.
   C.   Remove trees and shrubs within marked areas indicated. Remove stumps, main root
        ball, and root system to a depth of 12 inches by grinding or removing with a backhoe or
        other power equipment. Stumps, main root ball and root system must be completely
        removed if in conflict with proposed foundation work.
   D.   Clear undergrowth and deadwood, without disturbing subsoil.
3.4 REMOVAL
   A.   Remove debris, rock, and extracted vegetation from site.
3.5 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION
   A.   Excavate topsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded.
   B.   Stockpile in area designated on site to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Protect from erosion.
        Remove excess topsoil not being reused at no expense to the Owner.
   C.   Do not excavate wet topsoil.

                                    END OF SECTION




SITE CLEARING                                                                   02310-2
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010

SECTION 02311 - ROUGH GRADING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Removal of topsoil and subsoil.
    B.   Cutting, grading, filling and rough contouring the site.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
    A.   Section 01100 – Summary
    B.   Section 01270 – Unit Prices
    C.   Section 01290 – Payment Procedures
    D.   Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing fill compaction.
    E.   Section 02310 - Site Clearing.
    F.   Section 02300 - Earthwork
    G.   Section 02320 - Backfilling: General building area backfilling.
    H.   Section 02324 - Trenching: Trenching and backfilling for utilities.

1.3 REFERENCES
    A.   ANSI/ASTM D-698 - Testing for Maximum Dry Density.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
    A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01330.
    B.   Samples: Submit 40-50 lb. sample of each type of fill to testing laboratory, in
         air-tight containers at least fourteen (14) days prior to start of construction.
1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
    A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01770.
    B.   Accurately record actual locations of utilities remaining, by horizontal dimensions,
         elevations or inverts, and slope gradients.
PART 2   PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
    A.   Topsoil: Excavated material, graded, free of roots, rocks larger than 2 inch, subsoil,
         debris, and large weeds.

ROUGH GRADING                                                                    02311-1
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010

    B.   Screened Topsoil: Excavated or imported material that has been processed to remove
         roots, rocks, debris and other deleterious material larger than 1 inch.
    C.   Subsoil: Excavated material, graded, free of lumps larger than 6 inches, rocks larger
         than 3 inches, and debris.
    D.   Granular Fill: specified in Section 02320.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
    A.   Verify site conditions are as indicated and in accordance with the Contract.
    B.   Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated.
3.2 PREPARATION
    A.   Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum.
    B.   Identify known underground, above ground, and aerial utilities. Stake and flag locations.
    C.   Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities.
    D.   Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain.
    E.   Protect plant life, lawns, rock outcropping and other features remaining as a portion of
         final landscaping.
    F.   Protect bench marks, property corners, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and
         curbs from excavation equipment and vehicular traffic.
    G.   Utility notification shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to assure them that no
         hazard exists or damage will occur to utilities. It is required that the Contractor contact
         "Miss Utility", 72 hours prior to the start of site work at 1-800-257-7777.
3.3 SUBSOIL EXCAVATION
    A.   Excavate subsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded.
    B.   Stockpile in area designated on site. Remove excess sub-soil not being reused, from site
         at no expense to the Owner.
    C.   Do not excavate wet subsoil.
    D.   When excavation through roots is necessary, perform work by hand and cut roots with
         sharp axe.
3.4 FILLING
    A.   Fill areas to contours and elevations with unfrozen materials.


ROUGH GRADING                                                                      02311-2
                                    New Bath House
                               Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                DGS No. P-008-080-010
   B.   Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inch
        loose lifts when compacted by heavy compaction requirement and maximum 4 inch
        loose
        lifts when compacted by hand-operated tampers or light compaction equipment,
        compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D-698.
   C.   Subsoil and Topsoil Fill: Place and compact material in continuous layers not exceeding
        8 inch loose lifts when compacted by heavy compaction requirement and maximum 4
        inch loose lifts when compacted by hand-operated tampers or light compaction
        equipment, compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM
        D-698.
   D.   Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction
        density.
   E.   Slope grade away from building minimum 1 inch in 1 ft, for 12 foot distance unless
        noted otherwise.
   F.   Make grade changes gradual. Blend slope into level areas.
   G.   Remove surplus fill materials from site at no expense to Owner.
3.5 TOLERANCES
   A.   Top Surface of Subgrade: Plus or minus 1/10 foot.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
   A.   Tests and analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with Modified Proctor
        Moisture - Density Relationship Tests and California Bearing Ratio Tests and with
        Section 01400.
   B.   Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D698 with
        Section 01400.
   C.   If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and
        retest at no cost to Owner.
   D.   Frequency of Tests: as specified in Section 02320 – Backfill.


                                      END OF SECTION




ROUGH GRADING                                                                   02311-3
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-0101

SECTION 02320 - BACKFILL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Building perimeter and site structure backfilling subgrade elevations.
    B.   Site filling and backfilling.
    C.   Fill under slabs-on-grade and paving.
    D.   Consolidation and compaction.
    E.   Fill for over-excavation.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
    A.   Section 01100 - Summary:
    B.   Section 01270 - Unit Prices
    C.   Section 01290 – Payment Procedures
    D.   Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing Fill compaction.
    E.   Section 02300 - Earthwork.
    F.   Section 02324 - Trenching.
    G.   Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete materials.
1.3 REFERENCES
    A.   ANSI/ASTM C136 - Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
    B.   ANSI/ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil
         - Aggregate Mixtures Using 5 lb. Rammer and 12 inch drop.
    C.   ANSI/ASTM D1556 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone
         Method.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
    A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01330.
    B.   Samples: Submit 40 lb. dry density sample of each type of fill to testing laboratory,
         in air-tight containers at least fourteen (14) days prior tot he start of construction.




BACKFILL                                                                          02320-1
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-0102

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FILL MATERIALS
   A.   Type A - Coarse Stone: No. 57 Stone Angular, washed natural stone; free of shale,
        clay, friable material, sand, debris; graded in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C136
        within the following limits:

        Sieve Size           Percent Passing
        1 2 inch                  100
        1 inch                  95 to 100
        2 inch                 25 to 60
        No. 4                   0 to 10
   B.   Type B - Structural Fill: Material with a classification of SM or better in accordance
        with ASTM D2487.
   C.   Type C - Select Fill: Dirty crushed stone (DCR-6), or soil material greater than 110
        PCF. Graded aggregate material shall be in conformance with ASTM D2940 with
        the following limits:
                           Percent Passing
        Sieve Size         Range %         Tolerance %
        2 in.              100%                   - 2%
        1 2 in.            95-100%                +5%
        3/4 in.            70-92%                 +8%
        3/8 in.            50-70%                 +8%
        No. 4              35-55%                 +8%
        No. 30             12-25%                 +5%
        No. 200            0-8%                   +3%
   D.   Subsoil: Reused, Imported, free of gravel larger than 3 inch size, and debris.
   E.   Concrete: Structural concrete conforming to Section 03300 with a compressive strength
        of 4,000 psi.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
   A.   Vapor Retardant: 6 mil thick, polyethylene.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
   A.   Verify fill materials to be reused are acceptable.
   B.   Verify foundation perimeter drainage installation has been inspected.
   C.   Verify underground tanks are anchored to their own foundation to avoid flotation after
        backfilling.


BACKFILL                                                                        02320-2
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-0103
3.2 PREPARATION
   A.   Generally, compact subgrade to density requirements for subsequent backfill materials.
   B.   Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of insitu compaction. Backfill with Type B
        fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent backfill
        material.
   C.   Prior to placement of aggregate base course material at paved areas, compact subsoil to
        95 percent of its maximum dry density in accordance with the Geotechnical Engineer’s
        recommendations.
3.3 BACKFILLING
   A.   Backfill areas to contours and elevations with unfrozen materials.
   B.   Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces.
   C.   Granular Fill: Place in accordance with these specifications.
   D.   Soil Fill: Place and compact material in continuous layers not exceeding 10 inches
        loose depth if compacted with heavy equipment and 4 inches when compacted by hand
        operated or light compaction equipment.
   E.   Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction
        density.
   F.   Backfill against supported foundation walls. Do not back-fill against unsupported
        foundation walls.
   G.   Backfill simultaneously on each side of unsupported foundation walls until supports are
        in place.
   H.   Slope grade away from building minimum 1 unit vertical in 20 units horizontal for a
        minimum distance of 10 feet, unless noted otherwise.
   I.   Make grade changes gradual. Blend slope into level areas.
   J.   Remove surplus backfill materials from site.
   K.   Leave required fill material stockpile areas completely free of excess fill materials which
        are to be removed from the site.
3.4 TOLERANCES
   A.   Top Surface of Backfilling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus one inch from required
        elevations.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
   A.   Tests and analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM
        D2487 and with Section 01400.
   B.   Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D698 and with
        Section 01400.
BACKFILL                                                                          02320-3
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-0104
   C.    If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and
         retest at no cost to Owner.
   D.    Frequency of Tests: Provide a minimum of one test per lift for each 500 square feet of
         backfill or a minimum of four (4) tests per layer of fill or at Owner’s requests.
   E.    Proof roll compacted fill surfaces under slabs-on-grade, pavers and paving.
3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
   A.    Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 01500.
   B.    Recompact fills subjected to vehicular traffic.
3.7 SCHEDULE-COMPACTION
   A.    Interior Slab-On-Grade:
         1. Type A fill, 6 inches thick, compacted with plate compactor.
   B.    Exterior Side of Foundation Walls, Retaining Walls and Over Granular Filter Material
         and Foundation Perimeter Drainage:
         1.   Type A fill, to subgrade elevation, each lift, compacted to 95 percent.
   C.    Fill Under Grass Areas:
         1.   Subsoil fill, to 6 inches below finish grade, compacted to 92 percent.
    D.   Fill Under Landscaped Areas:
         1.   Subsoil fill, to 12 inches below finish grade, compacted to 92 percent.
   E.    Fill Under Asphalt Concrete Paving:
         2.   Compact to 95 percent.
   F.    Fill to Correct Over-excavation:
         1.   Type B (Structural fill) fills, flush to required elevation, compacted to 98 % at
              structure and 95% at common areas.
   G.    Sidewalks, concrete walkways, trenches and stoops:
         1.   4 inches of Type C (Select fill) fill, to 4 inches below finish paving elevation,
              compacted to 95 percent.
   H.    Trench Work (Under landscaped areas)
         1.   Type C fills to 12 inches below finish grade, compacted to 92 percent.
   I.    Trench Work (under Asphalt Concrete Paving)
         1.   Type C fill to pavement subgrade, compacted to 95 percent.



BACKFILL                                                                        02320-4
                                   New Bath House
                              Deep Creek Lake State Park
                               DGS No. P-008-080-0105
   J.   Manhole, inlet, underground structure bedding.
        1.   Type C fill 12" deep compacted at 95 percent.


                                  END OF SECTION




BACKFILL                                                     02320-5
                                    New Bath House
                               Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                DGS No. P-008-080-010

SECTION 02324 - TRENCHING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
   A.   Excavate trenches for utilities as indicated on the plans from building to municipal
        utilities.
   B.   Compacted bedding under fill over utilities to subgrade elevations.
   C.   Backfilling and compaction requirements.
   D.   Compliance with utility specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
   A.   Section 01270 - Unit Prices
   B.   Section 01290 – Payment Procedures
   C.   Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing fill compaction.
   D.   Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities & Controls: Water control.
   E.   Section 02311 - Rough Grading: Topsoil and subsoil removal from site surface.
   F.   Section 02300 - Earthwork.
   G.   Section 02320 – Backfill.
   H.   Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete materials.
1.3 REFERENCES
   A.   ANSI/ASTM C136 - Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
   B.   ANSI/ASTM D1556 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone
        Method.
   C.   ANSI/ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and
        Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5 lb Rammer and 12 inch Drop.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
   A.   Submit under provision of Section 01330.
   B.   Samples: Submit 40-50 lb sample of each type of fill to testing laboratory, in air-tight
        containers at least fourteen (14) days prior to the start of construction.




TRENCHING                                                                      02324-1
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.5 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
         A.   Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for the Work are as shown on
              Drawings.
1.6 PROTECTION
         A.   Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods
              required to prevent cave-in or loose soil from falling into excavation.
         B.   Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including
              service utilities and pipe chases.
         C.   Notify Architect/Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue work
              in affected area until notification to resume work.
         D.   Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from
frost.
         E.   Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water run-off into excavation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FILL MATERIALS
         A.   Types A, B, C, Subsoil and Concrete materials as specified in Section 02320.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
         A.   Verify fill materials to be reused, is acceptable.
3.2 PREPARATION
         A.   Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum.
         B.   Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining, which pass through work area.
         C.   Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping.
         D.   Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from
              excavation equipment and vehicular traffic.
         E.   Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain.
         F.   Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of insitu compaction in their natural and
              present state. Backfill with Type C fill as specified in Section 02320 and compact to
              density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent backfill material.


TRENCHING                                                                              02324-2
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010

3.3 EXCAVATION
   A.   Excavate subsoil required for utility piping to municipal utilities requirements or as
        detailed.
   B.   Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation of utilities and allow inspection.
        Minimum clearance shall be 6 inches on each side of pipe or conduit.
   C.   Excavation shall not interfere with normal 30 degree bearing splay of foundations.
   D.   Hand trim excavation. Hand trim for bell and spigot pipe joints, if required. Remove
        loose matter.
   E.   Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to 1/3 cu yd, measured by volume.
   F.   Correct unauthorized excavation at no cost to Owner.
   G.   Correct areas over-excavated by error in accordance with Section 02300 at no additional
        cost to the Owner.
   H.   Stockpile excavated material in area designated on site and remove excess material not
        being re-used from site at no expense to the Owner.
3.4 BEDDING
   A.   Support pipe or conduit during placement and compaction of bedding fill.
3.5 BACKFILLING
   A.   Backfill trenches to contours and elevations with unfrozen materials.
   B.   Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill
        over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces.
   C.   Bedding Fill: Place and compact materials in continuous layers not exceeding 4 inches
        loose lifts when compacted by hand-operated or light compaction equipment.
   D.   Approved Subsoil Fill: Place and compact material in continuous layers not exceeding 4
        inches loose lifts when compacted by hand-operated or light compaction equipment.
   E.   Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage foundation perimeter
        drainage or conduit in trench.
   F.   Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction
        density.
   G.   Remove surplus backfill materials from site at no additional cost to Owner.
   H.   Leave fill material stockpile areas completely free of excess fill materials.




TRENCHING                                                                        02324-3
                                    New Bath House
                               Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                DGS No. P-008-080-010
3.6 TOLERANCES
   A.   Top Surface of Backfilling: Under Paved Areas Plus or minus one inch from required
        elevations.
   B.   Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus or minus one inch from required elevations.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
   A.   Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400.
   B.   Tests and analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM
        D2487 and with Section 01400.
   C.   Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D1556 and
        ANSI/ASTM D698 and Section 01400.
   D.   If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and
        retest at no cost to Owner.
   E.   Frequency of Tests: Minimum one (1) test every 25 lineal feet of trench, each layer, or
        as may be determined by Owner.
3.8 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
   A.   Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 01500.
   B.   Recompact fills subjected to vehicular traffic.
3.9 SCHEDULE
   A.   Water, Gas, and Sanitary Piping:
        1.   Bedding Fill: Type B (Structural Fill) or as required by the local authority’s
             Construction Specifications and all addenda, compacted to 95 percent. Minimum
             depth 6 inches above top of pipe.
        2.   Cover with Type B (Structural Fill), in 8 inch lifts, compacted to 95 percent.
   B.   Power Ducts
        1.   Bedding fill of Type C (Select Fill), in 8 inch lifts, compacted to 95 percent.
        2.   Remaining fill of Type C (Select Fill), to subgrade elevation, compacted to 95
             percent.
   C.   Storm Drain
        1.   Wherever rock is encountered, it shall be removed and replaced with a minimum 8
             in. (200 mm) of select backfill to provide a constant cushion under the pipe or bell.
              When unsuitable foundation material is encountered, it shall be removed and
             replaced with selected backfill for the full width of the trench, as directed by the
             Engineer.


TRENCHING                                                                        02324-4
                                    New Bath House
                               Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                DGS No. P-008-080-010
        2.   Culverts 48 in. (1220 mm) or more in nominal horizontal diameter shall be bedded
             in an approved foundation shaped by means of a template which will support the
             pipe for at least 10 percent of its overall height.


   D.   General Utility Information
        1.   All underground utility trenches shall be backfilled as specified and shall have a
             warning tape at a depth of 12” to 16” below finished grade.
        2.   All plastic underground utilities shall in addition have a detection wire installed at
             trench depth indicated.


                                      END OF SECTION




TRENCHING                                                                         02324-5
                                   New Bath House
                              Deep Creek Lake State Park
                               DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 02374 – EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1   REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES

      A.    Erosion and Sediment Control Plan:

            1.      Prior to initiating earthmoving activities, implement the approved Soil
                    Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shown on the Contract Drawings in
                    accordance with rules and regulations adopted by the Water Management
                    Administration.

      B.    Fines and related costs resulting from failure to provide adequate protection against
            soil erosion and sediment control are the obligation of the Contractor.

            1.      Silt, sediment, and mud leaving the site will be construed as damage to
                    neighboring property and evidence of negligence on the part of the
                    Contractor.

            2.      Damages to neighboring property shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the
                    neighbor and/or restitution shall be paid by the Contractor.

      C.    Conduct work in compliance with rules, regulations and requirements of the Water
            Management Administration and the approved contract drawings. Erosion and
            sediment control measures employed will be subject to approval and inspection by
            the Water Management Administration. Erosion and sediment control shall be
            strictly enforced.

1.2   SUBMITTALS

      A.    Samples: Submit samples of materials being used when requested by the Engineer
            including names, sources, and descriptions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1   MATERIALS

      A.    Materials for erosion and sediment control work are as described on the Contract
            Drawings and the 1994 Maryland Standards and Specifications for Soil Erosion and
            Sediment Control.




EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL                                                    02374-1
                                  New Bath House
                             Deep Creek Lake State Park
                              DGS No. P-008-080-010

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1   PERFORMANCE

      A.   Conduct work in compliance with the approved erosion and sediment control plan.

      B.   Maintain all sediment control measures in optimum working condition throughout
           duration of project.




                                  END OF SECTION




EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL                                               02374-2
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-0101


SECTION 02483 – SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   SUMMARY

       A.   Narrative: Design Scope: Segmental retaining wall design will be performed using
            guidelines outlined in NCMA Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, Second
            Edition. The color shall be as selected by Architect for Owners approval. The
            Contractor shall perform the following services:

            1. Perform the Segmental Retaining Wall Designs for the proposed walls.
            2. Provide the horizontal layout with appropriate stationing.
            3. Provide detailed wall profiles with geogrid types, elevations, and lengths; as well
               as, key top-of-wall elevation to be submitted to Owner/City for approval.
            4. Provide general notes for wall construction.
            5. Provide typical wall cross sections for construction details.
            6. Provide necessary specifications for soils criteria. Coordinate final soils
               information with owner/geotechnical engineer.

                 Scope of Services (Construction)

            1.   Furnish and install standard wall units and cap units.
            2.   Furnish and install all geogrid required for the wall.
            3.   Furnish and install all Filter Fabric required for the walls.
            4.   Furnish and place drainage aggregate (#57 stone) for footing base and one foot
                  behind the wall.
            5.   Furnish and compact structural backfill material from the drainage aggregate (one
                 foot behind the wall face) to the end of the geogrid.
            6.   Furnish and install 4" perforated drain tile in the wall=s drainage fill.
            7.   Proof of Insurance.
            8.   Provide landscape down drains as shown/required to prevent surface water from
                 damage wall.

            B. Section Includes: Mechanically stabilized earth retaining wall system having high
               density polyethylene or polyester geogrids connected to Segmental Concrete
               Facing Units.

1.02   RELATED SECTIONS

       A.   Section 02311 - Rough Grading

       B.   Section 02300 - Earthwork

       C.   Section 03300 - Cast-in Place Concrete

       D.   Construction Drawings.

SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL                                                                 02483-1
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-0101
1.03   DEFINITIONS

       A.   Ultimate Tensile Strength - Breaking tensile strength when tested in accordance with
            GRI GG1, as modified by AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges,
            1997 Interim, using a single rib having the greatest of 3 junctions or 8 inches and
            tested at a strain rate of 10 percent per minute based on this gauge length. Values
            shown are minimum average roll values.

       B.   Junction Strength - Breaking tensile strength of junctions when tested in accordance
            with GRI GG2, as modified by AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges,
            1997 Interim, using a single rib having the greatest of 3 junctions or 8 inches and
            tested at a strain rate of 10 percent per minute based on this gauge length. Values
            shown are minimum average roll values

       C.   Long Term Design Strength (LTDS or Tal) - The maximum allowable stress level of
            the polymeric grid used in the internal stability design calculations of the retaining
            wall. Ultimate tensile strength reduced by the effects of installation damage and
            durability.

       D.   Long Term Allowable Design Strength (Ta) - The Long Term Design Strength (LTDS
            or Tal) reduced by the Factor of Safety for design uncertainties (Ta = Tal/FSunc).

1.04   SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

       A.   Certification letter by professional engineer, registered in state where project is
            located, that Sealed and signed retaining wall system drawings included in and made
            part of Contract Documents.

            Certification shall state that proper factors of safety have been incorporated in design
            regarding sliding, bearing, overturning, slope stability, and other unique conditions.

       B.   Design Requirements - Engage and pay for the services of a Designer to design and
            develop Design Data for the retaining wall system.

       C.   Performance Requirements - Design the retaining wall system in accordance with the
            NCMA Design Manual and/or the Tensar Earth Technologies, Inc. Design Guidelines.

1.05   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.   Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330.

       B.   Product Data – Manufacturer’s materials specifications, installation instructions, and
            general recommendations.

       C.   Certifications - The Segmental Retaining Wall System supplier shall provide
            certification that the ultimate strength of the geogrid per Section 1.03 of GG1 is equal
            to or greater than the ultimate strength specified on the Plans.


       D.   Plans - Engineering drawings, elevations and large scale details of elevations, typical
SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL                                                                   02483-2
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-0101
            sections, details and connections.

       E.   Samples:

            1.   Geogrid - 4 in. by 14 in. piece
            2.   Modular concrete facing units - 8 in. by 18 in. piece of exposed face showing
                 selected color and texture.
            3.   Connectors or Pins - 3 inch long piece.

       F.   Quality Control Submittals:

            1.   Design Data - Design Calculations and Plans for the retaining wall system. Have
                 design data sealed by the Designer.

            2.   Certificates - Manufacturer=s certification that the ultimate tensile strength and
                 the junction strength of the geogrid are equal to or greater than those specified.

       G.   Code Requirements - The supplier of the Segmental Retaining Wall System shall
            furnish the Engineer and/or Architect with a complete and current code evaluation by
            ICBO and/or SBCCI.

1.06   TESTING CRITERIA

       A.   Soil testing and associated testing for quality control during earthwork operations will
            be supplied by Owner in accordance with Section 02320. Specific testing or inspection
            services required by retaining wall design shall be clearly delineated on Construction
            Drawings.

       B.   Testing for compaction of subgrade and fill materials shall be performed by the
            independent testing laboratory selected and paid by Contractor.

       C.   If compaction requirements, embedment of reinforcing, or other conditions are not met
            at any time during construction process. Contractor shall remove and reconstruct
            deficient areas to obtain proper conditions at no additional cost to Owner.

       D.   The independent testing laboratory shall promptly prepare reports and distribute to
            Owner and Contractor for testing required by certified and approved design
            documents. In event test performed fails to meet these requirements, Owner and
            Contractor shall be notified immediately by the independent testing laboratory.

       E.   All costs related to retesting due to failures shall be paid for by Contractor at no
            additional expense to Owner. Owner reserves the right to employ an independent
            testing laboratory and to direct testing that is deemed necessary. Contractor shall
            provide free access to site for testing activities.




1.07   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL                                                                   02483-3
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-0101
       A.   Storage and Protection:

            1.   General:

                 a.    Prevent excessive mud, wet concrete, epoxy, or other deleterious materials
                       from coming in contact with and affixing to retaining wall materials.

            2.   Polymeric Materials:

                 a.    Store at temperatures above -20 degrees F (-29 degrees C).
                 b.    Rolled materials may be laid flat or stood on end.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   MANUFACTURED UNITS

       A.   Retaining wall units, reinforcing, and accessories shall be supplied as indicated and
            specified in Contract Documents. Units produced under license from approved
            proprietary system shall be manufactured in facility meeting requirements of licensing
            system with adequate capacity to supply product to site in timely manner. Materials
            shall be stored as required to prevent damage and staining.

       B.   Acceptable retaining wall systems include the following products:

            1.   Tensar Mesa Wall System7 as manufactured by licensed distributor United
                 Concrete Products, LLC.

            2.   Keystone7 Retaining Wall Units as manufactured by licensed distributor for
                 Keystone Retaining Wall Systems, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota.

            3.   Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.

       C.   Geogrids or other anchoring materials as specified by manufacturer and specified and
            indicated in Contract documents. Material shall be stored as required to protect from
            damage until used.

2.02   MATERIALS

       A.   Geogrid shall comply with: The connection strength of Segmental Retaining Walls
            using either high density polyethylene geogrids or polyester geogrids shall be designed
            in accordance with the IBC 2006. The maximum connection strength of either system,
            per the IBC 2006, is as follows:




             Connection Capacity (Tac)      =      Tulta x CRu
                                                RFD x RF CR x FSUNC

SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL                                                                  02483-4
                                   New Bath House
                              Deep Creek Lake State Park
                               DGS No. P-008-080-0101
    Where:   Tulta = Ultimate reinforcement strength as certified by the manufacturer
             CRu = Tult1/Tult2
             Tult1 = ultimate capacity of connection based on connection testing
             Tult2 = ultimate strength of geogrid used in connection testing based on GR1-
                         GG1 at 10% per minute, or AST D4595 with a 2 aperture gage length
                         or 8 inch minimum
             RFD = reduction factor for durability at the connection: 1.0 for polyethylene
                         and polypropylene, 2.0 for polyester (in lieu of a reduction factor of 2
                         or polyester, testing may be performed on the site-specific soil)
             RFCR = reduction factor for creep
                         in no event shall the minimum value of RFCR be less than:
                                 PVC-coated PET geogrid: 1.75
                                 HDPE geogrid:                  2.30

             Stability calculations shall be based on measured site-specific soil and wall data
             obtained as the results of testing of actual samples of soils and geosynthetic
             products at the proposed structure and actual samples of Segmental Concrete
             Facing Units to be used.

             If the calculated Long Term Allowable Design Strength of either the high density
             polyethylene geogrids or polyester geogrids exceeds the Connection Capacity
             (Tac), the actual Long Term Allowable Design Strength of the geogrids included
             in the Design Data shall be limited to the Connection Capacity of the system.

             Acrylic-coated PET geogrids shall not be used and are not acceptable.

        B.   Segmental Concrete Facing Units:

             1.    Shall consist hollow load-bearing units, ASTM C 90, normal weight, Type
                   II, minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi, and produced by an
                   approved Licensee conforming TEK 2-4A, Section 3.1. Segmental
                   Concrete Facing units shall have a maximum absorption rate of 8 percent
                   by weight and shall have a minimum face shell of 2". For climates that
                   exhibit daily low temperatures of 32Ε Fahrenheit or below for a total of 30
                   days or more in any calendar year, the maximum water absorption by
                   weight shall be 6%.

             2.    For Segmental Retaining Walls utilizing polyester (PET) geogrids, the
                   Designer shall certify based on actual field testing that the installed
                   Segmental Concrete Facing Units and the encapsulated Unit Fill have a pH
                   in the acceptable range of 5<pH<9, when tested in accordance with ASTM
                   D-4972.

             3.    The minimum depth of the Segmental Concrete Facing Units shall be 22"
                   (nom.) except for those Segmental Retaining Wall systems incorporating a
                   mechanical connection system, in which case the minimum depth of the
                   Segmental Concrete Facing Units shall be 11" (nom.) A mechanical
                   connection system shall be defined as one in which the ultimate capacity of
                   the connection (Tult1) based on connection testing at no more than 3 psi
                   overburden pressure occurs at no more than1" (maximum) deflection.
SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL                                                                02483-5
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-0101

       C.   Connectors and Pins:

            1.   Approved connector shall be manufactured from high density polyethylene with
                 fiberglass inclusions. Approved pins shall be manufactured from extruded
                 fiberglass.

            2.   The connectors or pins shall be capable of mechanically transferring 150 percent
                 of the Long-Term Allowable Design Strength (Ta) of the geogrid to the facing
                 units at no more than 3/4" total displacement. Connection Strength testing shall
                 be performed under a normal load which is the lesser of the hinge height or 7 psi.
                 The seating load for testing shall be no greater than 75 PLF per NCMA SRU-1.

2.03   ACCESSORIES

       A.   Drainage Composite - 6 oz. per sq. yd. polypropylene non-woven geotextile, AASHTO
            M288, Class 2, bonded to both sides of a polyethylene net structure, produced by
            Evergreen Technologies, Inc.

            1.   Minimum Allowable Transmissivity - Not less than 1.5 gal. per minute per ft. of
                 width when tested in accordance with ASTM D4716 at a confirming pressure of
                 10,000 lbs. per sq. ft.

            2.   Minimum Allowable Peel Strength of Geotextile from the Polyethylene Net - Not
                 less than 250 gm. per in. of width when tested in accordance with ASTM F904.

       B.   Geotextile - 6 oz. per sq. yd. polypropylene non-woven geotextile, AASHTO M288,
            Class 2, produced by Evergreen Technologies Inc.

       C.   Erosion Control Blanket - Lofty web of polyolefin fibers between two high strength,
            biaxially orientated nets and bound together by parallel stitching with polyolefin
            thread. All components shall be inert to chemicals normally encountered in a natural
            soil environment. The Segmental Retaining Wall System designer must include a
            reinforced, polymeric, permanent erosion control blanket on all soil structures/slope
            facings adjacent to the retaining walls.

            1.   Tensile Strength - Not less than 175 lb.-ft by 100 lb.-ft when a 2 in. Strip is
                 tested in accordance with ASTM D 5035.

            2.   Durability - Retain a minimum of 80 percent of tensile strength after 1,000 hours
                 of ultraviolet exposure when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4355.

       D.   Adhesive - As recommended by the supplier of the Segmental Retaining Wall System.

2.04   BACKFILL MATERIALS

       A.   Fill Materials:

            1.   Unit Fill (Core Fill) - Free draining, coarse-grained soil that is placed within the
                 empty cores of the Segmental Concrete Facing Units.
SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL                                                                    02483-6
                                       New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-0101
                 a.    100 to 75 percent passing a 1 in. sieve.
                 b.    50 to 75 percent passing a 3/4 in. sieve.
                 c.    0 to 60 percent passing a No. 4 sieve.
                 d.    0 to 50 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
                 e.    0 to 50 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
                 Note: Unit Fill may not be required for Segmental Concrete Facing units if the
                 Contractor provides the Engineer with Connection tests performed without Unit
                 Fill, which can verify that the Connection Capacity (Tac), exceeds the Design
                 Requirements.

            2.   Drainage Fill - Free draining, coarse-grained soil which is placed behind the
                 Segmental Concrete Facing Units and in the openings between the Segmental
                 Concrete Facing Units as specified on the Plans.

                 a.    100 to 75 percent passing in a 1 in. sieve.
                 b.    50 to 75 percent passing in a 3/4 in. sieve.
                 c.    0 to 60 percent passing in a No. 4 sieve.
                 d.    0 to 50 percent passing in a No. 40 sieve.
                 e.    0 to 5 percent passing in a No. 200 sieve.

            3.   Reinforced Backfill - Granular fill graded as follows:

                 a.    100 to 75 percent passing a 2 in. sieve.
                 b.    100 to 75 percent passing a 3/4 in. sieve.
                 c.    100 to 20 percent passing a No. 4 sieve.
                 d.    0 to 60 percent passing a No. 40 sieve.
                 e.    0 to 35 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

                 The allowable pH range for Segmental Retaining Walls incorporating high
                 density polyethylene geogrids: 2<pH<12. The allowable pH range for Segmental
                 Retaining Walls incorporating polyester geogrids: 5<pH<9.

                 Note: The Segmental Retaining Wall System shall include a Drainage
                 Composite located behind the reinforced backfill volume (as defined on the
                 Plans) together with an associated outlet pipe system whenever the percentage of
                 Reinforced Backfill material passing the No.200 sieve exceed 15%.

PART 3 CONSTRUCTION

3.01   QUALIFICATION

       Contractor and site supervisor shall have proven qualified experience to complete the
       installation of the segmental retaining wall system.



3.02   EXCAVATION

       A.   The subgrade shall be excavated vertically to the plan elevation and horizontally to the
            designed geogrid lengths.
SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL                                                                   02483-7
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-0101

       B.   Over-excavated or filled areas shall be well-compacted and inspected by an engineer.

       C.   Excavated materials that are used for backfilling the reinforcement zone shall be
            protected from the weather.

3.03   FOUNDATION PREPARATION

       A.   Foundation trench shall be excavated to the dimensions indicated on the construction
            drawings.

       B.   The reinforced zone and leveling pad foundation soil shall be examined by an Engineer
            to ensure proper bearing strength. Verification letter shall be submitted to Owner.

       C.   Soils not meeting required strength shall be removed and replaced with the proper
            materials as approved by the engineer.

       D.   Foundation materials shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Dry
            Density in accordance with ASTM D698 before placing the leveling pad.

3.04   LEVELING PAD

       A.   The leveling pad shall consist of unreinforced concrete, unless specified as 3/4" minus
            well-graded aggregate, as indicated in the contract documents.

       B.   The leveling pad shall be level both horizontally and front to back to ensure the first
            course of units, and subsequent courses, are level.

3.05   UNIT INSTALLATION

       A.   The first course of Segmental Concrete Facing Units shall be carefully placed onto the
            leveling pad.

       B.   The first row of units shall be level from unit to unit and from front to back.

       C.   A string line can be used to align a straight wall, or flex pipes can be used to establish a
            smooth convex or concave curved wall.

       D.   Use the tail of the units for alignment and measurement.

       E.   All units shall be laid snugly together and parallel to the straight or curved line of the
            wall face.

       F.   The Segmental Concrete Facing Units shall be swept clean of all debris before
            installing the next course of units and/or placing the geogrid materials.

       G.   A string line should be pulled after each course has been set to ensure that the wall=s
            geometry is being maintained. The string line can be referenced from the connector
            slot, rebar slot, or tail of the unit.

SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL                                                                      02483-8
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-0101

3.06   DRAINAGE FILL AND UNIT FILL

       A.   Unit Fill, if required within the Segmental Concrete Facing Unit voids, and Drainage
            Fill, places between the units and to a depth 12" (inches) behind the units, shall consist
            of a free-draining coarse-grained soil meeting the requirements of Section 2.04.

       B.   Unit Fill, if required within the unit voids shall be placed every course. Drainage Fill
            shall be placed behind the wall every one or two courses, or before placing the geogrid
            materials.

3.07   BACKFILL

       A.   The reinforced backfill material shall be placed in maximum lifts of 8" (inches) and
            shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Dry Density in accordance
            with ASTM D698.

       B.   Only hand-operated compaction equipment shall be used within 3 feet of the tail of the
            Segmental Concrete Facing Units.

       C.   Soil density testing shall not be performed within 3 feet of the tail of the Segmental
            Concrete Facing Units.

       D.   The backfill shall be smooth and level so that the geogrid lays flat.

       E.   The toe of the wall shall be filled and compacted as the wall is being constructed.

3.08   CAP INSTALLATION

       A.   The Cap Units, if required, shall be installed by attaching them to the units below using
            an approved exterior concrete adhesive.

       B.   Cap Units can be placed such that a nominal 1" (inch) overhang is achieved.

       C.   Cap Units and Segmental Concrete Facing Units shall be clear of all debris and
            standing water before placing the approved adhesive.

       D.   String line or flex pipes shall be used to align cap units.



3.09   TOLERANCES

       Variation for Batter indicated: Plus or minus 1/8 in. per ft., maximum.


                                       END OF SECTION



SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL                                                                     02483-9
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 02512 - SITE WATER LINES

PART 1      GENERAL

1.01   SECTION INCLUDES

       A.    Pipe and fittings for site water line including domestic water line.

1.02 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION

       A.    Section 15470- Domestic Water Piping: Supply of connection devices to building
             water main piping for placement by this Section.

1.03   RELATED SECTIONS

       A.    Section 02300 - Earthwork.

       B.    Section 02320 - Backfill.

       C.    Section 02324 - Trenching.

 1.04 REFERENCES

       A.    ANSI/ASTM 698 – Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-
             Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5 lb. Rammer and 12 inch Drop.

       I.    ANSI/AWWA C600 – Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Appurtenances.

       J.    ASTM D2922 – Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by
             Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

       K.    ASTM D3017 – Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate
             Mixtures.

1.05   SUBMITTALS

       A.    Submit under provisions of Section 01330.

       B.    Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves and accessories.

       C.    Manufacturer's Certificate:     Certify that products meet or exceed specified
             requirements.

 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

       A.    Submit under provisions of Section 01770.

       B.    Accurately record actual locations of piping mains, valves, connections, and invert
SITE WATER LINES                                                                    02512-1
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010

              elevations.

       C.     Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of
              uncharted utilities.

1.07   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Perform Work in accordance with Code Authority having jurisdiction.

       B.     Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.

       C.     Perform all work in accordance with Code Authority standards.

1.08   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

       A.     Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600.

       B.     Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place.

PART 2      PRODUCTS

2.01   MANUFACTURERS - WATER PIPE

       A.     All pipes, fittings, valves, hydrants and other related materials used in the additions to
              the water distribution system must comply fully with the specifications and
              requirements of the Code Authority having jurisdiction. All water line installations
              shall be new and unused pipe, fittings and valves of the size, type and character
              outlined in the following specifications.

2.02   PIPE

       A.     Ductile Iron Pipe: ANSI/AWWA C151:
              1.   Fittings: Ductile iron, standard thickness.
              2.   Joints: ANSI/AWWA C111, rubber gasket with rods.
              3.   Jackets: ANSI/AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket Double layer, half lapped, 10
                   mil polyethylene tape.

       B.     Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, annealed:
              1.  Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.18, cast copper, or ANSI/ASME B16.22, wrought
                  copper.
              2.  Joints: Compression connection or ANSI/AWS A5.8, BCuP
                  silver braze.


2.03 BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIALS

       A. Bedding: Not required for cast or ductile iron pipe unless rock is encountered, then
          Type E (Fill) to trench subgrade in 4” to 8” lifts.

SITE WATER LINES                                                                        02512-2
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.04 ACCESSORIES

     A. Concrete for Thrust Blocks: As detailed or in accordance with governing authority.

     B. Backflow Preventer: as detailed or in accordance with governing authority.




PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

     A. Verify existing conditions per the Contract and Contract Documents.

     B. Verify that building service connection and municipal utility water main size, location and
        invert are as indicated.

3.02 PREPARATION

     A. Ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs.

     B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.

     C. Prepare pipe connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

3.03 BEDDING

     A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02324 for work of this Section. Hand
      trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated.

     B. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level fill materials in one continuous layer not
     exceeding 6 inches compacted depth, compact to 95 percent.

     C. Backfill around sides and to top of pipe with fill, tamped in place and compacted to 95
     percent.

     D. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction
     density.

3.04 INSTALLATION - PIPE

     A. Maintain separation of water main from sewer piping in accordance with the Code
     Authority having jurisdiction.


3.06 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM
SITE WATER LINES                                                                   02512-3
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010


    A. Flush and disinfect system in accordance with the Code Authority having jurisdiction.

3.07 SERVICE CONNECTIONS

     A. Provide water service as required by the Code Authority having jurisdiction.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

    A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400.

    B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D698.

    C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and
        retest at no cost to Owner.

    D. Frequency of Tests:

      1. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after thrust blocks have
         sufficiently hardened. Fill pipeline 24 hours prior to testing and apply test pressure to
          stabilize system. Use only potable water.

      2. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at 200 psi for 2 hours, or according to applicable Code
         Authority requirements.

      3. Contractor is responsible for providing all water for line test and disinfecting.




                                    END OF SECTION




SITE WATER LINES                                                                  02512-4
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 02520 – PORTLAND CEMENT SITE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01   SECTION INCLUDES
  A. Concrete sidewalks and exterior stair steps, sidewalks, ramps, integral curbs and gutters,
     utility and dumpster pads as applicable and detailed in the plans.
  B. Aggregate base course.
1.02   RELATED SECTIONS
  A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements:           Testing of concrete mixes as specified in
     conjunction with Section 03300.
  B. Section 02320 - Backfill: Aggregate base.
  C. Section 02740 – Flexible Pavement: Pavement markings.
  D. Section 07920 - Sealants: Sealant for joints.
1.03   REFERENCES
  A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
  B. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing
     Concrete.
  C. ANSI/ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
  D. ANSI/ASTM A497 - Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
  E.   ANSI/ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural
       Construction.
  F.   ANSI/ASTM D1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for
       Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.
  G. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement.
  H. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates.
  I.   ASTM C94 - Ready Mix Concrete.
  J.   ASTM C150 - Portland Cement
  K. ASTM C260 - Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
  L.   ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.
  M. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.

PORTLAND CEMENT SITE CONCRETE                                                  02520-1
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010

  N. FS TT-C-800 - Curing Compound, Concrete, for New and Existing Surfaces.
1.04   PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
  A. Area Paving: At dumpster pad, design for heavy duty commercial vehicles.
1.05   SUBMITTALS
  A. Submit under provisions of Section 01330.
  B. Product Data: Provide data on joint filler admixtures curing compounds.
1.06   QUALITY ASSURANCE
  A. Perform work in accordance with requirements of Section 03300 and the Maryland State
     Highway Administration, which ever is more stringent.
  B. Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout.
1.07   REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
  A. Conform to applicable standards for paving work on public property and Maryland State
     Highway requirements.
1.08   ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
  A. Do not place concrete when base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F, or surface is
     wet or frozen.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01   FORM MATERIALS
  A. Form Materials: As specified in Section 03300.
  B. Joint Filler: Flexible foam expansion joint filler complying with ASTM D1752, Sections 5.1
     through 5.4; 2 inch thick, equal to Ceramor by W. R. Meadows with water absorption of
     0.24% of volume as tested in accordance with ASTM D545.
2.02   REINFORCEMENT
  A. Reinforcing Steel and Wire Fabric: Type specified in Section 03300.
  B. Dowels: ASTM A615; 60 ksi yield grade, plain steel, unfinished finish.
2.03   CONCRETE MATERIALS
  A. Concrete Materials: As specified in Section 03300.
  B. Fine and Coarse Mix Aggregates: ASTM C33.
  C. Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete.

PORTLAND CEMENT SITE CONCRETE                                                    02520-2
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

  D. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260.
  E.   Chemical Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A - Water Reducing

2.04   ACCESSORIES
  A. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1; clear manufactured by Sonneborn.
  B. Liquid Surface Sealer: manufactured by Sonneborn.
  C. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260; DARAVAIR 1000 or equal manufactured by W. R. Grace.
2.05   CONCRETE MIX - BY PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
  A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, Alternative No. 2.
  B. Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 301 Method 2.
  C. Provide concrete to the following criteria for flat work, walks, slabs and walls:
       1. Compressive Strength: 2200 psi @ 7 days.
       2. Compressive Strength: 3500 psi @ 28 days.
       3. Slump: ASTM C94.
  D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer.
     Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements.
  E.   Calcium chloride will not be permitted.
  F.   Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer.
  G. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to exterior at a rate
     of 5-7 percent air content.
  H. Concrete for foundations shall conform to MSHA Mix No. 2 or better.
2.06   SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
  A. Provide mix design under provisions of Section 01400.
  B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to
     commencement of work.
  C. Tests on cement and aggregates will be performed to ensure conformance with specified
     requirements.
  D. Test samples in accordance with ACI 301 and as specified in section 03300.



PART 3 EXECUTION

PORTLAND CEMENT SITE CONCRETE                                                    02520-3
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

3.01   EXAMINATION
  A. Verify base conditions under provisions of Section 01400.
  B. Verify compacted granular base is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed
     loads.
  C. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct.
3.02   PREPARATION
  A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete.
  B. Coat surfaces of manhole catch basin and frames with oil to prevent bond with concrete
     pavement.
  C. Notify Architect/Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting
     operations.
3.03   FORMING
  A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile.
  B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete.
  C. Place joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete
     placement.
3.04   REINFORCEMENT
  A. Place reinforcement as indicated.
  B. Interrupt reinforcement at expansion joints.
  C. Place reinforcement to achieve pavement and curb alignment as detailed.
  D. Provide doweled joints 12 inch o.c. at interruptions of concrete with one end of dowel set in
     capped sleeve to allow longitudinal movement.
3.05   PLACING CONCRETE
  A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 as specified in Section 03300.
  B. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints are not disturbed during
     concrete placement.
  C. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or
     interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur.
  D. Place concrete to pattern indicated.
3.06   JOINTS
  A. Place expansion joints at 20 foot intervals. Align curb, gutter, and sidewalk joints.
PORTLAND CEMENT SITE CONCRETE                                                     02520-4
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010


  B. Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances. Recess
     top of filler 1/4 inch for sealant placement by Section 07920.
  C. For flat work provide scored joints at intervals indicated on drawings to a depth of 25% of
     the total slab thickness.
3.07   FINISHING
  A. Area Paving: Wood float with light broom.
  B. Sidewalk Paving: Light broom, radius to 1/8 inch radius, and trowel joint edges.
  C. Curbs and Gutters: Light broom.
  D. Inclined Wheelchair Ramps: Herringbone V-joint, or prefabricated detectable warning unit
      conforming to the latest ADA requirements.
  E.   Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in
       accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.08   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
  A. Testing Agency: Contractor shall engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to
     sample materials, perform tests and submit test reports during concrete placement. Test will
     be performed according to ACI 301.
       1. Testing Frequency: One composite sample for each days pour of each concrete mix
          exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m.), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m.), plus one set for each
          additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m.) or fraction thereof.
       2. DGS Inspector is to be given 24-hours notice prior to any testing.
  B. Test shall be reported in writing to DGS Inspector, Architect, Structural Engineer, Ready-
     mix Producer and Contractor within 24 hrs after tests. Report of compressive strength shall
     contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of
     concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of batch within the building, design
     compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive
     breaking strength and type of break for both 7 and 28 day testing.
  C. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather and cured on site under same
     conditions as concrete it represents.
  D. One slump test and air content test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
  E.   Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air
       temperature, and test samples taken.
  F.   Tolerance at top of curb shall not vary more than 1/4 inch total dimension variance within a
       ten (10) foot straight edge. Vertically, the total dimension variance shall not be greater than
       1/8 inch in a six (6) inch curb face. Total dimension variance between spot elevations in the
       same plane shall not be greater than 1/2 inch.
3.09   PROTECTION
PORTLAND CEMENT SITE CONCRETE                                                        02520-5
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010


 A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold
    temperatures, and mechanical injury.

                                    END OF SECTION




PORTLAND CEMENT SITE CONCRETE                                                 02520-6
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 02538 - SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM

PART 1    GENERAL

1.01   SECTION INCLUDES

   A. Sanitary sewerage drainage piping, fittings, accessories and bedding.

   B. Connection of building sanitary drainage system to municipal sewers.

   C. Cleanout access.


1.02   RELATED SECTIONS

   A. Section 02324 - Trenching: Excavating subsoil for sewer system piping and backfilling
      over piping up to subgrade elevation and underside of fill under paving a slab.


1.03   REFERENCES

   A. ANSI/ASTM D698 - Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 5-lbs. rammer and an
      12-in. Drop.

   B. ANSI/ASTM D1556 - Test Methods for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone
      Method.

   C. ANSI/ASTM D2321 - Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible
      Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe.

   D. ANSI/ASTM D3034 - Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings

   E. ASTM D3017 - Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures.




1.04   DEFINITIONS

   A. Bedding: Fill placed under, beside and directly over pipe, prior to subsequent backfill
      operations.



SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM                                                           02538-1
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010
1.05   SUBMITTALS

   A. Submit under provisions of Section 01330.

   B. Product Data: Provide data indicating pipe, and pipe accessories.

   C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to install
      Products specified.

   D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed requirements.

1.06   PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

   A. Submit documents under provisions of Section 01770.

   B. Record location of pipe runs, connections, cleanouts, and invert elevations.

   C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of
      uncharted utilities.

1.07   REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

   A. Conform to applicable code for materials and installation of the Work in accordance with
      the Standard Construction Specifications of the jurisdiction having authority.

1.08   FIELD MEASUREMENTS

   A. Verify that field measurements and elevations are as indicated.

1.09   COORDINATION

   A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01310.

   B. Coordinate the Work with termination of sanitary sewer connection outside building.
      Coordinate connection to municipal sewer utility service, and trenching.




SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM                                                             02538-2
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010
PART 2        PRODUCTS

2.01   SEWER PIPE MATERIALS

   A. All pipes, fittings and other related materials used on the construction of additions to the
      sanitary sewer system must comply fully with the specifications and requirements of the
      jurisdiction having authority.

   B. Plastic Pipe: ASTM D3034, S.D.R. 35, Poly (Vinyl Chloride) material; inside nominal
      diameter of 4, 6 and 8 inches, bell and spigot style solvent sealed joint end.

   C. Plastic Pipe: ASTM D2729, Poly (Vinyl Chloride), Schedule 40, pipe for gravity sewers.

2.02   PIPE ACCESSORIES

   A. Gaskets: ASTM F4777, elastomeric seal.

   B. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted
      with "Sanitary Sewer Service" in large letters.

2.03   BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIALS

   A. Bedding: Four inches (4”) of MSHA gradation No. 4 stone up to spring line, see
      Sections 02320 and 02324.

   B. Backfill: Fill Type E (Fill) as specified in Section 02320 and 02324.

PART 3        EXECUTION

3.01   EXAMINATION

   A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and
   elevations are as indicated on drawings.

3.02   PREPARATION

   A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with fine
   aggregate.

   B. Remove large stones or other hard matter which could damage pipe or impede consistent
   backfilling or compaction.




SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM                                                              02538-3
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010
3.03 BEDDING

   A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02324 for work of this Section. Hand
      trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated.

   B. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level materials in continuous layer not
exceeding          6 inches compacted depth, compact to 95 percent.

   C. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction
      density.

3.04 INSTALLATION - PIPE

   A. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with ASTM C12 and manufacturer's
      instructions. Seal joints watertight.

       B. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on drawings; with maximum variation from true slope
          of 1/8 inch in 10 feet.

   C. Install bedding at sides and over top of pipe to minimum compacted thickness of 12
      inches; in compacted layers, which shall not exceed 6 inches each. See section 02320 for
       compaction requirements.

   D. Refer to Section 02324 for trenching requirements. Do not displace or damage pipe
when compacting.

   E. Connect to building sanitary sewer outlet and municipal sewer system.

   F. Install trace wire continuous over top of pipe. Buried 6 inches below finish grade, above
       pipe line; coordinate with Section 02324.

3.05     INSTALLATION - CLEANOUTS

   A. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation.

   B. Form and place cast-in-place concrete base pad, with provision for sanitary sewer pipe
      end sections.

   C. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for inlets and outlets as indicated.

   D. Mount lid and frame level in grout, secured to top cone section to elevation indicated.




SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM                                                              02538-4
                                     New Bath House
                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010

3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400.

  B. Request inspection prior to and immediately after placing bedding.

  C. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D698.

  D. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and
     retest at no cost to Owner.

  E. Frequency of Tests: Perform testing of completed piping in accordance with the
     jurisdiction having authority or at Owner's request.

3.07 PROTECTION

  A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500.

  B. Protect pipe and aggregate cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation
     is in progress.


                               END OF SECTION




SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM                                                         02538-5
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 02740 - FLEXIBLE PAVING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1    SECTION INCLUDES
  A. Asphaltic concrete paving and surface sealer; wearing binder or base course.
  B. Aggregate base course.
  C. Pavement markings.
1.2    RELATED SECTIONS
  A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements.
  B. Section 02320 - Backfill: Aggregate base and subgrade compaction.


1.3 REFERENCES
  A. Maryland Dept. of Transportation State Highway Administration Standard Specifications
     for Construction and Materials - latest edition.
  B. MS-3 - Asphalt Plant Manual - The Asphalt Institute (AI) - latest edition.
  C. MS-8 - Asphalt Paving Manual - The Asphalt Institute (AI) - latest edition.
  D. MS-19 - Basic Asphalt Emulsion Manual, The Asphalt Institute (AI) - latest edition.
  E.   ASTM D946 - Penetration-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction.
1.4    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
  A. Paving: Designed for parking school buses, light duty commercial vehicles, and
     passenger cars.
1.5    QUALITY ASSURANCE
  A. Perform Work in accordance with AI Manual MS-8 and State of Maryland Highways
     standards.
  B. Mixing Plant: Conform to AI Manual MS-3 and State of Maryland Highways Public
     Work's standard.
  C. Obtain materials from same source throughout.
  D. Maintain one copy of each document on site.



1.6  SUBMITTALS
FLEXIBLE PAVING                                                                   02740-1
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

  A. Submit certification in accordance with Section 01330 that materials and products meet
     or exceed specified requirements.
1.7    REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
  A. Conform to applicable code for paving work on public property.
1.8    ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
  A. Do not place surface asphalt until base surface temperature is 40 degrees F and rising,
     and at least 32 degrees F and rising for placing base asphalt. Do not place pavement if
     surface is wet or frozen.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1    MATERIALS
  A. Asphalt Cement: In accordance with State of Maryland Highways Standards. No Bid
     Price adjustment for fluctuations in the price of asphalt cement will be allowed under this
     Contract.
  B. Aggregate for Binder Course Mix: In accordance with State of Maryland Highway
     Standards.
  C. Aggregate for Wearing Course Mix: In accordance with State of Maryland Highway
     Standards.
  D. Fine Aggregate: In accordance with State of Maryland Highway Standards.
  E.   Mineral Filler: Finely ground particles of limestone, hydrated lime or other mineral dust,
       free of foreign matter.
2.2    ACCESSORIES
  A. Tack Coat: Homogeneous, medium curing, liquid asphalt in accordance with State of
     Maryland Highway Standards.
  B. Joint Sealer: Hot applied joint filler meeting the requirements of AASHTO and M173.
       1. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommended pouring temperature with a
          minimum thickness of 1/2 inch.
2.3    ASPHALT PAVING MIX
  A. Use dry material to avoid foaming. Mix uniformly.
  B. Binder Course: 4.5 to 6 percent of asphalt cement by weight in mixture in accordance
     with AI MS-2 and State of Maryland Highway Standards.
  C. Wearing Course: 5 to 7 percent of asphalt cement by weight in mixture in accordance
     with AI MS-2 and State of Maryland Highway Standards.

2.4    PAVEMENT MARKINGS

FLEXIBLE PAVING                                                                  02740-2
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010
  A. Pavement Marking: Alkyd Resin Type, 75% solids by weight and 54% solids by volume
     equal to PPG's eleven (11) series. Federal Spec. (GSA-FES) TT-P-115F Type I. Colors
     shall be provided in white, yellow and blue.


PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1    EXAMINATION
  A. Verify base conditions under provisions of Section 01400.
  B. Verify that compacted granular base is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads.
  C. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct.
3.2    SUBBASE
  A. Section 02320 - Backfilling: Type C forms the base construction for work of this Section.
3.3    PREPARATION - TACK COAT
  A. Apply tack coat in accordance with AI MS-19 and State of Maryland Highway Standards.
  B. Apply tack coat to contact surfaces of curbs, and gutters.
  C. Coat surfaces of manhole catch basin and frames with oil to prevent bond with asphalt
     pavement. Do not tack coat these surfaces.
3.4    PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT - SINGLE COURSE
  A. Install Work in accordance with State of Maryland Highway Standards.
  B. Place asphalt within 24 hours of applying tack coat.
  C. Maximum compacted depth for a single course shall not exceed 4 inches.
  D. Install gutter drainage grates and frames and manhole frames in correct position and
     elevation.
  E.   Compact pavement by rolling. Do not displace or extrude pavement from position.
       Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment.
  F.   Develop rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth finish, without
       roller marks.
3.5    PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT - DOUBLE COURSE
  A. Install work in accordance with State of Maryland Highway Standards.
  B. Place asphalt within 24 hours of applying tack coat.
  C. For course layers greater than 4 inches, place in multiple lifts with no single lift greater
     than 3 inches of compacted depth.
  D. Place wearing course within 48 hours of placing and compacting base binder course.
FLEXIBLE PAVING                                                             02740-3
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010

  E.      Place wearing course(s) to 1 1/2 inch to 2 inch compacted thickness.
  F.      Install gutter drainage grilles and frames and manhole frames in correct position and
          elevation.
  G. Compact pavement by rolling. Do not displace or extrude pavement from position.
     Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment.
  H. Develop rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth finish, without
     roller marks.
3.6       JOINT SEALERS
  A. Apply joint sealer in accordance with manufacturer's recommended pouring temperature
     at a minimum thickness of 1/2 inch.
3.7       TOLERANCES
  A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/4 inch measured with 10 foot straight edge.
  B. Scheduled Compacted Thickness: Within 1/4 inch.
      C. Variation from True Elevation: Within 1/2 inch.
3.8       PAVEMENT MARKINGS
  A. Lines shall be a minimum 4 inches wide applied with one coat of specified product.
     Colors shall be in accordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control in blue, white
     and yellow.
3.9       PROTECTION
  A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from mechanical injury for seven (7) days.



                                         END OF SECTION




FLEXIBLE PAVING                                                                     02740-4
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010

SECTION 02924 - SEEDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
  A.   Permanent seeding, mulching and fertilizer for green areas around buildings.
  B.   Maintenance

1.02 REFERENCES
  A.   FS O-F-241 - Fertilizers, Mixed, Commercial.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
  A.   Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush
       Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle,
       Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass,
       Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial
       Sorrel, and Brome Grass.
1.04 MAINTENANCE DATA
  A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01770.
  B.   Maintenance Data: Include maintenance instructions, cutting method and maximum
       grass height; types, application frequency, and recommended coverage of fertilizer.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
  A.   Provide seed mixture in containers showing percentage of seed mix, year of production,
       net weight, date of packaging, and location of packaging.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
  A.   Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition.
  B.   Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval
       of seed mixture.
  C.   Provide soils analysis report per Article 2.03.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
  A.   Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01500.
  B.   Deliver grass seed mixture in sealed containers. Seed in damaged packaging is not
       acceptable.
  C.   Deliver fertilized in waterproof bags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name of
       manufacturer.


SEEDING                                                                         02924-1
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.08 COORDINATION
  A.    Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01310.
1.9    MAINTENANCE SERVICE
  A.    Maintain seeded areas immediately after placement until grass is well established and
        exhibits a vigorous growing condition and until contract completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SEED MIXTURE
  A.    General Seed Blend
             Tall Turf Type Fescue                 85%
             Kentucky Blue                          5%
             Perennial Rye                         10%
  B.    Steep Grade Blend - All slopes steeper than 2.5:1 Horizontal to Vertical:
              Annual Rye                                28%
              Red Clover                         12%
              Switchgrass                          8%
              Deertongue                         12%
              Wild Rye                           12%
              Gama Grass                           8%
              Red Top                            20%
2.02 ACCESSORIES
  A.    Mulching Material: Oat or wheat straw, free from weeds, foreign matter detrimental to
        plant life, and dry. Hay or chopped cornstalks are not acceptable.
  B.    Fertilizer: FS O-F-241, Type recommended for grass, with fifty percent of the elements
        derived from organic sources; of proportion necessary to eliminate any deficiencies of
        topsoil, as indicated in analysis.
  C.    Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter which could inhibit vigorous
        growth of grass.
  D.    Erosion Fabric: Jute matting, open weave.
  E.    Herbicide: As approved by seeding manufacturer.
  F.    Stakes: Softwood lumber, chisel pointed.
  G.    String: Inorganic fiber.
2.03 TESTS
  A.    Provide analysis of any topsoil under provisions of Section 01400.
  B.    Analyze to ascertain percentage of nitrogen, phosphorus, potash, soluble salt content,
        organic matter content, and pH value.


SEEDING                                                                          02924-2
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010

  C.    Submit minimum 40 lbs. sample of imported topsoil proposed. Forward sample to
        approved testing laboratory in sealed containers to prevent contamination.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
  A.    Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this Section.
3.02 FERTILIZING
  A.    Apply fertilizer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
  B.    Apply after smooth raking of topsoil and prior to roller compaction.
  C.    Do not apply fertilizer at same time or with same machine as will be used to apply seed.
  D.    Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of topsoil.
  E.    Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer.
3.03 SEEDING
  A.    Apply seed at a rate of 6 lbs per 1000 square feet. Rake in lightly.
  B.    Do not seed areas in excess of that which can be mulched on same day.
  C.    Planting Season: Sept. 15, to Oct. 15, or March 15, to June 15.
  D.    Do not sow immediately following rain, when ground is too dry, or during windy
        periods.
  E.    Roll seeded area with roller not exceeding 112 lbs.
  F.    Immediately following seeding and compacting, apply mulch to a thickness of 1/8 in.
        Maintain clear of shrubs and trees.
  G.    Apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area has been mulched. Saturate
        to 4 inches of soil.
  H.    Hydroseeding is an approved alternate application method.
3.04 SEED PROTECTION
  A.    Identify seeded areas with stakes and string around area periphery. Set string height to
        36 inches. Space stakes at 96 inches.
3.05 MAINTENANCE
   A. Mow grass at regular intervals to maintain at a maximum height of 2-1/2 inches. Do
not           cut more than 1/3 of grass blade at any one mowing. Maintain maintenance
throughout
        the construction contract.

SEEDING                                                                           02924-3
                                    New Bath House
                               Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                DGS No. P-008-080-010


 B.   Neatly trim edges and hand clip where necessary.
 C.   Immediately remove clippings after mowing and trimming.
 D.   Water to prevent grass and soil from drying out.
 E.   Roll surfaces to remove minor depressions or irregularities.
 F.   Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides in accordance with manufacturers
      instructions. Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides.
 G.   Immediately re-seed areas which show bare spots.
 H.   Protect seeded areas with warning signs during maintenance period.
 I.   Provide minimum one each fall, winter, and spring fertilizing utilizing products
      approved by the Owner and application rates as required from soil analysis.
 J.   Maintain grass until substantial completion and until substantial completion and until
      stand of grass is full and acceptable to the Owner/Architect.

                                   END OF SECTION




SEEDING                                                                        02924-4
DIVISION 3

CONCRETE
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix
           design, placement procedures, and finishes.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each manufactured material and product indicated.

      B.   Design Mixes: For each concrete mix indicated.

      C.   Shop Drawings: Include details of steel reinforcement placement including material, grade, bar
           schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports.

      D.   Material certificates and test reports.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete
           products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment.

      B.   Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including the following, unless
           modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents.

           1.    General requirements, including submittals, quality assurance, acceptance of structure,
                 and protection of in-place concrete.
           2.    Formwork and form accessories.
           3.    Steel reinforcement and supports.
           4.    Concrete mixtures.
           5.    Handling, placing, and constructing concrete.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MATERIALS

      A.   Formwork: Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301.

      B.   Steel Reinforcement:

           1.    Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.


CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                          03300 - 1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


            2.    Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn.
            3.    Plain-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into
                  flat sheets.

      C.    Concrete Materials:

            1.    Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
            2.    Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, not exceeding 1-1/2-inch
                  (38-mm) nominal size.
            3.    Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330.
            4.    Water: Complying with ASTM C 94.

      D.    Admixtures:

            1.    Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
            2.    Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.
            3.    High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F.

      E.    Vapor Retarder: Multi-ply reinforced polyethylene sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class C, not less than
            7.8 mils (0.18 mm) thick; or polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils (0.25
            mm) thick.

      F.    Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber or ASTM D 1752, cork or
            self-expanding cork.

      G.    Curing Materials:

            1.    Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for
                  application to fresh concrete.
            2.    Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf.
            3.    Moisture-Retaining Cover:      ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-
                  polyethylene sheet.
            4.    Water: Potable.
            5.    Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,
                  Type 1, Class A.


2.2         CONCRETE MIXES

      A.    Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures.

      B.    Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, for normal-weight concrete
            determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows:

            1.    Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3500 psi (24.1 MPa) for exterior concrete, air-
                  entrained, and 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) for interior concrete, non-air-entrained.
            2.    Slump: 4 inches (100 mm).




03300 - 2                                                                 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

                 a.     Slump Limit for Concrete Containing High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture:
                        Not more than 8 inches (200 mm) after adding admixture to plant- or site-verified,
                        2- to 3-inch (50- to 75-mm) slump.

      C.   For exterior concrete, add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in
           concrete at point of placement having an air content of 6.0 percent within a tolerance of plus 1.0
           or minus 1.5 percent.

      D.   Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete mix at
           manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than 1.5 lb/cu. yd. Comply with ASTM C1116.


2.3        CONCRETE MIXING

      A.   Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with ASTM C 94.

           1.    When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and
                 delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32
                 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

      B.   Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project
           identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water added.
           Record approximate location of final deposit in structure.

2.4        CONCRETE FINISHES

      A.   Sealed Concrete Finish: Sonneborn “Kure-N-Seal, or equal. Provide for exposed concrete
           floors unless noted otherwise.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   Formwork:     Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to
           ACI 301.

      B.   Vapor Retarder: Install, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643;
           place sheets in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour.

           1.    Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.

      C.   Steel Reinforcement: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating,
           placing, and supporting reinforcement.

           1.    Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before
                 placing concrete.

      D.   Joints: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.



CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                               03300 - 3
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010


            1.    Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of
                  concrete, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
            2.    Isolation Joints: Install joint-filler strips at junctions with slabs-on-grade and vertical
                  surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations,
                  as indicated.

                  a.     Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished
                         concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated.

            3.    Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints,
                  sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal
                  to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows:
                  a.      Sawed Joints:       Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with
                          shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3-mm-) wide
                          joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage
                          surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks.

      E.    Tolerances: Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction
            and Materials."


3.2         CONCRETE PLACEMENT

      A.    Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing
            concrete.

      B.    Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment.


3.3         FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES

      A.    General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for
            concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.

      B.    Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or
            darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater
            appears on the surface.

            1.    Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations.

      C.    Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar
            setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious
            floor finish, unless otherwise indicated. After placing slabs, finish surface to tolerances of F (F)
            15 (Floor Flatness) and F (L) 13 (Floor Levelness) measured in accordance with ASTM E1155.
            Slope surfaces uniformly to drain where required. After leveling, roughen surface before final
            set with stiff brushes, brooms or rakes.

      D.    Float Finish: Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to
            floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or
            membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete


03300 - 4                                                                       CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

           slab, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or shoes
           only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit
           operation of power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven units. Finish
           surface to tolerances of F (F) 18 (Floor Flatness) and F (L) 15 (Floor Levelness) measured in
           accordance with ASTM E1155. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope
           surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to smooth, granular texture.

      E.   Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces
           exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a
           cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film-finish coating system. After floating, begin first
           trowel finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface
           produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by
           final hand-troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and
           finish surfaces to tolerances of F (F) 20 (Floor Flatness) and F (L) (Floor Levelness) measured
           in accordance with ASTM E1155. Grind smooth any surface defect that would telegraph
           through applied floor covering system.

      F.   Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling,
           to surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either
           thickset or thin-set methods. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still
           plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom.

      G.   Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior
           concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen
           trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route.


3.4        CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING

      A.   General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
           temperatures.    Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection, and follow
           recommendations in ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing.

      B.   Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
           conditions occur before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's
           written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before
           float finishing.

      C.   Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete
           surface.

      D.   Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days as follows:
           1.    Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining
                 cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped
                 at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately
                 repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.
           2.    Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller
                 according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall
                 within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair
                 damage during curing period.



CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                               03300 - 5
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


3.5         FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.    Testing Agency: Contractor shall engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting
            agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement.
            Tests will be performed according to ACI 301.

            1.    Testing Frequency: One composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix
                  exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each
                  additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof.

            2.    DGS Inspector to be given 24-hour notice prior to any testing.

      B.    Tests shall be reported in writing to DGS Inspector, Architect, Structural Engineer, Ready-mix
            Producer and Contractor within 24-hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength shall
            contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of
            concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of batch within building, design
            compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking
            strength, and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests.

      C.    Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive devices may be
            permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection.

      D.    Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test
            results indicate specified concrete strength or other characteristics are not acceptable to the
            Architect or Engineer. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by
            cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42, or by other methods, as directed. The Contractor
            shall pay for any additional tests that are necessary as a result of unacceptable concrete.


END OF SECTION 03300




03300 - 6                                                                    CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 4

MASONRY
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following:

           1.    Concrete masonry units.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For masonry reinforcing bars; comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of
           Concrete Reinforcement."

      C.   Samples: Showing the full range of colors and textures available for exposed masonry units and
           colored mortars.

      D.   Material Test Reports: For each type of masonry unit, mortar, and grout required, including
           water resistance.

      E.   Material Certificates: For each type of masonry unit required.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform
           preconstruction testing on each type of unit required per test method indicated.


           1.    Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 140.
           2.    Mortar: For properties per ASTM C 270.
           3.    Grout: For compressive strength per ASTM C 1019.

      B.   Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those
           of assemblies with fire-resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and
           inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by another means, as
           acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

      C.   Mockups: Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry assembly to verify
           selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects.

           1.    Build mockups in sizes approximately 48 inches (1200 mm) long by 48 inches (1200
                 mm) high by full thickness.



UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES                                                                          04810 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.4         PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.    Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit
            masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction
            requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

      B.    Hot-Weather Requirements: When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F (38 deg C), or 90
            deg F (32 deg C) with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph (13 km/h), do not spread mortar beds
            more than 48 inches (1200 mm) ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within one minute of
            spreading mortar.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         MANUFACTURERS

      A.    In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
            requirements apply for product selection:

            1.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
                  incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.


2.2         COLORS AND TEXTURES

      A.    Exposed Masonry Units: As selected from manufacturer’s full range.


2.3         MASONRY UNITS

      A.    Concrete Masonry Units (general): ASTM C 90.

            1.    Unit Compressive Strength:        2150-psi- (14.8-MPa-) minimum, average net-area
                  compressive strength.
            2.    Weight Classification: Lightweight.
            3.    Type: I, moisture-controlled units.
            4.    Exposed Faces of Units: Lightweight aggregate, ground finish.
            5.    Special Shapes: Provide for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding,
                  and other special conditions.

      B.    Exposed Split- and Smooth-Face Masonry Facing Units (for all exposed exterior surfaces):
            ASTM C55.

            1.    Standard Size: 4” x 16”, split-face and smooth-face units, as indicated.

            2.    Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of colors.
            3.    Special Shapes: Provide for lintels, corners, jambs, sills, sash, control joints, headers,
                  bonding, rowlock sills and other special conditions.

      C.    Pre-Faced Glazed Concrete Masonry Units (for all exposed interior finishes): ASTM C744.


04810 - 2                                                                    UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

           1.    Standard Size: 8” x 16” units with 8” x 8” score, laid in a running bond to create a 8” x 8”
                 scored appearance.

           2.    Colors: Selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of colors.
           3.    Special Shapes: Provide for sanitary cove at wall to floor intersections, bullnose exterior
                 corners, sills, and caps on all wing walls and all other glazed shapes as required for a
                 clean, fully glazed sanitary interior.



2.4        MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS

      A.   Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather
           construction.

      B.   Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.

      C.   Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91.

      D.   Pigmented Mortar: Colored cement or cement-lime formulation as required to produce the
           color indicated.

           1.    Colored Masonry Cement:

                 a.    Available Products:

                       1)     Blue Circle Cement; Magnolia Masonry Cement.
                       2)     Essroc Materials, Inc.; Brixment-in-Color.
                       3)     Lehigh Portland Cement Co.; Lehigh Custom Color Masonry Cement.
                       4)     Or equal.

      E.   Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 mm) thick, use
           aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve.

           1.    Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural-colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other
                 sound stone; of color necessary to produce required mortar color.

      F.   Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.

      G.   Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use
           in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry
           mortar.

           1.    Available Products:

                 a.    Davis Colors; True Tone Mortar Colors.
                 b.    Lafarge Corporation; Centurion Pigments.
                 c.    Solomon Grind-Chem Services, Inc.; SGS Mortar Colors.
                 d.    Or equal.

      H.   Water: Potable.


UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES                                                                             04810 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      I.    Water Resistance for exterior wall applications: Mix mortar with “Dri-Blok” water resisting
            add-mixture.

      J.    Water Resistance for interior wet applications: Mix mortar with water resisting add-mixture as
            required for interior wet applications.


2.5         REINFORCING

      A.    Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M; ASTM A 616/A 616M, including
            Supplement 1; or ASTM A 617/A 617M, Grade 60 (Grade 400).

      B.    Masonry Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951; mill galvanized, carbon-steel wire for interior
            walls and hot-dip galvanized, carbon-steel wire for exterior walls.

            1.    Wire Size for Side Rods: W2.8 or 0.188-inch (4.8-mm) diameter.
            2.    Wire Size for Cross Rods: W2.8 or 0.188-inch (4.8-mm) diameter.
            3.    Single-Wythe Masonry: Use either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods and
                  cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches (407 mm) o.c.


2.6         TIES AND ANCHORS

      A.    Materials, General: As follows, unless otherwise indicated:

            1.    Galvanized Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 coating for
                  exterior walls and Class 1 coating for interior walls.
            2.    Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M cold-rolled, carbon-steel sheet hot-dip
                  galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153, at exterior walls; and
                  ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), commercial-quality, steel sheet zinc coated by hot-
                  dip process on continuous lines before fabrication at interior walls.

      B.    Bent Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4 inches (100 mm) wide,
            made from 3/16-inch- (4.8-mm-) diameter, galvanized steel wire.

      C.    Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Steel Frame: Two-piece assemblies that allow vertical or
            horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to wall.

            1.    Anchor Section: Crimped 1/4-inch- (6.4-mm-) diameter, galvanized steel wire anchor
                  section for welding to steel.
            2.    Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie, sized to extend within 1 inch (25 mm) of
                  masonry face, made from 0.1875-inch- (4.8-mm-) diameter, galvanized steel wire.


2.7         EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS

      A.    Metal Flashing and Accessories: Fabricated to complying with requirements specified in
            Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

            1.    Material: Stainless steel, 0.0156 inch (0.4 mm) thick.



04810 - 4                                                                  UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.   Concealed Flashing: For flashing partly exposed to the exterior, use metal flashing specified
           above. For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use the following, unless otherwise indicated:

           1.    Copper-Laminated Flashing: Manufacturer's standard laminated flashing consisting of 7-
                 oz./sq. ft. (2-kg/sq. m) sheet copper bonded with asphalt between 2 layers of glass-fiber
                 cloth.

                 a.    Available Products:

                       1)     Advanced Building Products, Inc.; Copper Fabric Flashing.
                       2)     AFCO Products, Inc.; Copper Fabric.
                       3)     Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; H & B C-Fab Flashing.
                       4)     Phoenix Building Products; Type FCC-Fabric Covered Copper.
                       5)     Polytite Manufacturing Corp.; Copper Fabric Flashing.
                       6)     York Manufacturing, Inc.; York Copper Fabric Flashing.
                       7)     Or equal.


2.8        MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

      A.   Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1;
           compressible up to 35 percent; formulated from neoprene, urethane or PVC.

      B.   Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral
           stability in masonry wall. Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound complying with
           ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805.

      C.   Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226,
           Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt).

      D.   Cavity Drainage Material: Free-draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not
           degrade within the wall cavity.


           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
                 incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]:

                 a.    Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Break II.
                 b.    Archovations, Inc.; CavClear Masonry Mat.
                 c.    Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; Polytite MortarStop.
                 d.    Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net.
                 e.    Or approved equal.

           2.    Provide the following configuration:

                 a.    Strips, full-depth of cavity and 10 inches (250 mm) high, with dovetail shaped
                       notches 7 inches (175 mm) deep that prevent clogging with mortar droppings.


2.9        MASONRY CLEANERS



UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES                                                                          04810 - 5
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

      A.    Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure tetrasodium
            polyphosphate and 1/2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal. (4 L) of
            water.


2.10        MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

      A.    General: Do not use admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in
            mortar or grout.

      B.    Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification.
            1.    For masonry below grade, in contact with earth, and where indicated, use Type S.
            2.    For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for
                  interior load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions; and for other
                  applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N.

      C.    Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color
            required. Limit pigments to the following percentages of cement content by weight:
            1.     For masonry cement mortar, not more than 5 percent.

      D.    Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476.

            1.    Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will
                  comply with Table 5 of ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and
                  pour height.
            2.    Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm) as measured according to
                  ASTM C 143.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.    Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry
            before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and,
            where possible, cut edges concealed.

      B.    Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and
            textures.

      C.    Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 and the following:

            1.    For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and
                  expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6
                  mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
            2.    For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as exposed lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do
                  not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch (12 mm)
                  maximum.




04810 - 6                                                                     UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

3.2        LAYING MASONRY WALLS

      A.   Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint
           thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets.
           Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at
           other locations.

      B.   Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in bond pattern indicated; do not use
           units with less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

      C.   Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified under this and other
           Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.

      D.   Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches (600 mm) under bearing plates,
           beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated.


3.3        MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING

      A.   Lay hollow masonry units as follows:

           1.    With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells.
           2.    Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns,
                 and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout.
           3.    For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed,
                 including areas under cells.

      B.   Lay solid brick-size masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with
           sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or
           slush head joints.

      C.   Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than the joint
           thickness, unless otherwise indicated.


3.4        CAVITIES

      A.   Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction.

           1.    Use wood strips temporarily placed in cavity to collect mortar droppings. As work
                 progresses, remove strips, clean off mortar droppings, and replace in cavity.


3.5        MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT

      A.   Provide continuous masonry joint reinforcement as indicated. Install with a minimum cover of
           5/8 inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a
           minimum of 6 inches (150 mm).

      B.   Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections.



UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES                                                                            04810 - 7
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

3.6         ANCHORING MASONRY

      A.    Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural members to
            comply with the following:

            1.    Provide an open space not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in width between masonry and
                  structural member, unless otherwise indicated.
            2.    Anchor masonry to structural members with flexible anchors embedded in masonry joints
                  and attached to structure.


3.7         LINTELS

      A.    Provide masonry lintels where shown and according to notes. Provide precast lintels made from
            concrete matching concrete masonry units in color, texture, and compressive strength and with
            reinforcing bars indicated or required to support loads indicated.


3.8         FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, AND VENTS

      A.    General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges,
            other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated.

            1.    Extend flashing 4 inches (100 mm) at ends and turn flashing up not less than 2 inches (50
                  mm) to form a pan.

      B.    Install weep holes in the head joints in exterior wythes of the first course of masonry
            immediately above embedded flashing.

            1.    Use open head joints to form weep holes.
            2.    Space weep holes 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.


3.9         FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.    Testing Agency: Contractor shall engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting
            agency to perform field quality-control testing indicated below.

            1.    Testing Frequency: Tests and Evaluations listed in these subparagraphs will be
                  performed during construction for each 5000 sq. ft. (465 sq. m) of wall area or portion
                  thereof.
            2.    Grout: Sampled and tested for compressive strength per ASTM C 1019.


3.10        CLEANING

      A.    Clean unit masonry by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints, as
            work progresses.

      B.    After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:



04810 - 8                                                                  UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010

       1.   Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for
            comparison purposes.
       2.   Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable to
            type of stain on exposed surfaces.


END OF SECTION 04810




UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES                                                              04810 - 9
DIVISION 5

 METALS
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:
           1.    Loose bearing and leveling plates.
           2.    Loose steel lintels.
           3.    Miscellaneous steel framing and supports.
           4.    Bollards.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details of installation, and attachments to
           other Work.

      B.   Samples: For each type and finish of extruded nosing and tread.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        METALS

      A.   Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.

      B.   Ferrous Metals:

           1.    Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
           2.    Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is
                 indicated or required by structural loads.


2.2        PAINT

      A.   Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: SSPC-Paint 20, organic zinc-rich primer compatible with
           topcoat.

           1.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
                 incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.    Carboline Company; Carboline 621.
                 b.    PPG Industries, Inc.; Aquapon Zinc-Rich Primer 97-670.
                 c.    Tnemec Company, Inc.; Tneme-Zinc 90-97.




METAL FABRICATIONS                                                                               05500 - 1
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.    Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20, high-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds
            in steel.


2.3         MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.    Fasteners: Type 304 or 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners
            with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where built into exterior walls, of
            type, grade, and class required by application indicated.

      B.    Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
            nongaseous grout.

      C.    Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for
            normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength
            of 3000 psi (20 MPa), unless otherwise indicated.


2.4         FABRICATION

      A.    Connections, General: Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.

            1.    Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.
            2.    Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize
                  distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion
                  without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds
                  smooth and blended.
            3.    Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide
                  weep holes.
            4.    Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
                  fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

      B.    Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Fabricate loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items
            bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for
            grouting.

            1.    Galvanize plates after fabrication.

      C.    Loose Steel Lintels: Fabricate loose structural-steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size
            indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated.

            1.    Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls.

      D.    Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Fabricate steel framing and supports that are not a part of
            structural-steel framework as necessary to complete the Work from structural steel of welded
            construction. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.

            1.    Where indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally
                  welded anchors at 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.

      E.    Pipe Bollards: Fabricate from Schedule 40 steel pipe, hot dipped-galvanized.


05500 - 2                                                                           METAL FABRICATIONS
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010




2.5        FINISHES

      A.   Finish metal fabrications after assembly. All exterior steel to be hot-dipped galvanized.
           Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
           recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Shop prime ferrous-metal items not
           indicated to be galvanized.

           1.    Hot-dip galvanize items indicated to be galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123 or
                 ASTM A 153/A 153M as applicable.
           2.    Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
                 SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
           3.    Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1,"
                 for shop painting.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners for securing metal fabrications to in-place
           construction. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set
           metal fabrications accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true.

           1.    Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
                 concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
           2.    Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections, unless otherwise
                 indicated. Do not weld, cut, or abrade galvanized surfaces.

      B.   Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After
           bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts and pack with
           nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.

      C.   Bollards:
           1.    Anchor in place with concrete footings. Support and brace bollards in position in footing
                 excavations until concrete has been placed and cured.
           2.    Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface.

      D.   Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection.

           1.    Painted Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and touch up
                 paint with the same material as used for shop painting.
           2.    Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
                 galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.


END OF SECTION 05500



METAL FABRICATIONS                                                                                   05500 - 3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 05521 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes pipe and tube handrails and railings made of the following:
           1.    Hot-dipped galvanized Steel.


1.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Structural Performance of Handrails and Railings:
           1.    Capable of withstanding the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable
                 design working stress of materials involved:

                 a.     Top Rail of Guards: Concentrated load of 200 lbf (890 N) applied at any point and
                        in any direction, and a uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. (730 N/m) applied horizontally
                        and concurrently with uniform load of 100 lbf/ft. (1460 N/m) applied vertically
                        downward. Concentrated and uniform loads need not be assumed to act
                        concurrently.
                 b.     Handrails Not Serving as Top Rails: Concentrated load of 200 lbf (890 N) applied
                        at any point and in any direction, and a uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. (730 N/m)
                        applied in any direction. Concentrated and uniform loads need not be assumed to
                        act concurrently.
                 c.     Infill Area of Guards: Horizontal concentrated load of 200 lbf (890 N) applied to
                        1 sq. ft. (0.09 sq. m) at any point in system, including panels, intermediate rails,
                        balusters, or other elements composing infill area. Load on infill area need not be
                        assumed to act concurrently with loads on top rails.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For grout, anchoring cement, and paint products.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details of installation, attachments to other
           Work.

           1.    Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
                 licensed in the State of Maryland responsible for their preparation.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        METALS

      A.   Steel and Iron:


PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS                                                                            05521 - 1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

           1.    Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type F or Type S, Grade A, standard weight (Schedule 40),
                 unless another grade and weight are required by structural loads.

                 a.     Black finish, unless otherwise indicated.

           2.    Steel Tubing: Cold-formed steel tubing, ASTM A 500, Grade A, unless another grade is
                 required by structural loads.
           3.    Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
           4.    Iron Castings:        Malleable iron complying with ASTM A 47, Grade 32510
                 (ASTM A 47M, Grade 22010) or gray iron complying with ASTM A 48, Class 30
                 (ASTM A 48M, Class 200).


2.2        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Welding Electrodes and Filler Metal: Provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of
           metal to be welded and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated
           items.

      B.   Fasteners: Same basic metal as fastened metal; concealed, unless otherwise indicated or
           unavoidable, and standard with systems indicated.

      C.   Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd
           primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664; with good resistance to
           corrosion; and compatible with finish paint systems indicated.

      D.   Grout and Anchoring Cement: Premixed, nonshrink, nonmetallic grout complying with
           ASTM C 1107 or erosion-resistant, nonshrink, anchoring cement; recommended by
           manufacturer for use indicated.


2.3        FABRICATION

      A.   General: Fabricate to design, dimensions, and details indicated, but not less than that required
           to support structural loads.

           1.    Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other
                 materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.

      B.   Form changes in direction of railing members by bending, mitering, or inserting prefabricated
           flush-elbow fittings.

      C.   Form curves by bending in jigs to produce uniform curvature without buckling, twisting,
           cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces.

      D.   Welded Connections: Connect handrail and railing members by welding. Cope and weld or use
           welded-in fittings. Weld connections continuously.

      E.   Nonwelded Connections: Connect handrail and railing members with concealed mechanical
           fasteners and fittings.



PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS                                                                           05521 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      F.   Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Fabricate wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous
           fittings, and anchors to connect handrails and railings to other work.

           1.    Cast or form metal of same material and finish as rails.
           2.    For galvanized handrails and railings, fabricate galvanized brackets, flanges, fittings, and
                 anchors.

      G.   Close exposed ends of handrail and railing members with prefabricated end fittings.

      H.   Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails.


2.4        FINISHES

      A.   Steel:
           1.     Hot-dipped galvanized and painted.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required to install handrails and railings. Set
           units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation.

           1.    Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other
                 materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
           2.    Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet (2 mm in 1 m).
           3.    Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and from parallel with rake of
                 steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet (5 mm in 3 m).

      B.   Anchor posts to metal surfaces with oval flanges.

      C.   Anchor railing ends into concrete and masonry with round flanges connected with postinstalled
           anchors and bolts.

      D.   Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection.

           1.    Painted Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and touch up
                 paint with the same material as used for shop painting.


END OF SECTION 05521




PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS                                                                             05521 - 3
    DIVISION 6

WOOD AND PLASTICS
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 06105 - MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:
           1.    Miscellaneous lumber.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal (38 mm actual) or greater but less than 5
           inches nominal (114 mm actual) in least dimension.


2.2        WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL

      A.   Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American
           Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.

           1.    Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
           2.    Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
           3.    Provide dry lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing.


2.3        WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS

      A.   Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber) except that lumber that is not
           in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated
           according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX).

      B.   Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and
           15 percent for plywood.

      C.   Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the
           American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.

      D.   Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
           1.    Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, posts, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members
                 in contact with masonry or concrete.


2.4        MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER




MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY                                                                         06105 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      A.    Provide miscellaneous lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the
            following:
            1.    Blocking.
            2.    Nailers.
            3.    Furring.
            4.    Posts (at windows).

      B.    For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade lumber with 15
            percent maximum moisture content of any species.


2.5         FASTENERS

      A.    General: Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, in an area of high relative
            humidity or in contact with treated limber, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating
            complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.

      B.    Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.

      C.    Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads
            and reamer wings.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         INSTALLATION

      A.    Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit
            carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers,
            blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.

      B.    Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized
            standards.


END OF SECTION 06105




06105 - 2                                                                  MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 06160 - SHEATHING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:
           1.    Roof sheathing.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component
           materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.

           1.    Include data for wood-preservative treatment and fire-retardant treatment from chemical
                 treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies
                 with requirements.

      B.   Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following:

           1.    Preservative-treated plywood.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For assemblies with fire-resistance ratings, provide
           materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per
           ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

      B.   Forest Certification: For the following wood products, provide materials produced from wood
           obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2,
           "Principles and Criteria":

           1.    Plywood.
           2.    Oriented strand board.


1.4        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Stack plywood and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air
           circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.




SHEATHING                                                                                       06160 - 1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PRESERVATIVE-TREATED PLYWOOD

      A.   Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C9.

      B.   Mark plywood with appropriate classification marking of an inspection agency acceptable to
           authorities having jurisdiction.

      C.   Application: Treat all plywood in contact with masonry or concrete or used with roofing,
           flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.


2.2        ROOF SHEATHING

      A.   Plywood Roof Sheathing: 5/8”, Exterior, Structural I sheathing.

      B.   Oriented-Strand-Board Roof Sheathing: 5/8”, Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing.




2.3        FASTENERS

      A.   General: Provide fasteners of size and type that comply with requirements specified in this
           Article for material and manufacture.

           1.    For roof and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with
                 ASTM A 153/A 153M.

      B.   Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.

      C.   Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.

      D.   Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.


2.10       MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      E.   Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-01 that
           is approved for use indicated by manufacturers of both adhesives and panels.

           1.    Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to
                 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

           2.    5/8``, Steel Plywood Clip, 20 Gauge Galvanized Steel, one per 24”.




SHEATHING                                                                                     06160 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following:

           1.    NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
           2.    Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's "International Building Code."

      B.   Coordinate sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials
           are installed in sequence and manner that exclude exterior moisture.

      C.   Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of
           structural support elements.


3.2        PROTECTION

      A.   Protect sheathing by covering exposed exterior surface of sheathing with weather-resistant
           sheathing paper securely fastened to framing. Apply covering immediately after sheathing is
           installed.


END OF SECTION 06160




SHEATHING                                                                                          06160 - 3
                                                 New Bath House
                                            Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                             DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 06176 - METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Wood roof trusses.
           2.    Wood girder trusses.
           3.    Wood truss bracing.
           4.    Metal truss accessories.


1.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Structural Performance: Provide metal-plate-connected wood trusses capable of withstanding
           design loads indicated. Comply with requirements in TPI 1.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For metal-plate connectors, metal truss accessories, and fasteners.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for trusses.

           1.    Show location, pitch, span, camber, configuration, and spacing for each type of truss
                 required.
           2.    Indicate sizes, stress grades, and species of lumber.
           3.    Indicate locations of permanent bracing required to prevent buckling of individual truss
                 members due to design loads.
           4.    Indicate type, size, material, finish, design values, orientation, and location of metal
                 connector plates.
           5.    Show splice details and bearing details.
           6.    For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis
                 data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their
                 preparation.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Metal Connector-Plate Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer that is a member of TPI
           and that complies with quality-control procedures in TPI 1 for manufacture of connector plates.

           1.    Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services
                 needed to assume engineering responsibility.




METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES                                                              06176 - 1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

           2.    Engineering Responsibility:   Preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive
                 engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer registered in the State of
                 Maryland.

      B.   Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that participates in a recognized quality-assurance program that
           complies with quality-control procedures in TPI 1 and that involves third-party inspection by an
           independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to Architect and authorities having
           jurisdiction.

      C.   Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of the following publications:

           1.    TPI 1, "National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction."
           2.    TPI DSB, "Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate
                 Connected Wood Trusses."
           3.    TPI HIB, "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal
                 Plate Connected Wood Trusses."

      D.   Wood Structural Design Standard: Comply with applicable requirements in AF&PA's
           "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction" and its "Supplement."

      E.   Forest Certification: Provide metal-plate-connected wood trusses produced from wood obtained
           from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001,
           "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        DIMENSION LUMBER

      A.   Lumber: DOC PS 20. Provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules
           writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency
           certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.

           1.    Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing.

      B.   Grade and Species: For truss chord and web members, provide dimension lumber of any
           species, graded visually or mechanically, and capable of supporting required loads without
           exceeding allowable design values according to AF&PA's "National Design Specifications for
           Wood Construction" and its "Supplement."

      C.   Permanent Bracing: Provide wood bracing that complies with requirements for miscellaneous
           lumber in Division 6 Section Miscellaneous Carpentry.


2.2        METAL PRODUCTS

      A.   Connector Plates: Fabricate connector plates to comply with TPI 1 from hot-dip galvanized
           steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M; Structural Steel (SS), high-strength low-
           alloy steel Type A (HSLAS Type A), or high-strength low-alloy steel Type B (HSLAS Type B);
           G60 (Z180) coating designation; and not less than 0.036 inch (0.9 mm) thick.


METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES                                                               06176 - 2
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010

       1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
             offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
             the following:
       2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
             following:

             a.    Alpine Engineered Products, Inc.
             b.    Cherokee Metal Products, Inc.; Masengill Machinery Company.
             c.    CompuTrus, Inc.
             d.    Eagle Metal Products.
             e.    Jager Building Systems, Inc.
             f.    MiTek Industries, Inc.; a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc.
             g.    Robbins Engineering, Inc.
             h.    TEE-LOK Corporation; a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc.
             i.    Truswal Systems Corporation.

  B.   Fasteners: Where trusses are exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative
       humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.

       1.    Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
       2.    Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.
       3.    Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.
       4.    Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M).
       5.    Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property
             Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat
             washers.

  C.   Metal Truss Accessories: Provide truss accessories made from hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet
       complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180) coating designation.

       1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
             offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
             the following:
       2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
             following:

             a.    Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.
             b.    Harlen Metal Products, Inc.
             c.    KC Metals Products, Inc.
             d.    Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.
             e.    Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc.
             f.    USP Structural Connectors.

       3.    Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by
             manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall
             be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated
             by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency.




METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES                                                          06176 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.3        FABRICATION

      A.   Assemble truss members in design configuration indicated; use jigs or other means to ensure
           uniformity and accuracy of assembly with joints closely fitted to comply with tolerances in
           TPI 1. Position members to produce design camber indicated.

           1.    Fabricate wood trusses within manufacturing tolerances in TPI 1.

      B.   Connect truss members by metal connector plates located and securely embedded
           simultaneously in both sides of wood members by air or hydraulic press.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install wood trusses only after supporting construction is in place and is braced and secured.

      B.   If trusses are delivered to Project site in more than one piece, assemble trusses before installing.

      C.   Hoist trusses in place by lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required,
           exercising care not to damage truss members or joints by out-of-plane bending or other causes.

      D.   Install and brace trusses according to TPI recommendations and as indicated.

      E.   Anchor trusses securely at bearing points; use metal truss tie-downs or floor truss hangers as
           applicable. Install fasteners through each fastener hole in truss accessories according to
           manufacturer's fastening schedules and written instructions.

      F.   Securely connect each truss ply required for forming built-up girder trusses.

      G.   Install and fasten permanent bracing during truss erection and before construction loads are
           applied. Anchor ends of permanent bracing where terminating at walls or beams.

           1.    Install bracing to comply with Division 6 Section Miscellaneous Carpentry.
           2.    Install and fasten strongback bracing vertically against vertical web of parallel-chord
                 floor trusses at centers indicated.

      H.   Install wood trusses within installation tolerances in TPI 1.

      I.   Do not cut or remove truss members.

      J.   Replace wood trusses that are damaged or do not meet requirements.


END OF SECTION 06176




METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES                                                                   06176 - 4
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Interior standing and running trim.

           2.    “V”-groove cedar boards (ceiling, skylight wells and exterior soffits)

      B.   Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips
           unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For solid-surfacing material.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale
           details, attachment devices, and other components.

      C.   Samples:

           1.    Lumber and panel products for transparent finish, for each species and cut, finished on
                 one side and one edge.
           2.    Lumber and panel products with shop-applied opaque finish, for each finish system and
                 color, with exposed surface finished.
           3.    Plastic-laminates, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish.
           4.    Thermoset decorative panels, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish.
           5.    Solid-surfacing materials.

      D.   Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program
           certificates.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of woodwork.

      B.   Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork
           Quality Standards."

      C.   Forest Certification: Provide interior architectural woodwork produced from wood obtained
           from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2,
           "Principles and Criteria."



INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK                                                               06402 - 1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.4        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet
           work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative
           humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FOR OPAQUE FINISH

      A.   Grade: Custom.

      B.   Wood Species: Cedar

      C.   Finish: Smooth-faced with clear sealer finish.

      D.   Dimensions: As noted on the drawings.

      E.   Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members,
           except for members with ends exposed in finished work.


2.2        “V”-GROOVE CEDAR BOARD CEILING, SKYLIGHT WELLS AND SOFFIT

      A.   Grade: Custom.

      B.   Wood Species: Cedar.

      C.   Finish: Smooth-faced with clear sealer finish.

      D.   Dimensions: As noted on the drawings.


2.3        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Adhesives, General: Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Before installation, condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in
           installation areas. Examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as
           required, including removal of packing and backpriming.

      B.   Grade: Install woodwork to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in Part 2 for
           fabrication of type of woodwork involved.



INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK                                                                06402 - 2
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010

  C.   Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm
       in 2400 mm). Shim as required with concealed shims.

  D.   Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish
       at cuts.

  E.   Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with
       countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use
       fine finishing nails for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and
       matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated.

  F.   Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length
       pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Scarf running
       joints and stagger in adjacent and related members. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and
       wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish same as wood base if finished.


END OF SECTION 06402




INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK                                                             06402 - 3
     DIVISION 7

THERMAL AND MOISTURE
    PROTECTION
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 07115 - BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Cold-applied, emulsified-asphalt dampproofing.

      B.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include recommendations for method of
           application, primer, number of coats, coverage or thickness, and protection course.

      C.   Material Certificates: For each product, signed by manufacturers.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Source Limitations: Obtain primary dampproofing materials and primers through one source
           from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials recommended by manufacturer of
           primary materials.


1.4        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather
           conditions permit dampproofing to be performed according to manufacturers' written
           instructions.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        COLD-APPLIED, EMULSIFIED-ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING

      A.   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
           products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.    ChemMasters Corp.
           2.    Degussa Building Systems; Sonneborn Brand Products.
           3.    Gardner Gibson, Inc.
           4.    Henry Company.


BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING                                                                         07115 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


            5.    Karnak Corporation.
            6.    Koppers Inc.
            7.    Malarkey Roofing Products.
            8.    Meadows, W. R., Inc.
            9.    Tamms Industries, Inc.

      B.    Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1.

      C.    VOC Content: 0.25 lb/gal. (30 g/L) or less.


2.2         MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.    Emulsified-Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1, except diluted with water as
            recommended by manufacturer.

      B.    Patching Compound: Manufacturer's fibered mastic of type recommended by dampproofing
            manufacturer.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         EXAMINATION

      A.    Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for surface
            smoothness and other conditions affecting performance of work.

            1.    Proceed with dampproofing application only after substrate construction and penetrating
                  work have been completed and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2         PREPARATION

      A.    Protection of Other Work: Mask or otherwise protect adjoining exposed surfaces from being
            stained, spotted, or coated with dampproofing. Prevent dampproofing materials from entering
            and clogging weep holes and drains.

      B.    Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to work; fill voids, seal joints, and
            apply bond breakers if any, as recommended by prime material manufacturer.

      C.    Apply patching compound for filling and patching tie holes, honeycombs, reveals, and other
            imperfections.


3.3         APPLICATION, GENERAL

      A.    Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations unless more stringent requirements are
            indicated or required by Project conditions to ensure satisfactory performance of dampproofing.




07115 - 2                                                       BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

           1.    Apply additional coats if recommended by manufacturer or if required to achieve
                 coverages indicated.
           2.    Allow each coat of dampproofing to cure 12 hours before applying subsequent coats.
           3.    Allow 36 hours drying time prior to backfilling.

      B.   Apply dampproofing to footings and foundation walls where opposite side of wall faces
           building interior.

           1.    Apply from finished-grade line to top of footing, extend over top of footing, and down a
                 minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) over outside face of footing.
           2.    Extend 12 inches (300 mm) onto intersecting walls and footings, but do not extend onto
                 surfaces exposed to view when Project is completed.
           3.    Install flashings and corner protection stripping at internal and external corners, changes
                 in plane, construction joints, cracks, and where shown as "reinforced," by embedding an
                 8-inch- (200-mm-) wide strip of asphalt-coated glass fabric in a heavy coat of
                 dampproofing. Dampproofing coat for embedding fabric is in addition to other coats
                 required.

      C.   Apply dampproofing to provide continuous plane of protection on exterior face of inner wythe
           of exterior masonry cavity walls.

           1.    Lap dampproofing at least 1/4 inch (6 mm) onto flashing, masonry reinforcement, veneer
                 ties, and other items that penetrate inner wythe.
           2.    Extend dampproofing over outer face of structural members and concrete slabs that
                 interrupt inner wythe, and lap dampproofing at least 1/4 inch (6 mm) onto shelf angles
                 supporting veneer.


3.4        COLD-APPLIED, EMULSIFIED-ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING

      A.   On Unparged Masonry Foundation Walls: Apply primer and 2 brush or spray coats at not less
           than 1.5 gal./100 sq. ft. (0.6 L/sq. m) for first coat and 1 gal./100 sq. ft. (0.4 L/sq. m) for second
           coat, primer and 1 fibered brush or spray coat at not less than 3 gal./100 sq. ft. (1.2 L/sq. m), or
           primer and 1 trowel coat at not less than 5 gal./100 sq. ft. (2 L/sq. m).

      B.   On Exterior Face of Inner Wythe of Cavity Walls: Apply primer and 1 brush or spray coat at
           not less than 1 gal./100 sq. ft. (0.4 L/sq. m).


3.5        CLEANING

      A.   Remove dampproofing materials from surfaces not intended to receive dampproofing.


END OF SECTION 07115




BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING                                                                               07115 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:
           1.    Foundation wall insulation (supporting backfill).
           2.    Concealed building insulation.
           3.    Vapor retarders.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated.

      B.   Product test reports.

      C.   Research/evaluation reports.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-
           response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84
           for surface-burning characteristics, by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable
           to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable
           testing and inspecting agency.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        INSULATING MATERIALS

      A.   General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced
           standards.

      B.   Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation (Perimeter Foundation Insulation): ASTM C 578, Type
           IV, 1.60 lb/cu. ft. (26 kg/cu. m) , with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of
           75 and 450, respectively

      C.   Polyisocyanurate Rigid Board Insulation (Wall Insulation): Celotex “Thermax” or equal, with
           maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 185, respectively, with
           aluminum foil on both sides.

      D.   Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation Consisting of Fibers Manufactured from Glass (Roof
           Insulation):


BUILDING INSULATION                                                                               07210 - 1
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

            1.    Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A; Category 1,
                  faced with foil-scrim-kraft, foil-scrim, or foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor-retarder
                  membrane on one face. Flame spread rating of 25 or less.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         INSTALLATION

      A.    General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions
            applicable to products and application indicated. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to
            envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with
            insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.

      B.    Install perimeter insulation on vertical surfaces by setting units in adhesive.

            1.    If not otherwise indicated, extend insulation to top of footing below exterior grade line.
            2.    Protect below-grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during backfilling by
                  applying protection board set in adhesive.
            3.    Protect top surface of perimeter under slab insulation from damage during concrete work
                  by applying protection board.

      C.    Installation of General Building Insulation: Apply insulation units to substrates by method
            indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is
            indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide
            permanent placement and support of units.

            1.    Seal joints between closed-cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive,
                  mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place.
                  Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant.
            2.    Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless
                  otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping.

                  a.     Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of
                         insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation.

      D.    Glass-Fiber or Mineral-Wool Blanket Insulation:           Install in cavities formed by framing
            members according to the following requirements:

            1.    Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If
                  more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a
                  snug fit between ends.
            2.    Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between
                  edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
            3.    Maintain 3-inch (76-mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not
                  rated for or protected from contact with insulation.
            4.    Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic
                  spaces at vented eaves.




07210 - 2                                                                             BUILDING INSULATION
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

       5.   Stuff glass-fiber, loose-fill insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces.
            Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of
            approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m).



END OF SECTION 07210




BUILDING INSULATION                                                                    07210 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 07311 - ASPHALT SHINGLES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Asphalt shingles.
           2.    Felt underlayment.
           3.    Self-adhering sheet underlayment (Ice and Water Shield).
           4.    Ridge vents.
           5.    Rain diverters.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated.

      B.   Samples: For asphalt shingles, ridge shingles, and ridge vent.

      C.   Product test reports.

      D.   Research/evaluation reports.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Source Limitations: Obtain ridge and hip cap shingles ridge vents one source from a single
           asphalt shingle manufacturer.

      B.   Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide asphalt shingle and related roofing materials with
           the fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per
           test method below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
           having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and
           inspecting agency.


1.4        WARRANTY

      A.   Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
           asphalt shingles that fail in materials within specified warranty period.

           1.    Material Warranty Period: 50 years from date of Substantial Completion, prorated, with
                 first 5 years nonprorated, No Dollar Limit.
           2.    Algae-Discoloration Warranty Period: Asphalt shingles will not discolor 10 years from
                 date of Substantial Completion.



ASPHALT SHINGLES                                                                                  07311 - 1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.5        EXTRA MATERIALS

      A.   Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
           covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

           1.    Asphalt Shingles: 100 sq. ft of each type, in unbroken bundles.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
           product selection:

           1.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
                 incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
           2.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
                 specified.


2.2        GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED ASPHALT SHINGLES

      A.   Laminated-Strip 50-Year Architectural Asphalt Shingles: ASTM D 3462, laminated, multi-ply
           overlay construction, glass-fiber reinforced, mineral-granule surfaced, and self-sealing.

           1.    Available Manufacturers:

                 a.     Atlas Roofing Corporation
                 b.     Celotex Corporation
                 c.     CertainTeed Corporation
                 d.     Georgia-Pacific Corporation
                 e.     Owens Corning
                 f.     TAMKO Roofing Products, Inc.
                 g.     Or equal.



2.3        UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS

      A.   Felts: ASTM D 226 or ASTM D 4869, Type II, asphalt-saturated organic felts, nonperforated.

      B.   Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment (Ice and Water Shield), Polyethylene Faced:
           ASTM D 1970, minimum of 40-mil- (1.0- mm-) thick, slip-resisting, polyethylene-film-
           reinforced top surface laminated to SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release paper backing;
           cold applied.




ASPHALT SHINGLES                                                                                 07311 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.4        RIDGE VENTS

      A.   Rigid Ridge Vent: Manufacturer's standard rigid section high-density polypropylene or other
           UV-stabilized plastic ridge vent with nonwoven geotextile filter strips for use under ridge
           shingles.

           1.    Available Products:

                 a.     Air Vent Inc., a CertainTeed Company; ShingleVent II.
                 b.     Cor-A-Vent, Inc.; V-Series.
                 c.     GAF Materials Corporation; Cobra Rigid Vent II.
                 d.     Globe Building Materials, Inc.; SmartAir Ridge Vent.
                 e.     Lomanco, Inc.; OR-4.
                 f.     Mid-America Building Products; RidgeMaster Plus.
                 g.     Obdyke, Benjamin Incorporated; Xtractor Vent X18.
                 h.     Owens Corning; VentSure Ridge Vent.
                 i.     Ridglass Manufacturing Company, Inc.; Coolvent.
                 j.     Solar Group, Inc. (The), a Gibraltar Company; PRV4.
                 k.     Trimline Building Products; Trimline Ridge Vent.
                 l.     Or equal.


2.5        ACCESSORIES

      A.   Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type II, asbestos free.

      B.   Roofing Nails: ASTM F 1667; aluminum, stainless-steel, copper, or hot-dip galvanized steel
           wire shingle nails, minimum 0.120-inch- (3-mm-) diameter, smooth shank, sharp-pointed, with
           a minimum 3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-) diameter flat head and of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch
           (19 mm) into solid wood decking or extend at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) through OSB or plywood
           sheathing.

           1.    Where nails are in contact with metal flashing, use nails made from same metal as
                 flashing.

      C.   Felt Underlayment Nails: Aluminum, stainless-steel, or hot-dip galvanized steel wire with low
           profile capped heads or disc caps, 1-inch (25-mm) minimum diameter.

      D.   Rain Diverters: Prefabricated, noncorrosive aluminum rain diverter stirps.

           1.    Install where indicated per manufacturer’s instructions.

      E.   Vent Pipe Flashings: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, at least 1/16 inch thick. Provide lead sleeve
           sized to slip over and turn down into pipe, soldered to skirt at slope of roof, and extending at
           least 4 inches from pipe onto roof.




ASPHALT SHINGLES                                                                                 07311 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION

      A.   Single-Layer Felt Underlayment: Install single layer of felt underlayment on roof deck
           perpendicular to roof slope in parallel courses. Lap sides a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) over
           underlying course. Lap ends a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm). Stagger end laps between
           succeeding courses at least 72 inches (1830 mm). Fasten with felt underlayment nails.

           1.    Install felt underlayment on roof deck not covered by self-adhering sheet underlayment.
                 Lap sides of felt over self-adhering sheet underlayment not less than 3 inches (75 mm) in
                 direction to shed water. Lap ends of felt not less than 6 inches (150 mm) over self-
                 adhering sheet underlayment.

      B.   Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free, on
           roof deck. Comply with low-temperature installation restrictions of underlayment manufacturer
           if applicable. Install at locations indicated, lapped in direction to shed water. Lap sides not less
           than 3-1/2 inches (89 mm). Lap ends not less than 6 inches (150 mm) staggered 24 inches (600
           mm) between courses. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within seven days.


3.2        ASPHALT SHINGLE INSTALLATION

      A.   Install asphalt shingles according to manufacturer's written instructions, recommendations in
           ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual," and asphalt shingle recommendations in
           NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."

      B.   Install starter strip along lowest roof edge, consisting of an asphalt shingle strip least 7 inches
           (175 mm) wide with self-sealing strip face up at roof edge.

           1.    Extend asphalt shingles 1/2 inch (13 mm) over fascia at eaves and rakes.

      C.   Install first and remaining courses of asphalt shingles stair-stepping diagonally across roof deck
           with manufacturer's recommended offset pattern at succeeding courses, maintaining uniform
           exposure.

      D.   Fasten asphalt shingle strips per manufacturer's written instructions.

      E.   Ridge Vents: Install continuous ridge vents over asphalt shingles according to manufacturer's
           written instructions. Fasten with roofing nails of sufficient length to penetrate sheathing.

      F.   Ridge Cap Shingles: Maintain same exposure of cap shingles as roofing shingle exposure. Lap
           cap shingles at ridges to shed water away from direction of prevailing winds. Fasten with
           roofing nails of sufficient length to penetrate sheathing.


END OF SECTION 07311




ASPHALT SHINGLES                                                                                     07311 - 4
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM


1.1        GENERAL

      A.   Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings, and Samples for each item specified.


1.2        PRODUCTS

      A.   Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, G 90 (ASTM A 526M, Z 275), commercial quality, or
           ASTM A 527, G 90 (ASTM A 527M, Z 275), lock-forming quality, hot-dip galvanized, mill
           phosphatized where indicated for painting; not less than 0.0396 inch (1.0 mm) thick, unless oth-
           erwise indicated.
           1.    Surface: Smooth, flat.
           2.    Exposed Coil-Coated Galvanized Finish: 2-coat fluoropolymer Hylar 5000 or Kynar
                 500.
           3.    Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

      B.   Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with
           temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required.
           1.    Surface: Smooth, flat.

           2.    Exposed Coil-Coated Finishes: 2-coat fluoropolymer Hylar 5000 or Kynar 500.

           3.    Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

      C.   Stainless-Steel Sheet:   ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304, dead soft, fully
           annealed.

           1.    Surface: Smooth, flat.
           2.    Finish: 2B (bright, cold rolled).

      D.   Miscellaneous Materials and Accessories: As follows:
           1.    Fasteners: Noncorrosive metal. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fas-
                 tened.
           2.    Asphalt Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, asbestos free, solvent type.
           3.    Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I, asbestos free, asphalt based.
           4.    Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating
                 sealant.
           5.    Elastomeric Sealant: As specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
           6.    Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound.
           7.    Adhesives: Type recommended for waterproof and weather-resistant seaming and adhe-
                 sive.
           8.    Clips, Straps, Anchoring Devices, and Similar Accessories: Compatible with material
                 being installed.

      E.   Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations of SMACNA's "Arc-
           hitectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characte-
           ristics of the item indicated.

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM                                                                    07620 - 1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

           1.    Exposed Trim and Fasciae: 0.032 thick aluminum.
           2.    Base Flashing: 0.0187-inch- (0.5-mm-) thick stainless steel.
           3.    Counterflashing: 0.0187-inch- (0.5-mm-) thick stainless steel.
           4.    Flashing Receivers: 0.0156-inch- (0.4-mm-) thick stainless steel.
           5.    Drip Edges: 0.032 thick aluminum.
           6.    Eave Flashing: 0.0276-inch- (0.7-mm-) thick galvanized steel.
           7.    Roof-Penetration Flashing: 0.0276-inch- (0.7-mm-) thick galvanized steel.


1.3        EXECUTION

      A.   Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet
           Metal Manual" allow for thermal expansion; set true to line and level as indicated. Install Work
           with laps, joints, and seams permanently watertight and weatherproof; conceal fasteners where
           possible.

           1.    Roof-Edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FM Loss Pre-
                 vention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone.

      B.   Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal Work. Space
           movement joints at maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (610
           mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in Work
           cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints
           of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant
           (concealed within joints).

      C.   Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric
           sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to complete-
           ly conceal sealant.

      D.   Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be
           seamed, form seams, and solder.

      E.   Separations: Separate noncompatible metals or corrosive substrates with a coating of asphalt
           mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.

      F.   Counterflashings: Coordinate installation with installation of assemblies to be protected by
           counterflashing. Install counterflashings in reglets or receivers. Secure in a waterproof manner
           by means of snap-in installation and sealant, lead wedges and sealant, interlocking folded seam,
           or blind rivets and sealant. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) and bed
           with sealant.

      G.   Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation with roofing and installation of items pene-
           trating roof.


END OF SECTION 07620




SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM                                                                    07620 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each joint sealant product indicated.

      B.   Sealant compatibility and adhesion test reports.


1.2        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Use sealant manufacturer's standard test methods
           to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to
           obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates.


1.3        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Installer's Warranty: Written warranty in which Installer agrees to repair or replace
           elastomeric joint sealants that do not meet requirements specified in this Section or fail in
           adhesion within specified warranty period two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion.

      B.   Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees
           to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with
           requirements specified in this Section within ten (10) years from date of Substantial
           Completion.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
           requirements apply for product selection:

           1.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
                 incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.


2.2        MATERIALS, GENERAL

      A.   Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible
           with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as
           demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.




JOINT SEALANTS                                                                                    07920 - 1
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.    Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected from manufacturer’s full range.


2.3         ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS

      A.    Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant:

            1.    For joints subject to traffic (horizontal pavement joints 1” or less in width), provide the
                  following:

                  a.     Available Products:

                         1)     Bostik Inc.; Chem-Calk 2641.
                         2)     Mameco International; Vulkem 227, 922.
                         3)     Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elasto-Thane 920 Gun Grade.
                         4)     Pecora Corporation; Dynatred.
                         5)     Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-270.
                         6)     Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc.; NP 2.
                         7)

                  b.     Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag).
                  c.     Class: 25.
                  d.     Exposure: Use T (traffic).
                  e.     Substrates: Uses M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.

      B.    Multicomponent Pourable Urethane Sealant, for joints subject to traffic greater than 1”in width:

            1.    Available Products:

                  a.     Bostik Inc.; Chem-Calk 550.
                  b.     Mameco International; Vulkem 245, 255.
                  c.     Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Pourthane.
                  d.     Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elasto-Thane 920 Pourable.
                  e.     Pecora Corporation; NR-200 Urexpan, NR-300 Urexpan, Type M.
                  f.     Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-270SL, PSI-551/RC-2.
                  g.     Sika Corporation; Sikaflex - 2c SL.
                  h.     Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc.; SL 2.
                  i.     Tremco; THC-900, THC-901.

            2.    Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and P (pourable).
            3.    Class: 25.
            4.    Exposure: Use T (traffic).
            5.    Substrates: Uses M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.

      C.    Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant:
            1.    For vertical joints, provide the following:

                  a.     Available Products:

                         1)     Bostik Inc.; Chem-Chalk 900, 915, 945.
                         2)     Mameco International; Vulkem 921.


07920 - 2                                                                                JOINT SEALANTS
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

                        3)     Ohio Sealants, Inc.; PR-255.
                        4)     Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol I.
                        5)     Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; SM7100 Permathane.
                        6)     Tremco; DyMonic.

                 b.     Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
                 c.     Class: 12-1/2 or 25.
                 d.     Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic).
                 e.     Substrates: Uses M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.


2.4        LATEX JOINT SEALANTS

      A.   Latex Sealant: ASTM C 834, for miscellaneous interior use.

           1.    Available Products:

                 a.     Bostik Inc.; Chem-Calk 600.
                 b.     NUCO Industries, Inc.; NuFlex 330.
                 c.     Ohio Sealants, Inc.; LC 160 All Purpose Acrylic Caulk.
                 d.     Pecora Corporation; AC-20.
                 e.     Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-701.
                 f.     Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; Sonolac.
                 g.     Tremco; Tremflex 834.


2.5        JOINT-SEALANT BACKING

      A.   General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible
           with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications
           indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

      B.   Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and
           otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance:

           1.    Type: C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), O (open-cell material) or B,
                 (bicellular material with a surface skin).

      C.   Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
           manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or
           joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-
           adhesive tape where applicable.


2.6        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of
           sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate
           tests and field tests.




JOINT SEALANTS                                                                                        07920 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.    Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants
            and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or
            harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to
            promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates.

      C.    Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces
            adjacent to joints.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         INSTALLATION

      A.    Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants.

            1.    Remove foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint
                  sealant.
            2.    Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical
                  abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable
                  of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from
                  above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed
                  air.
            3.    Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
            4.    Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm
                  substrates, or leave residues could interfere with adhesion of joint sealants.

      B.    Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant
            manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience.
            Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining
            surfaces.

      C.    Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining
            surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by
            cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling
            without disturbing joint seal.

      D.    Sealant Installation: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants
            as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

      E.    Acoustical Sealant Installation: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 919 for use of joint
            sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions
            indicated.

      F.    Install sealant backings to support sealants during application and at position required to
            produce optimum sealant movement capability.

            1.    Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
            2.    Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.
            3.    Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and
                  replace them with dry materials.


07920 - 4                                                                                 JOINT SEALANTS
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010

  G.   Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants
       and back of joints.

  H.   Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.

       1.    Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration.
       2.    Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths that allow optimum sealant
             movement capability.

  I.   Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or
       curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads, to eliminate air pockets, and to
       ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.

       1.    Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint.
       2.    Use tooling agents that are approved by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor
             sealants or adjacent surfaces.
       3.    Joint Configuration: Concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless
             otherwise indicated.

  J.   Clean excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as installation progresses by methods
       and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of
       products in which joints occur.


END OF SECTION 07920




JOINT SEALANTS                                                                                07920 - 5
    DIVISION 8

DOORS AND WINDOWS
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes steel doors and frames.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated. Include door designation, type, level and model,
           material description, label compliance, fire-resistance ratings, and finishes.

      B.   Door Schedule. Use same reference designations indicated on Drawings.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Steel Door and Frame Standard:         Comply with ANSI A 250.8, unless more stringent
           requirements are indicated.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
           products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.    Amweld Building Products, Inc.
           2.    Benchmark Commercial Doors; a division of General Products Co., Inc.
           3.    Ceco Door Products; a United Dominion Company.
           4.    Deansteel Manufacturing, Inc.
           5.    Kewanee Corporation (The).
           6.    Mesker Door, Inc.
           7.    Republic Builders Products.
           8.    Steelcraft; a division of Ingersoll-Rand.
           9.    Or approved equal.


2.2        MATERIALS

      A.   Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569/A 569M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale,
           pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.




STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                           08110 - 1
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.    Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets:     ASTM A 366/A 366M, Commercial Steel (CS),                        or
            ASTM A 620/A 620M, Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher-leveled standard of flatness.

      C.    Metallic-Coated Steel Sheets: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, with an
            A40 (ZF120) zinc-iron-alloy (galvannealed) coating; stretcher-leveled standard of flatness.

      D.    Electrolytic Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), Class B
            coating; mill phosphatized; suitable for unexposed applications; stretcher-leveled standard of
            flatness where used for face sheets.


2.3         DOORS

      A.    Exterior Doors: Complying with ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for
            physical-endurance level indicated.
            1.    Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A, Model 1 (Full Flush). Provide insulating
                  urethane core for exterior doors.
            2.    Thickness: 16 gauge.


2.4         FRAMES

      A.    General: ANSI A250.8; conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.    Frame Steel Sheet Thickness:
            1.   Thickness: 14 gauge.

      C.    Door Silencers:    Three silencers on single-door frames and two silencers on double-door
            frames.

      D.    Plaster Guards: 0.016-inch- (0.4-mm-) thick, steel sheet plaster guards or mortar boxes to close
            off interior of openings.

      E.    Supports and Anchors: Not less than 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-) thick zinc-coated steel sheet.

            1.    Masonry Wall Anchors: 0.177-inch- (4.5-mm-) diameter, steel wire complying with
                  ASTM A 510 (ASTM A 510M) may be used in place of steel sheet.

      F.    Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Zinc-coat items that are to be built
            into exterior walls according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C or D as applicable.


2.5         FABRICATION

      A.    General: Fabricate steel door and frame units to comply with ANSI A250.8 free from defects
            including warp and buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant.

      B.    Exterior Doors: Fabricate doors, panels, and frames from metallic-coated steel sheet. Close top
            and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part of door construction or by addition of 0.053-
            inch- (1.3-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel channels with channel webs placed even with top
            and bottom edges.


08110 - 2                                                                      STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.   Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction that produces a door complying
           with SDI standards.

      D.   Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117.

      E.   Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door
           hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable
           requirements in ANSI A250.6 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and frame
           preparation for hardware.

      F.   Frame Construction:

           1.    Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners and seamless
                 face joints. Provide temporary spreader bars.

      G.   Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for
           surface-applied hardware may be done at Project site.

      H.   Locate hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, according to ANSI A250.8.


2.6        FINISHES

      A.   Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied coat of rust-inhibiting primer complying
           with ANSI A250.10 for acceptance criteria.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Placing Frames: Comply with provisions in SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames
           accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set.
           After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces
           smooth and undamaged.

           1.    Wall Anchors: Provide at least three anchors per jamb. For openings 90 inches (2286
                 mm) or more in height, install an additional anchor at hinge and strike jambs.

      B.   Door Installation: Comply with ANSI A250.8. Shim as necessary to comply with SDI 122 and
           ANSI/DHI A115.1G.

      C.   After installation, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames and touch up prime coat
           with compatible air-drying primer.


END OF SECTION 08110




STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                           08110 - 3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 08311 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Access doors and frames for ceilings.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of access door and frame indicated. Include construction
           details, fire ratings, materials, individual components and profiles, and finishes.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details of access doors and frames for each
           type of substrate. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

      C.   Samples: For each door face material, at least 3 by 5 inches (75 by 125 mm) in size, in
           specified finish.

      D.   Access Door and Frame Schedule: Provide complete access door and frame schedule, including
           types, locations, sizes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation.

      E.   Ceiling Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceiling-
           mounted items including access doors and frames, lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers,
           sprinklers, and special trim are shown and coordinated with each other.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Source Limitations: Obtain each type of access door(s) and frame(s) through one source from a
           single manufacturer.

      B.   Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard-size units, which
           may vary slightly from sizes indicated.




ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                            08311 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.5         COORDINATION

      A.    Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to
            concealed plumbing, mechanical, or other concealed work, and indicate in the schedule
            specified in "Submittals" Article.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         STEEL MATERIALS

      A.    Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

      B.    Steel Sheet: Uncoated or electrolytic zinc-coated, ASTM A 591/A 591M with cold-rolled steel
            sheet substrate complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed.

      C.    Steel Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
            Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

            1.    Surface Preparation for Steel Sheet: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, "Solvent
                  Cleaning," to remove dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants that could impair paint bond.
                  Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-
                  SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning," or SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling."

            2.    Factory-Primed Finish: Apply shop primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating.

      D.    Drywall Beads: Edge trim formed from 0.0299-inch (0.76-mm) zinc-coated steel sheet formed
            to receive joint compound and in size to suit thickness of gypsum board.


2.2         ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR CEILINGS

      A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
            products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

            1.    Acudor Products, Inc.
            2.    Babcock-Davis; A Cierra Products Co.
            3.    Bar-Co, Inc. Div.; Alfab, Inc.
            4.    Elmdor/Stoneman; Div. of Acorn Engineering Co.
            5.    Jensen Industries.
            6.    J. L. Industries, Inc.
            7.    Or approved equal.

      B.    Insulated, Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: Fabricated from steel sheet.

            1.    Locations: Wall and ceiling surfaces.
            2.    Door: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal, set flush with exposed face
                  flange of frame.
            3.    Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with 1-inch- (25-mm-) wide,
                  surface-mounted trim.


08311 - 2                                                        ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

           4.    Hinges: Spring-loaded, concealed-pin type.
           5.    Latch: Cam latch operated by spanner head wrench with interior release.


2.3        FABRICATION

      A.   General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for
           installation.

      B.   Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials
           with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam
           marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.

      C.   Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish
           attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of supports
           indicated.

           1.    Provide mounting holes in frames for attachment of units to metal or wood framing.
           2.    Provide mounting holes in frame for attachment of masonry anchors.

      D.   Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when
           closed.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames.

      B.   Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels
           aligned with adjacent finish surfaces.

      C.   Install doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material.


3.2        ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

      A.   Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation.

      B.   Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged.


END OF SECTION 08311




ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                                08311 - 3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 08550 – ALUMINUM-CLAD WOOD WINDOWS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following aluminum-clad wood-framed window product types:

           1.    Awning windows.

      B.   See Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glazing requirements for wood windows, including those
           specified to be factory glazed.


1.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   General: Provide wood windows capable of complying with performance requirements
           indicated, based on testing manufacturer's windows that are representative of those specified
           and that are of minimum test size required by AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2.

      B.   AAMA/NWWDA Performance Requirements: Provide wood windows of the performance
           class and grade indicated that comply with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2.

           1.    Performance Class: Residential.
           2.    Performance Grade: 60
           3.    Exception to AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2: In addition to requirements for performance
                 class and performance grade, design glass framing system to limit lateral deflections of
                 glass edges to less than 1/175 of glass-edge length or 3/4 inch (19 mm), whichever is less,
                 at design pressure based on testing performed according to AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2,
                 Uniform Load Deflection Test or structural computations.

      C.   Specific Product Performance Requirements:          Comply with Section 2.2                    of
           AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 as applicable to types of wood windows indicated.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of wood window indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, attachments to other
           Work, and operational clearances.

           1.    Include structural analysis data indicating deflection limitations of glass framing systems,
                 signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

      C.   Samples: For each exposed finish.

      D.   Product test reports.


ALUMINUM-CLAD WOOD WINDOWS                                                                         08550 - 1
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

      E.    Maintenance data.


1.4         QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.    Installer: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products.

      B.    Fenestration Standard: Comply with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2, "Voluntary Specifications
            for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors," for minimum standards of
            performance, materials, components, accessories, and fabrication unless more stringent
            requirements are indicated.

      C.    Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass manufacturers and
            GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indicated.


1.5         WARRANTY

      A.    Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
            replace wood windows that fail in materials and workmanship within three (3) years from date
            of Substantial Completion.

      B.    Warranty Period for Metal Finishes: Ten (10) years from date of Substantial Completion.

      C.    Warranty Period for Glass: Ten (10) years from date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         MANUFACTURERS

      A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
            products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

      B.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
            following:


            1.    Pella Corporation “Proline”.
            2.    Or equal.


2.2         MATERIALS, GENERAL

      A.    Aluminum Extrusions and Rolled Aluminum for Cladding, High-Performance Organic Finish:
            Two-coat thermocured system with fluoropolymer coats containing not less than 70 percent
            polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 2604.

            1.    Color: As selected from manufacturer’s full range of colors..



08550 - 2                                                         ALUMINUM-CLAD WOOD WINDOWS
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.3        GLAZING

      A.   Glass and Glazing Materials: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glass units and glazing
           requirements applicable to glazed wood window units.

      B.   Glass: Clear, insulating-glass, “Low E”.

      C.   Glazing System: Argon filled. Manufacturer's standard factory-glazing system that produces
           weathertight seal.


2.4        INSECT SCREENS

      A.   General: Design windows and hardware to accommodate screens in a tight-fitting, removable
           arrangement, with a minimum of exposed fasteners and latches. Locate screens on inside of
           window and provide for each operable exterior sash or ventilator.

      B.   Aluminum Insect Screen Frames: Manufacturer's standard aluminum alloy complying with
           SMA 1004. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped joints, concealed fasteners, and removable
           PVC spline/anchor concealing edge of frame.

           1.    Aluminum Tubular Framing Sections and Cross Braces: Roll formed from aluminum
                 sheet with minimum wall thickness as required for class indicated.
           2.    Finish: Manufacturer's standard.

      C.   Aluminum Wire Fabric: 18-by-16 (1.1-by-1.3-mm) mesh of 0.011-inch- (0.28-mm-) diameter,
           coated aluminum wire.

           1.    Wire-Fabric Finish: Charcoal gray.


2.5        FABRICATION

      A.   General:      Fabricate wood windows, in sizes indicated, that comply with
           AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 for performance class and performance grade indicated. Include a
           complete system for assembling components and anchoring windows.

      B.   Fabricate wood windows that are reglazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing.

      C.   Weather Stripping: Provide full-perimeter weather stripping for each operable sash and
           ventilator, unless otherwise indicated.

      D.   Factory machine windows for openings and hardware that is not surface applied.

      E.   Mullions: Provide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units, complete with
           anchors for support to structure and installation of window units. Allow for erection tolerances
           and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections,
           as indicated. Provide mullions and cover plates capable of withstanding design loads of
           window units.




ALUMINUM-CLAD WOOD WINDOWS                                                                       08550 - 3
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

      F.    Glazing Stops: Provide nailed or snap-on glazing stops coordinated with Division 8 Section
            "Glazing" and glazing system indicated. Provide glazing stops to match sash and ventilator
            frames.


2.6         WOOD FINISHES

      A.    Natural finish to receive field-applied stain as selected by the Architect.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         INSTALLATION

      A.    Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding thermal
            movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall
            flashing and other adjacent construction.

      B.    Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weathertight construction.

      C.    Metal Protection: Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion
            or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials by complying with requirements
            specified in "Dissimilar Materials" Paragraph in Appendix B in AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2.

      D.    Adjust operating sashes and ventilators, screens, hardware, and accessories for a tight fit at
            contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate
            hardware and moving parts.

      E.    Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from
            construction operations. In addition, monitor window surfaces adjacent to and below exterior
            concrete and masonry surfaces during construction for presence of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits,
            stains, or other contaminants. If contaminating substances do contact window surfaces, remove
            contaminants immediately according to manufacturer's written recommendations.

      F.    Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging protective
            coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances.

      G.    Clean factory-glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's
            written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels
            and clean surfaces.

      H.    Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during
            construction period.


END OF SECTION 08550




08550 - 4                                                          ALUMINUM-CLAD WOOD WINDOWS
                                                 New Bath House
                                            Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                             DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 08620 - UNIT SKYLIGHTS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.    Self-flashing unit skylights with integral curb.


1.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   AAMA/WDMA Performance Requirements: Provide unit skylights of performance class and
           grade indicated that comply with AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS.
           1.     Performance Class and Grade: Commercial.

      B.   Windborne-Debris-Impact-Resistance Performance: Provide unit skylights that pass missile-
           impact and cyclic-pressure tests when tested according to ASTM E 1886 and testing
           information in ASTM E 1996.

           1.    Large-Missile Impact: For unit skylights located within 30 feet (9.1 m) of grade.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of unit skylight indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For unit skylight work. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and
           connections to supporting structure and other adjoining work.

      C.   Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, in a representative section
           of each unit skylight in manufacturer's standard size.

      D.   Qualification data.

      E.   Product test reports.

      F.   Field quality-control reports.

      G.   Maintenance data.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating unit skylights that meet or
           exceed performance requirements indicated and of documenting this performance by inclusion
           in lists and by labels, test reports, and calculations.


UNIT SKYLIGHTS                                                                                   08620 - 1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.   Installer Qualifications: An installer acceptable to unit skylight manufacturer for installation of
           units required for this Project.

      C.   Surface-Burning Characteristics of Plastic Glazing: Provide plastic glazing sheets identical to
           those tested for fire-exposure behavior per test method indicated below by a testing and
           inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with
           appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.

           1.    Self-Ignition Temperature: 650 deg F (343 deg C) or more for plastic sheets in thickness
                 indicated when tested per ASTM D 1929.
           2.    Smoke-Production Characteristics: Comply with either requirement below:

                 a.     Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less when tested per ASTM E 84 on plastic
                        sheets in manner indicated for use.

           3.    Burning Characteristics: Tested per ASTM D 635.

                 a.     Acrylic Glazing: Class CC2, burning rate of 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) per minute or
                        less for nominal thickness of 0.060 inch (1.5 mm) or thickness indicated for use.

      D.   Unit Skylight Standard: Comply with AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS, "North American
           Fenestration Standard Voluntary Performance Specification for Windows, Skylights and Glass
           Doors," for minimum standards of performance, materials, components, accessories, and
           fabrication. Comply with more stringent requirements if indicated.


1.5        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
           replace components of unit skylights that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
           warranty period.

           1.    Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
           products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.    American Skylites.
           2.    Kalwall Corporation.
           3.    Wasco Products, Inc.
           4.    Or approved equal.




UNIT SKYLIGHTS                                                                                      08620 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.2        MATERIALS

      A.   Aluminum Components:

           1.    Sheets: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy and temper to suit forming operations and
                 finish requirements but with not less than the strength and durability of alclad
                 Alloy 3005-H25.
           2.    Extruded Shapes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy and temper to suit structural and
                 finish requirements but with not less than the strength and durability of Alloy 6063-T52.

      B.   Fasteners: Same metal as metal being fastened, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other
           noncorrosive metal as recommended by manufacturer. Finish exposed fasteners to match
           material being fastened.


2.3        GLAZING

      A.   Acrylic Glazing: ASTM D 4802, thermoformable, monolithic sheet, category as standard with
           manufacturer, Finish 1 (smooth or polished), Type UVF (formulated with UV absorber).

           1.    Double-Glazing Profile: Dome, 25 percent rise.

                 a.     Thicknesses:    Not less than thicknesses required to exceed performance
                        requirements.
                 b.     Outer Glazing Color: Colorless, transparent.
                 c.     Inner Glazing Color: Colorless, transparent.

      B.   Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard.


2.4        INSTALLATION MATERIALS

      A.   Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur
           and containing no asbestos fibers, formulated for 15-mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per
           coating.

      B.   Joint Sealants: As specified inDivision 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

      C.   Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant.

      D.   Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, designed for trowel application or other
           adhesive compatible with roofing system.


2.5        UNIT SKYLIGHTS

      A.   General: Provide factory-assembled unit skylights that include glazing, extruded-aluminum
           glazing retainers, gaskets, and inner frames and that are capable of withstanding performance
           requirements indicated.

      B.   Site-Built Curb: By others.


UNIT SKYLIGHTS                                                                                  08620 - 3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.   Unit Shape and Size: As indicated.

      D.   Condensation Control: Fabricate unit skylights with integral internal gutters and nonclogging
           weeps to collect and drain condensation to the exterior.

      E.   Thermal Break: Fabricate unit skylights with thermal barrier separating exterior and interior
           metal framing.


2.6        ALUMINUM FINISHES

      A.   High-Performance Organic Finish: 2-coat fluoropolymer finish and containing not less than 70
           percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed
           metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

           1.    Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Coordinate installation of unit skylight with installation of substrates, vapor retarders, roof
           insulation, roofing membrane, and flashing as required to ensure that each element of the Work
           performs properly and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight.

      B.   Comply with recommendations in AAMA 1607 and with manufacturer's written instructions for
           installing unit skylights.


3.2        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Testing Agency: Contractor will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
           inspections.

      B.   After completion of installation and nominal curing of sealant and glazing compounds but
           before installation of interior finishes, test for water leaks according to AAMA 501.2.

      C.   Perform test for total area of each unit skylight.

      D.   Work will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

      E.   Additional testing and inspections, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
           compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.


3.3        CLEANING

      A.   Clean exposed unit skylight surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions.



UNIT SKYLIGHTS                                                                                      08620 - 4
                            New Bath House
                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                        DGS No. P-008-080-010

END OF SECTION 08620




UNIT SKYLIGHTS                                      08620 - 5
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 08711 - DOOR HARDWARE


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Commercial door hardware.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: As required.

      C.   Samples: For each exposed finish.

      D.   Door Hardware Schedule: Organized into door hardware sets indicating type, style, function,
           size, label, hand, manufacturer, fasteners, location, and finish of each door hardware item.
           Include description of each electrified door hardware function, including sequence of operation.

      E.   Keying Schedule: Detail Owner's final keying instructions for locks.

      F.   Product certificates.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Supplier Qualifications: Person who is or employs a qualified DHI Architectural Hardware
           Consultant.

      B.   Keys: Deliver keys to Owner by registered mail.

      C.   Templates: Obtain and distribute templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be
           factory prepared for installing door hardware.

      D.   Standards: Comply with BHMA A156 series standards.

      E.   Certified Products:     Provide door hardware that is listed in BHMA directory of certified
           products.

           1.    Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required,
                 and plans for future expansion.
           2.    Preliminary key system schematic diagram.
           3.    Requirements for key control system.
           4.    Address for delivery of keys.


DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                    08711 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.4         WARRANTY

      A.    Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
            replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within warranty
            period.

            1.    Warranty Period for Locks: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
            2.    Warranty Period for Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         MANUFACTURERS

      A.    Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product named for each door
            hardware item indicated in Door Hardware Sets.


2.2         DOOR HARDWARE

      A.    Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware according to door hardware sets indicated in
            door and frame schedule. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated.


2.3         HINGES

      A.    Manufacturers:

            1.    Hinges:

                  a.     Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
                  b.     Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
                  c.     Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
                  d.     Or approved equal.

      B.    Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:

            1.    Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin.

      C.    Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that prevents removal of pin while door
            is closed; for outswinging doors with locks.

      D.    Screws: Phillips flat-head screws; screw heads finished to match surface of hinges.

            1.    Metal Doors and Frames: Machine screws (drilled and tapped holes).


2.4         MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES

      A.    Manufacturers:

08711 - 2                                                                            DOOR HARDWARE
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


           1.    Best Lock Corporation (BLC).
           2.    Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (CR).
           3.    Schlage Lock Company; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH).
           4.    Or approved equal.

      B.   Backset: 2-3/4 inches, unless otherwise indicated.


2.5        CLOSERS

      A.   Surface-Mounted Closers:

           1.    Manufacturers:

                 a.     Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (AAH).
                 b.     Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (CR).
                 c.     Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
                 d.     Or approved equal.

      B.   Size of Units: Factory-sized, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening
           force.


2.6        STOPS AND HOLDERS

      A.   Stops and Holders: Provide floor stops for doors, unless wall or other type stops are scheduled
           or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall
           stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders.

      B.   Silencers for Door Frames: Neoprene or rubber; fabricated for drilled-in application to frame.


2.7        DOOR GASKETING AND THRESHOLDS

      A.   Door Gasketing: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors.           Provide
           noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications.

           1.    Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot (0.000774 cu. m/s per m) of crack length
                 for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283.
           2.    Smoke-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and
                 labeled, based on testing according to UL 1784.
           3.    Gasketing Materials: Comply with ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702.

      B.   Thresholds: Of type scheduled or indicated.

           1.    Manufacturers:

                 a.     Hager Companies (HAG).
                 b.     Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. (PEM).
                 c.     Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RE).


DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                    08711 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

                  d.     Or approved equal.


2.8         CYLINDERS, KEYING, AND STRIKES

      A.    Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from bronze.

            1.    Manufacturers:

                  a.     Same manufacturer as for locks and latches.

            2.    Number of Pins: Seven.
            3.    Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; removable
                  cores.
            4.    Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of
                  construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys.
            5.    Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores.
                  Provide 10 construction master keys.

                  a.     Replace construction cores with permanent cores, as directed by Owner.
                  b.     Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation.

      B.    Keying System: Factory-registered keying system; master key system.

            1.    Keys: Provide nickel-silver keys permanently inscribed with a visual key control number
                  and "DO NOT DUPLICATE" notation. In addition to one extra blank key for each lock,
                  provide three change keys and five master keys.

            2.    Keys to be delivered to Owner (Using Agency) directly from manufacturer.

      C.    Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved
            lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set.


2.9         FABRICATION

      A.    Base Metals: Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door
            hardware units and BHMA A156.18 for finishes. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard
            materials if different from specified standard.

      B.    Fasteners: Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware,
            unless otherwise indicated. Provide steel machine or wood screws or steel through bolts for
            fire-rated applications.

      C.    Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow metal doors.

      D.    Finishes: Comply with BHMA A156.18.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


08711 - 4                                                                            DOOR HARDWARE
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

3.1         INSTALLATION

      A.    Examine doors and frames for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled
            fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting
            performance.

      B.    Steel Door and Frame Preparation: Comply with DHI A115 series. Drill and tap doors and
            frames for surface-applied hardware according to SDI 107.

      C.    Mounting Heights: Comply with the following requirements, unless otherwise indicated:

            1.    Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural
                  Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."

      D.    Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
            Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space
            fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.

            1.    Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of sealant complying with
                  requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

      E.    Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating
            equipment and to comply with accessibility requirements.

            1.    Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that from an open position of 70 deg rees, the door
                  will take at least three seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch,
                  measured to the leading edge of the door.


3.2         FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.    Inspections: Contractor shall engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware
            Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports.


3.3         DOOR HARDWARE SETS

      See door schedule on drawings.


END OF SECTION 08711




DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                   08711 - 5
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 08800 - GLAZING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications:

           1.    Windows.


1.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind
           and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage
           attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of
           sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other
           defects in construction.

      B.   Glass Design: Glass thicknesses indicated are minimums and are for detailing only. Confirm
           glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites for
           various size openings in nominal thicknesses indicated, but not less than thicknesses and in
           strengths (annealed or heat treated) required to meet or exceed the following criteria:

           1.    Glass Thicknesses: Select minimum glass thicknesses to comply with ASTM E 1300,
                 according to the following requirements:

                 a.     Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than 6 mm.

      C.   Thermal Movements: Provide glazing that allows for thermal movements resulting from a
           maximum change (range) of 120 deg F (67 deg C), in ambient and surface temperatures,
           respectively, acting on glass framing members and glazing components. Base engineering
           calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky
           heat loss.

      D.   Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties
           specified based on manufacturer's published test data, as determined according to procedures
           indicated below:

           1.    For monolithic-glass lites, properties are based on units with lites 6 mm thick.
           2.    For insulating-glass units, properties are based on units with lites 6 mm thick and a
                 nominal 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide interspace.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated.



GLAZING                                                                                              08800 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.4         QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.    Safety Glass: Category II materials complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 and
            ANSI Z97.1.

      B.    Glazing Publications: Comply with recommendations of the following, unless more stringent
            requirements are indicated.

            1.    GANA Publications: "Glazing Manual."


1.5         WARRANTY

      A.    Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by
            manufacturer, in which manufacturer agrees to furnish replacements for units that deteriorate
            from normal use by developing defects attributable to the manufacturing process, f.o.b. the
            nearest shipping point to Project site, within warranty period.

            1.    Insulating Glass:

                  a.     Deterioration: Failure of hermetic seal resulting in obstruction of vision by dust,
                         moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass.
                  b.     Warranty Period: Ten (10) years from date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         MANUFACTURERS

      A.    In other articles including schedules where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the
            following requirements apply for product selection:

            1.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
                  incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
            2.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
                  offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
                  the manufacturers specified.


2.2         GLASS MATERIALS

      A.    Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I (transparent glass, flat); Quality q3 (glazing
            select); class, kind, and condition as indicated in schedules at the end of Part 3

            1.    Fabrication Process: By vertical (tong-held) or horizontal (roller-hearth) process, at
                  manufacturer's option.

      B.    Insulating-Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a
            dehydrated interspace, and complying with ASTM E 774 for Class CBA units and with
            requirements specified in this Article and in the Insulating-Glass Schedule at the end of Part 3.


08800 - 2                                                                                        GLAZING
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

           1.    Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) where safety glass is indicated.
           2.    Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: Dimensions indicated in the
                 Insulating-Glass Schedule at the end of Part 3 are nominal and the overall thicknesses of
                 units are measured perpendicularly from outer surfaces of glass lites at unit's edge.
           3.    Sealing System: Dual seal with manufacturers standard primary and secondary sealants.
           4.    Spacer: Manufacturer's standard.
           5.    Corner Construction: Manufacturer's standard.
           6.    Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: 25 and 6 mm.
           7.    Interspace Content: Argon.
           8.    Provide “Low E” glazing.


2.3        MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS

      A.   General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing
           standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application
           indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation.

      B.   Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer.


2.4        FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS

      A.   Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for
           Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with
           written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard, to comply with
           system performance requirements.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        GLAZING, GENERAL

      A.   Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and
           other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in
           referenced glazing publications.

           1.    Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before
                 glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates.
           2.    Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove glass with
                 edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair
                 performance and appearance from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site.
           3.    Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.
           4.    Provide spacers for glass lites where the length plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270
                 mm) unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain
                 required face clearances.

      B.   Protection:




GLAZING                                                                                           08800 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

            1.    Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed
                  streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface.
            2.    Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction
                  operations, including weld splatter.

   C.       Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged, including
            natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period.

   D.       INSULATING-GLASS SCHEDULE

            1.    Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: 1 inch and ¼ inch.
            2.    Interspace Content: Air.

            3.    Outdoor Lite: Type I (transparent glass, flat) float glass.
                  a.   Class 2 (tinted, heat absorbing, and light reducing).

                        1)     Tint Color: Selected from manufacturer’s full range.

                        2)     Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated surfaces), where safety
                               glazing is required. Provide heat-strengthened glass where required to
                               withstand thermal conditions.


END OF SECTION 08800




08800 - 4                                                                                    GLAZING
DIVISION 9

FINISHES
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Interior gypsum board.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

      A.   General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable to
           type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent.

           1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
                 offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
                 the following:
           2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:

                 a.     American Gypsum Co.
                 b.     G-P Gypsum.
                 c.     Lafarge North America Inc.
                 d.     National Gypsum Company.
                 e.     PABCO Gypsum.
                 f.     USG Corporation.

      B.   Ceiling Type: Manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular-type gypsum board.

           1.    Thickness: 5/8 inch (12.7 mm).
           2.    Long Edges: Tapered.

      C.   Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type (to be used in the chase): In thickness indicated and with
           long edges tapered, with moisture and mold resistant core and surfaces.

           1.    Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm).
           2.    Long Edges: Tapered.



GYPSUM BOARD                                                                                    09250 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010




2.2        TRIM ACCESSORIES

      A.   Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.

           1.    Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc.
           2.    Shapes:

                 a.      Cornerbead.
                 b.      Bullnose bead.
                 c.      LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.
                 d.      L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.
                 e.      U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound.
                 f.      Expansion (control) joint.
                 g.      Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges.


2.3        JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS

      A.   General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.

      B.   Joint Tape:

           1.    Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper.

      C.   Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is
           compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.

           1.    Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound.
           2.    Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and
                 trim flanges, use manufacture’s recommended compound.

                 a.      Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.

           3.    Fill Coat: For second coat, use manufacture’s recommended compound.
           4.    Finish Coat: For third coat, use manufacture’s recommended compound.
           5.    Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use manufacture’s recommended compound.


2.4        AUXILIARY MATERIALS

      A.   General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and
           manufacturer's written recommendations.

      B.   Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering
           gypsum panels to continuous substrate.

           1.    Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to
                 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).


GYPSUM BOARD                                                                                      09250 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.   Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.

           1.    Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from
                 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick.
           2.    For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by
                 panel manufacturer.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL

      A.   Comply with ASTM C 840.

      B.   Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold
           damaged.

      C.   Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural
           abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these
           locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints
           between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.

      D.   Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner
           construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber,
           including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members, or provide control
           joints to counteract wood shrinkage.


3.2        APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

      A.   Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:
           1.     Ceiling Type: Ceiling surfaces.
           2.     Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: In all wet areas (chase).

      B.   Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight,
           construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.

      C.   Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

           1.    Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,
                 discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
           2.    Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
                 splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.


END OF SECTION 09250




GYPSUM BOARD                                                                                   09250 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Ceramic mosaic floor tile.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and
           locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints.

      C.   Samples:

           1.    Provide manufacturer’s full color range of each type of tile, grout and accessories for
                 initial selection by Architect.

           2.    Once colors have been selected, provide a sample of each type, composition, color, and
                 finish of tile.
           3.    Assembled samples with grouted joints for each type, composition, color, and finish of
                 tile.
           4.    Stone thresholds in 6-inch (150-mm) lengths.

      D.   Qualification Data: For Installer.

      E.   Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tile
           manufacturer and Installer.

      F.   Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer.


1.3        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact
           until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages.

      B.   Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.

      C.   Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
           contamination can be avoided.

      D.   Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing.


CERAMIC TILE                                                                                        09310 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      E.    Handle tile that has temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces
            from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile,
            remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile.


1.4         PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.    Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and
            ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in
            referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions.


1.5         EXTRA MATERIALS

      A.    Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
            with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

            1.    Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount
                  installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.

            2.    Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type,
                  composition, and color indicated.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         MANUFACTURERS

      A.    In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for
            product selection:

            1.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
                  incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
            2.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
                  specified.
            3.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
                  offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
                  the manufacturers specified.
            4.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  manufacturers specified.
            5.    Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each tile type is based on the product named.
                  Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a
                  comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified.


2.2         TILE PRODUCTS

      A.    ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide Standard grade tile that complies with ANSI A137.1,
            "Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated.



09310 - 2                                                                                   CERAMIC TILE
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.   Ceramic Mosaic Floor Tile: Unglazed, 2x2, slip-resistant floor tile.

           1.    Basis-of-Design: Daltile or equal.

           2.    Frost-resistant for exterior or non-insulated applications.


2.3        SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS

      A.   Available Manufacturers:

           1.    Atlas Minerals & Chemicals, Inc.
           2.    Boiardi Products Corporation.
           3.    Bonsal, W. R., Company.
           4.    Bostik.
           5.    C-Cure.
           6.    Custom Building Products.
           7.    DAP, Inc.
           8.    Jamo Inc.
           9.    LATICRETE International Inc.
           10.   MAPEI Corporation.
           11.   Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.
           12.   Summitville Tiles, Inc.
           13.   TEC Specialty Products Inc.

      B.   Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.1.

      C.   Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4.
           1.    For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar.

      D.   Polymer-Modified Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7, color as indicated.


2.4        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Elastomeric Sealants: Elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that
           comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

           1.    One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25;
                 Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated
                 with fungicide, intended for in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme
                 temperatures.

                 a.     Available Products:

                        1)    Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 786.
                        2)    GE Silicones; Sanitary 1700.
                        3)    Pecora Corporation; Pecora 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant.
                        4)    Tremco, Inc.; Tremsil 600 White.




CERAMIC TILE                                                                                    09310 - 3
                                                 New Bath House
                                            Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                             DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.    Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based
            formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials.

      C.    Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints that does not change
            color or appearance of grout.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         PREPARATION

      A.    Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil,
            or silicone, that are incompatible with tile-setting materials.

      B.    Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according
            to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions.

      C.    Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.

      D.    Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, use factory blended tile or blend tiles at Project
            site before installing.

      E.    Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type or needed to
            prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous
            film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces.


3.2         INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.    ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for
            Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to
            methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.

      B.    TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with
            TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.

      C.    Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete
            covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at
            obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.

      D.    Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring
            visible surfaces. Grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items. Fit tile closely to
            electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap
            tile.

      E.    Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when
            adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile
            fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting.
            Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated.



09310 - 4                                                                                        CERAMIC TILE
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010

  F.   Grout tile to comply with requirements of ANSI A108.10, unless otherwise indicated.

  G.   Apply grout sealer to grout joints in tile floors according to grout-sealer manufacturer's written
       instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and
       sealer that has gotten on tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.


END OF SECTION 09310




CERAMIC TILE                                                                                    09310 - 5
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010

SECTION 09910 – INDUSTRIAL PAINT COATINGS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1   GENERAL

      A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
            Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
            Section.

1.2   SUMMARY

      A.    Recommended Minimum Procedures for painting exterior structural steel.
      B.    Color: To selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1   CLEANER

      A.    Provide cleaner for removing foreign matter from steel as follows:

            1.      International Cleaner GMA571, or equal.

2.2   PRIMER

      A.    Provide primer as follows:

            1.      International Interseal 670, or equal.

2.3   FINISH COAT

      A.    Provide finish coat as follows:

            1.      International Interthane 990HS, or equal.

2.4   THINNER

      A.    Provide thinner as required for primer and finish coat as follows:

            1.      International Thinner GTA056, or equal.



2.5   SEALANT PRIMER

      A.    Provide sealant primer as follows:

            1.      Sikaflex Primer 260, or equal.


INDUSTRIAL PAINT COATINGS                                                          09910 - 1
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


2.6     SEALANT

        A.      Provide sealant (caulk) as follows:

                1.      Sikaflex 1-A, or equal Elastomeric Urethane Caulk


PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1     SURFACE PREPARATION

        A. Remove all grease, oil, wax, chalk or other foreign matter by detergent washing
           (SSPC-SP1) using International Cleaner GMA571 diluted with up to 10 parts of clear
           water. Follow cleaning with a thorough clear water rinse. Repeat if necessary.

        B. Hand tool or power tool clean (SSPC-SP2 or SP3, respectively) all surfaces to be
           coated removing all loose paint, rust, corrosion, mortar, cement, and other
           contaminants. “Feather” edges of existing, well-adhered coating.

        C. Repair and re-seal all loose caulking using Sikaflex Primer 260 and Sikaflex 1-A
           Elastomeric Urethane Caulk. Allow curing. Follow data sheet guidelines.

                        1. Surface Preparation (minimum)
                               a. Remove all dirt, grease oil, mold release agents, loose mortar,
                                   laitance, old caulk, paint, rust, corrosion and other foreign
                                   matter by appropriate mechanical means.
                               b. Re-design masonry joints to allow for a minimum ¼” width
                                   and ½” maximum depth, as necessary. Install closed cell
                                   backer rod, as necessary, to attain proper depth.
                        2. Application Procedures (minimum)
                               a. Apply primer and/or sealant to clean, dry surfaces only.
                               b. Apply Sikaflex Sealant Adhesive primer #260 to all masonry
                                   surfaces. Allow appropriate drying according to data sheet
                                   guidelines.
                               c. Apply Sikaflex-1a Elastomeric Sealant/adhesive to all
                                   properly prepared metal and masonry joints in a professionally
                                   accepted manner avoiding air entrapment and tool as required
                                   attaining a uniformly smooth surface. Follow data sheet
                                   guidelines.
                               d. Allow curing. Follow data sheet guidelines.

        D. Completely remove all dust and grit prior to the coating application.

3.2     APPLICATION

        A. Coat only clean, dry surfaces.



09910 - 2                                                        INDUSTRIAL PAINT COATINGS
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B. Apply International Interseal 670 by brush as a stripe coat to all sharp edges, nuts and
         bolts, pitted areas, welds seams, small fitments of difficult configuration, difficult areas
         of access, et. Allow curing. Follow data sheet guidelines.

      C. Apply International Interseal 670 as a spot prime coat to all properly prepared and
         exposed metal surfaces at a rate and appropriate number of applications to attain a
         minimum 4.0 – 5.0 mils DFT or that equal to the surrounding tightly adhering paint,
         whichever is minimum. Allow curing. Follow data sheet guidelines.

      D. Apply International Interseal 670 as a full prime coat to all properly prepared
         previously painted and spot primed surfaces at a rate and appropriate number
         of applications to attain an additional 4.0-5.0 mils DFT. Allow curing. Follow data
         sheet guidelines.

      E. Apply International Interthane 990 HS as a full finish coat to all properly prepared,
         stripe coated, spot and full primed surfaces at a rate and appropriate number of
         applications to attain additional 2.0 –3.0 mils DFT. Allow curing. Follow data sheet
         guidelines.

                   NOTE: Minimum Total System DFT: 6.0 – 8.0 mils DFT

      F. The Contractor shall remove all painting materials (including paint) at completion of
         the project. Provide a detailed list by room, including color, type and texture, with
         manufacturer’s name and product number.


END OF SECTION 09910




INDUSTRIAL PAINT COATINGS                                                                 09910 - 3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 09912 - PAINTING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior
           items and surfaces.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated.


1.3        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
           ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a clean condition,
           free of foreign materials and residue.

      B.   Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air
           are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C).

      C.   Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding
           air are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C).

      D.   Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or
           at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.


1.4        EXTRA MATERIALS

      A.   Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as
           materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing
           contents.

           1.    Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material
                 and color applied.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS




PAINTING                                                                                            09912 - 1
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

      A.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
            incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
            articles.

            1.    Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore).
            2.    Duron (Duron).
            3.    Glidden Paint (Glidden).
            4.    McCormick Paint (McCormick).
            5.    PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).
            6.    Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams).


2.2         PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL

      A.    Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are
            compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and
            application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

      B.    Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating
            types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application
            indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will
            not be acceptable.

      C.    Colors: As selected from manufacturer's full range.


2.3         PREPARATORY COATS

      A.    Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: High-performance latex block filler of finish coat
            manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on
            substrate indicated.
            1.     Exterior Primer: See specification section 09910, Industrial Coatings for all exterior
                   painting.

      B.    Interior Primer: Interior latex-based or alkyd primer of finish coat manufacturer and
            recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.

            1.    Ferrous-Metal Substrates: Quick drying, rust-inhibitive metal primer.
            2.    Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer.
            3.    Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate
                  indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.


2.4         EXTERIOR FINISH COATS

      A.    See section 09910, Industrial Paint Coatings for painting of all exterior steel.


2.5         INTERIOR FINISH COATS

      A.    Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel:


09912 - 2                                                                                      PAINTING
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel No. 276.
           2.    Pittsburgh Paints; 6-500 Series SpeedHide Interior Semi-Gloss Latex.
           3.    Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel B31W200 Series.

      B.   Interior Full-Gloss Alkyd Enamel for Metal Surfaces:

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Urethane Alkyd Enamel No. M22.
           2.    Pittsburgh Paints; 7-814 Series Pittsburgh Paints Industrial Gloss-Oil Interior/Exterior
                 Enamel.
           3.    Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Alkyd Gloss Enamel B35W200 Series.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        APPLICATION

      A.   Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4 for inspection and acceptance of surfaces to be
           painted.

      B.   Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
           compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on
           characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.

      C.   Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and
           similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible
           because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface
           preparation and painting.

           1.    After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using
                 workers skilled in the trades involved.

      D.   Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's
           written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.

           1.    Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
           2.    Cementitious Materials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release
                 agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to
                 improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation.
           3.    Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral
                 spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off.

                 a.     Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac
                        or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill
                        holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand
                        smooth when dried.
                 b.     Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges,
                        ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters,
                        cases, and paneling.
                 c.     If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish.



PAINTING                                                                                             09912 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

                  d.    Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet
                        wall construction occurs on back side.
                  e.    Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of
                        varnish or sealer immediately on delivery.

            4.    Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop
                  coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use
                  solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations.

                  a.    Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer.
                  b.    Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat
                        before priming.
                  c.    Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-
                        brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with
                        same primer as the shop coat.

            5.    Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so
                  surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized
                  sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.

   E.       Material Preparation:

            1.    Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
                  foreign materials and residue.
            2.    Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required
                  during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface
                  film and strain material before using.

   F.       Exposed Surfaces: Include areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector
            covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings
            in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection.

            1.    Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed
                  surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed
                  equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
            2.    Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through
                  registers or grilles.
            3.    Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed
                  surfaces.
            4.    Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces.

   G.       Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.

   H.       Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or
            otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent
            surface deterioration.

            1.    Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
            2.    If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
                  additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance.



09912 - 4                                                                                        PAINTING
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      I.   Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators
           according to manufacturer's written instructions.

      J.   Minimum Coating Thickness:    Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's
           recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as
           recommended by manufacturer.

      K.   Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items
           exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces.

      L.   Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete
           coverage with pores filled.

      M.   Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
           manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime
           coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or
           unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects
           due to insufficient sealing.

      N.   Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth,
           opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting,
           holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be
           acceptable.


3.2        CLEANING AND PROTECTING

      A.   At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint
           materials from Project site.

      B.   Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting.
           Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect.

      C.   Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
           operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.

           1.    After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted
                 surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1.

      D.   The Contractor shall remove all painting materials (including paint) at completion of the
           project. Provide a detailed list by room, including color, type and texture, with manufacturer’s
           name and product number.


3.3        INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE

      A.   Concrete and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry):

           1.    Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.

                 a.     Primer: Interior concrete and masonry primer.


PAINTING                                                                                             09912 - 5
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

                  b.     Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.

   B.       Concrete Unit Masonry:

            1.    Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a block filler.

                  a.     Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler.
                  b.     Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.

   C.       Gypsum Board:

            1.    Acrylic Finish Two finish coats over a primer.

                  a.     Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.
                  b.     Finish Coats: Interior eggshell or satin acrylic enamel.

   D.       Wood and Hardboard:

            1.    Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.

                  a.     Primer: Interior wood primer for acrylic-enamel and semigloss alkyd-enamel
                         finishes.
                  b.     Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.

   E.       Interior Ferrous Metal:

            1.    Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.

                  a.     Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer.
                  b.     Finish Coats: Interior full-gloss alkyd enamel for wood and metal surfaces.

   F.       Exterior Metal: See section 09910.

   G.       Interior Zinc-Coated Metal:

            1.    Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.

                  a.     Primer: Interior zinc-coated metal primer.
                  b.     Finish Coats: Interior full-gloss alkyd enamel for wood and metal surfaces.


END OF SECTION 09912




09912 - 6                                                                                       PAINTING
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 09931 - WOOD STAINS AND TRANSPARENT FINISHES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes surface preparation and the application of wood finishes on the following
           substrates:

           1.    Interior Substrates:
                 a.     Dressed lumber (finish carpentry).


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required.

      C.   Product List: Printout of MPI's current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product
           category specified in Part 2, with the product proposed for use highlighted.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   MPI Standards:

           1.    Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in its "MPI Approved
                 Products List."
           2.    Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural
                 Painting Specification Manual" for products and finish systems indicated.

      B.   Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each finish system indicated and each color selected to
           verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects
           and set quality standards for materials and execution.

           1.    Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of
                 each type of finish system and substrate.

                 a.    Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m).
                 b.    Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.

           2.    Final approval of stain color selections will be based on benchmark samples.

                 a.    If preliminary stain color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark
                       samples of additional stain colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.




WOOD STAINS AND TRANSPARENT FINISHES                                                              09931 - 1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.4        EXTRA MATERIALS

      A.   Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as
           materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing
           contents.

           1.    Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material
                 and color applied.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MATERIALS, GENERAL

      A.   Material Compatibility:

           1.    Provide materials for use within each finish system that are compatible with one another
                 and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by
                 manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
           2.    For each coat in a finish system, provide products recommended in writing by
                 manufacturers of topcoat for use in finish system and on substrate indicated.

      B.   Stain Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements
           for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work.

           1.    Maximum Moisture Content of Wood Substrates: 15 percent when measured with an
                 electronic moisture meter.
           2.    Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
                 existing finishes.
           3.    Begin finish application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and
                 surfaces are dry.
           4.    Beginning application of finish system constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrate
                 and conditions.


3.2        PREPARATION AND APPLICATION

      A.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural
           Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated.

      B.   Apply wood filler paste to open-grain woods, as defined in "MPI Architectural Painting
           Specification Manual," to produce smooth, glasslike finish.


WOOD STAINS AND TRANSPARENT FINISHES                                                               09931 - 2
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010

  C.   Protect work of other trades against damage from finish application. Correct damage by
       cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an
       undamaged condition.

  D.   At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or
       defaced finished wood surfaces.



END OF SECTION 09931




WOOD STAINS AND TRANSPARENT FINISHES                                                    09931 - 3
DIVISION 10

SPECIALTIES
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 10155 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes toilet compartments and screens as follows:

           1.    Type: Solid-plastic, polymer resin.
           2.    Compartment Style: Overhead braced and floor anchored.
           3.    Screen Style: Floor anchored.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details of installation, and attachments to
           other Work.

      C.   Samples: For each exposed finish and for each color and pattern required.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
           following:

           1.    Capitol Partitions, Inc.
           2.    Global Steel Products Corp.
           3.    Santana Products, Inc.
           4.    Or equal.


2.2        MATERIALS

      A.   Panel, Pilaster, and Door Material:

           1.    Solid-Plastic, Polymer Resin: High-density polyethylene (HDPE) with homogenous
                 color throughout. Provide material not less than 1 inch) thick with seamless construction
                 and eased edges.

                 a.     Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range.

      B.   Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Stainless steel not less than 3 inches high.


TOILET COMPARTMENTS                                                                             10155 - 1
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.    Stirrup Brackets: Stainless steel.

      D.    Continuous Brackets: Stainless steel.


2.3         FABRICATION

      A.    Toilet Compartments: Overhead braced and floor anchored.

      B.    Urinal Screens: Floor anchored.

      C.    Solid-Plastic, Polymer-Resin Units:     Provide aluminum heat-sink strips at exposed bottom
            edges of panels and doors.

      D.    Doors: Unless otherwise indicated, 24-inch- wide in-swinging doors for standard toilet
            compartments and 36-inch- wide out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- wide clear
            opening for compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities.

      E.    Door Hardware: Stainless steel. Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of
            authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with
            disabilities.

            1.    Hinges: Self-closing type, adjustable to hold door open at any angle up to 90 degrees.
            2.    Latches and Keepers: Surface-mounted unit designed for emergency access and with
                  combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper.
            3.    Coat Hook: Combination hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sized to prevent door from
                  hitting compartment-mounted accessories.
            4.    Door Bumper: Rubber-tipped bumpers at out-swinging doors or entrance screen doors.
            5.    Door Pull: Provide at out-swinging doors. Provide units on both sides of doors at
                  compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         INSTALLATION

      A.    Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb, with not more than 1/2 inch between pilasters and
            panels and not more than 1 inch between panels and walls. Provide brackets, pilaster shoes,
            bracing, and other components required for a complete installation. Use theft-resistant exposed
            fasteners finished to match hardware. Use sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications.

            1.    Stirrup Brackets: Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. Locate wall brackets
                  so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints.
            2.    Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed
                  position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors and swing doors in entrance
                  screens to return to fully closed position.


END OF SECTION 10155


10155 - 2                                                                      TOILET COMPARTMENTS
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 10200 - LOUVERS AND VENTS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes fixed, formed-metal louvers.


1.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Thermal Movements: Provide louvers that allow for thermal movements resulting from a
           temperature change (range) of 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material
           surfaces, by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of
           connections, and other detrimental effects.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work.

           1.    Verify louver openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate
                 measurements on Shop Drawings.

      C.   Samples: For each type of finish.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
           products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.    Louvers:

                 a.    Airline Products Co.
                 b.    Airolite Company (The).
                 c.    Cesco Products.
                 d.    Construction Specialties, Inc.
                 e.    Greenheck.
                 f.    Nystrom Building Products.
                 g.    Reliable Products; Hart & Cooley, Inc.
                 h.    Ruskin Company; Tomkins PLC.
                 i.    Vent Products Company, Inc.


LOUVERS AND VENTS                                                                                10200 - 1
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.2         MATERIALS

      A.    Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) zinc coating, mill phosphatized.

      B.    Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal or 300 Series stainless steel.

      C.    Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.


2.3         FABRICATION, GENERAL

      A.    Fabricate frames to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and
            installation tolerances, adjoining material tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints.

      B.    Join frame members to each other and to louver blades with fillet welds, threaded fasteners, or
            both, as standard with louver manufacturer, concealed from view.


2.4         FIXED, FORMED-METAL LOUVERS

      A.    Horizontal, Nondrainable-Blade Louver:

            1.    Blade Profile: Plain blade without center baffle.
            2.    Frame and Blade Material and Nominal Thickness: Galvanized steel sheet, not less than
                  0.052 inch (1.3 mm) for frames and 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) for blades.
            3.    Performance Requirements:

                  a.     Free Area: Not less than 6.5 sq. ft. (0.60 sq. m) for 48-inch- (1.2-m-) wide by 48-
                         inch- (1.2-m-) high louver.
                  b.     Point of Beginning Water Penetration: Not less than 550 fpm (2.8 m/s).
                  c.     Air Performance: Not more than 0.10-inch wg (25-Pa) static pressure drop at 550-
                         fpm (2.8-m/s) free-area velocity.


2.5         LOUVER SCREENS

      A.    General: Provide screen at interior face of each exterior louver.

      B.    Louver Screen Frames: Same kind and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens
            are attached.

      C.    Louver Screening:
            1.   Bird Screening: Galvanized steel, 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) square mesh, 0.041-inch (1.04-
                 mm) wire.


2.6         FINISHES

      A.    Galvanized Steel Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces of dirt, grease, and other contaminants.
            Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing according to
            ASTM A 780. Apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it.


10200 - 2                                                                           LOUVERS AND VENTS
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.   Galvanized Steel, Powder-Coated Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply
           thermosetting polyester or acrylic urethane powder coating with cured-film thickness not less
           than 1.5 mils (0.04 mm).

           1.    Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer’s full range.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Locate and place louvers and vents level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work.

      B.   Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where
           required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection.

      C.   Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as
           indicated.

      D.   Repair damaged finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot
           be refinished in the field to the factory, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit or
           provide new units.

      E.   Protect galvanized and nonferrous-metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by applying
           a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry,
           or dissimilar metals.


END OF SECTION 10200




LOUVERS AND VENTS                                                                                  10200 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 10425 – SIGNAGE


1.1        GENERAL

      A.   Provide one exterior ADA panel sign for Men/Women entrances.

      B.   Submittals: Submit the following:

           1.    Shop Drawings: Provide plans, elevations, and sections showing typical members, anc-
                 hors, layout, reinforcement, accessories, and installation details. Include the following:

                 a.     Message list as furnished by Owner for each sign with wording and letter layout.


           2.    Samples: For initial selection of color, pattern, and surface texture, and for verification
                 of compliance with requirements indicated.


1.2        PRODUCTS

      A.   Cast Aluminum: 6” wide by 8” high ADA sign with man or woman and wheelchair symbol
           with raised lettering and raised Braille.

      B.   Finish: Protected with a non-glare satin finish lacquer coating to conform to ADA guidelines.

      C.   Panel Signs: Comply with requirements for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs,
           shapes, sizes, and construction details. Produce smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces.

           1.    Unframed Panel Signs: Fabricate edges mechanically and smoothly finished.

                 a.     Edge Condition: Square cut.
                 b.     Corner Condition: Square corners.

      D.   Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with size, style, spacing, content,
           position, material, finishes, and colors of letters, numbers, and other graphic devices.


1.3        EXECUTION

      A.   Installation: Locate signs where indicated, using mounting methods specified by manufacturer.
           Install level, plumb, and at the height indicated on drawings, with sign surfaces free from distor-
           tion or other defects in appearance.

      B.   Cleaning: After installation, clean soiled surfaces. Protect units from damage until acceptance
           by the Owner.


END OF SECTION 10425


SIGNAGE                                                                                              10425 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 10520 - FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes portable fire extinguishers and fire-protection cabinets.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
           components and profiles, and finishes for fire-protection specialties.

           1.    Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification.
           2.    Cabinets: Include door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, panel style, and details of
                 installation.


      B.   Samples: For each exposed cabinet finish.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Standard
           for Portable Fire Extinguishers."

      B.   Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent
           testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.


1.4        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of hoses, hose valves, and hose
           racks indicated are accommodated.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MATERIALS

      A.   Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M carbon steel, commercial quality, stretcher
           leveled, temper rolled.

      B.   Aluminum: ASTM B 209 sheet and ASTM B 221 extrusions, alloy and temper recommended
           by aluminum producer and manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.




FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES                                                                   10520 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


      C.    Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666/A 666M, Type 302 or Type 304 alloy.

      D.    Copper-Alloy Sheet, Brass: ASTM B 36/B 36M, alloy UNS No. C26000 (cartridge brass, 70
            percent copper).

      E.    Copper-Alloy Sheet, Bronze: ASTM B 36/B 36M, alloy UNS No. C28000 (muntz metal, 60
            percent copper).


2.2         PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

      A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
            products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

      B.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
            following:

            1.    J. L. Industries, Inc.
            2.    Kidde, Walter The Fire Extinguisher Co.
            3.    Larsen's Manufacturing Company.

      C.    General: Provide fire extinguishers for each cabinet and other locations indicated.

            1.    Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure extinguisher
                  indicated and with plated or baked-enamel finish.

                  a.     Provide brackets for extinguishers not located in cabinets.

            2.    Identification: Lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style,
                  color, size, spacing, and location. Locate as directed by Architect.

                  a.     Identify bracket-mounted extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER"
                         in red letter decals applied to wall surface.

      D.    Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: UL-rated 2-A:10:B:C, 5-lb nominal capacity, in enameled-
            steel container.


2.3         FIRE-PROTECTION CABINETS

      A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
            products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

      B.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
            following:

            1.    J. L. Industries, Inc.
            2.    Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
            3.    Watrous; Div. of American Specialties, Inc.


10520 - 2                                                              FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.   Fire Protection Cabinet:

           1.    Cabinet Construction: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door,
                 and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and
                 grind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter door frames.

                 a.     Fire-Rated Cabinets: Listed and labeled to meet requirements in ASTM E 814 for
                        fire-resistance rating of wall where it is installed.

                        1)    Construct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 0.0478-inch-
                              thick, cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8-inch- thick, fire-barrier
                              material.

                 b.     Cabinet Metal: Enameled-steel sheet.

           2.    Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher.
           3.    Cabinet Mounting: Semirecessed.
           4.    Cabinet Trim Style: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded,
                 and ground smooth.


                 a.     Exposed Trim: One-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping
                        surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge
                        (backbend).

                        1)    Rolled-Edge Trim for Semirecessed Cabinets: 2-1/2-inch backbend depth.

           5.    Cabinet Trim Material: Manufacturer's standard steel sheet.
           6.    Door Material: Manufacturer's standard steel sheet.
           7.    Door Glazing: Manufacturer's standard, as follows:

                 a.     Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3,
                        Class 1 (clear).
                 b.     Door Style: Manufacturer's standard design fully glazed panel with frame.

           8.    Identification: Provide lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter
                 style, color, size, spacing, and location. Locate as directed by Architect.

                 a.     Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER"
                        applied to door.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable
           to authorities having jurisdiction.

           1.    Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style.


FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES                                                                        10520 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


            2.    Fasten mounting brackets to structure and cabinets, square and plumb.
            3.    Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb.

   B.       Install where indicated on drawings at 54 inches above finished floor to top of cabinet.

   C.       Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely.

   D.       Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation.


END OF SECTION 10520




10520 - 4                                                               FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 10801 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Toilet and bath accessories.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated.

      B.   Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each
           accessory required. Use designations indicated on Drawings.


1.3        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair
           or replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within fifteen (15) years from date
           of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
           products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.    Toilet and Bath Accessories:

                 a.     A & J Washroom Accessories, Inc.
                 b.     American Specialties, Inc.
                 c.     Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.
                 d.     Bradley Corporation.
                 e.     General Accessory Manufacturing Co. (GAMCO).
                 f.     McKinney/Parker Washroom Accessories Corp.


2.2        MATERIALS

      A.   Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, No. 4 finish (satin), 0.0312-inch (0.8-mm) minimum
           nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.


TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES                                                                         10801 - 1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.    Brass: ASTM B 19, ASTM B 16 (ASTM B 16M), or ASTM B 30 castings.

      C.    Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M, 0.0359-inch (0.9-mm) minimum nominal thickness.

      D.    Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180).

      E.    Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service).

      F.    Baked-Enamel Finish: Factory-applied, gloss-white, baked-acrylic-enamel coating.

      G.    Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with
            silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with FS DD-
            M-411.

      H.    Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices:          ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after
            fabrication.

      I.    Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft
            resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed.

      J.    Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying.
            Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.


2.3         TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES

      A.    Toilet Paper Dispenser:

            1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick B-2888
            2.    Type: Double-roll dispenser.
            3.    Mounting: Surface mounted with concealed anchorage.
            4.    Material: Stainless steel.
            5.    Operation: Non-control delivery with theft-resistant spindle.

      B.    Mirror Units:

            1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick B-292.
            2.    Frame: Stainless-steel channel with shelf.
            3.    Frame: Stainless-steel channel for full length mirror.

      C.    ADA Mirror Unit:

            1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick B-290.
            2.    Frame: Stainless-steel channel, no shelf.

      D.    Grab Bar:

            1.    Basis-of-Design Product: ASI Type 56.
            2.    Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) thick.
            3.    Mounting: Concealed.
            4.    Gripping Surfaces: Smooth, satin finish.


10801 - 2                                                                TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010

       5.    Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) for heavy-duty applications.

  E.   Shower Curtain Rod:

       1.    Basis-of-Design: Bobrick B-6047.
       2.    Material: Heavy-duty, stainless-steel shower curtain rod with 3-inch stainless-steel
             flanges designed for exposed fasteners, in length required for shower opening indicated.

  F.   Shower Curtain:

       1.    Basis-of-Design Product: B-204.
       2.    Material: Vinyl, Minimum 0.006-inch- (0.15-mm-) thick, opaque, anti-microbial, matte.
       3.    Grommets: Corrosion-resistant at minimum 6 inches (152 mm) o.c. through top hem.
       4.    Size: Minimum 12 inches (305 mm) wider than opening by 72 inches (1828 mm) high,
             custom made, if required.
       5.    Color: Color selected by Architect, from full range.
       6.    Shower Curtain Hooks: Stainless-steel, spring wire curtain hooks with snap fasteners,
             sized to accommodate specified curtain rod. Provide one hook per curtain grommet.

  G.   Towel/Clothes Hooks:

       1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick B-2116.

       2.    Material: Heavy-duty, stainless-steel.

  H.   Sanitary-Napkin/Tampon Dispenser:

       1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick B-3500 (50 cents double coin operation).
       2.    Mounting: Recessed.
       3.    Material: Stainless-steel.

  I.   Sanitary-Napkin Disposal (Surface Mounted):

       1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick B-254.
       2.    Mounting: Partition mounted (serves two toilet compartments).
       3.    Material: Stainless-steel.

  J.   Sanitary-Napkin Disposal (Recessed):

       1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick B-253.
       2.    Mounting: Recessed.
       3.    Material: Stainless-steel.

  K.   ADA Shower Seat:

       1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick B-5181.
       2.    Material: 1 piece ½” thick solid phenolic with matte finish with integral slots for water
             drainage. Secured to stainless steel frame (seamless square tubing) with stainless steel
             carriage bolts and acorn nuts. Reversible for left- or right-hand installation in the field.
       3.    Spring: Stainless steel spot-welded to base plate.



TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES                                                                    10801 - 3
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010




      L.    Soap Dish:

            1.    Basis-of-Design Product: ASI 7320.
            2.    Mounting: Surface mounted, with rectangular wall bracket and backplate for concealed
                  mounting.

      M.    Baby Changing:

            1.    Basis-of-Design Product: KB100-00.
            2.    Mounting: Surface.
            3.    Material: Durable, high-density polyethylene with Microban Antimicrobial additive.

      N.    Mop and Broom Rack:

            1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick- 224, 36” inch.
            2.    Mounting: Surface.
            3.    Material: Stainless steel with shelf.

      O.    Waste Receptacle (Recessed):

            1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick B-3644.
            2.    Mounting: Recessed.
            3.    Material: Stainless-steel.



PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         INSTALLATION

      A.    Install accessories using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit
            manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights
            indicated.

            1.    Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested
                  according to method in ASTM F 446.

      B.    Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function
            properly. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and protective
            coatings.


END OF SECTION 10801




10801 - 4                                                               TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
DIVISION 15

MECHANICAL
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010



SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following basic mechanical materials and methods to complement
           other Division 15 Sections.

           1.    Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.
           2.    Concrete base construction requirements.
           3.    Escutcheons.
           4.    Dielectric fittings.
           5.    Flexible connectors.
           6.    Mechanical sleeve seals.
           7.    Equipment nameplate data requirements.
           8.    Labeling and identifying mechanical systems and equipment is specified in Division 15
                 Section "Mechanical Identification."
           9.    Nonshrink grout for equipment installations.
           10.   Field-fabricated metal and wood equipment supports.
           11.   Installation requirements common to equipment specification sections.
           12.   Mechanical demolition.
           13.   Cutting and patching.
           14.   Touchup painting and finishing.

      B.   Pipe and pipe fitting materials are specified in Division 15 piping system Sections.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces,
           pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings,
           unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels.

      B.   Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied
           spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.

      C.   Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambient
           temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.




BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                            15050 - 1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


      D.   Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by
           building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.

      E.   Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions
           and physical contact by building occupants, but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures.
           Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

      F.   The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:

           1.    CR: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber.
           2.    EPDM: Ethylene propylene diene terpolymer rubber.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General Condi-
           tions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007).

      B.   Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, mechanical sleeve seals, and
           identification materials and devices.

      C.   Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation for metal and wood supports and anchorage
           for mechanical materials and equipment.

      D.   Coordination Drawings: For access panel and door locations.

      E.   Coordination Drawings: Detail major elements, components, and systems of mechanical
           equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building
           components. Show space requirements for installation and access. Indicate if sequence and
           coordination of installations are important to efficient flow of the Work. Include the following:

           1.    Planned piping layout, including valve and specialty locations and valve-stem movement.
           2.    Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation.
           3.    Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, accessories, and specialties,
                 including space for disassembly required for periodic maintenance.
           4.    Equipment and accessory service connections and support details.
           5.    Exterior wall and foundation penetrations.
           6.    Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations.
           7.    Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases.
           8.    Scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into building
                 during construction.
           9.    Floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings
                 and their relationship to other penetrations and installations.
           10.   Reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installation of air outlets and inlets,
                 light fixtures, communication system components, sprinklers, and other ceiling-mounted
                 items.

      F.   Samples: Of color, lettering style, and other graphic representation required for each
           identification material and device.


BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                             15050 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Comply with ASME A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of
           identification devices.

      B.   Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical dimensions,
           capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in
           writing and connecting mechanical and electrical services, circuit breakers, conduit, motors,
           bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs shall be approved in advance by
           appropriate Contract Modification for these increases. If minimum energy ratings or
           efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment must meet design and commissioning
           requirements.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping,
           storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and
           moisture.

      B.   Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed
           structural capacity of floor, if stored inside.

      C.   Protect flanges, fittings, and piping specialties from moisture and dirt.


1.7        SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

      A.   Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components.

      B.   Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of
           construction to allow for mechanical installations.

      C.   Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
           concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.

      D.   Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for
           efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring positioning
           before closing in building.

      E.   Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities
           and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service
           companies, and controlling agencies.

      F.   Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items requiring access are
           concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section
           "Access Doors."




BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                          15050 - 3
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


      G.   Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if devices
           are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and
           similar concealment.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS

      A.   Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe and fitting materials and joining
           methods.

      B.   Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.


2.2        JOINING MATERIALS

      A.   Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.

      B.   Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system
           contents.

           1.    ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness, unless
                 thickness or specific material is indicated.

                 a.     Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges.
                 b.     Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.

           2.    AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face
                 or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.

      D.   Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32.

           1.    Alloy Sn95 or Alloy Sn94: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent silver, with 0.10
                 percent lead content.
           2.    Alloy E: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent copper, with 0.10 percent
                 maximum lead content.
           3.    Alloy HA: Tin-antimony-silver-copper zinc, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content.
           4.    Alloy HB: Tin-antimony-silver-copper nickel, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content.
           5.    Alloy Sb5: 95 percent tin and 5 percent antimony, with 0.20 percent maximum lead
                 content.

      E.   Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8.

           1.    BCuP Series: Copper-phosphorus alloys.
           2.    BAg1: Silver alloy.



BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                             15050 - 4
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


      F.   Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall
           thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.

      G.   Solvent Cements: Manufacturer's standard solvent cements for the following:

           1.    ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235.
           2.    CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493.
           3.    PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.
           4.    PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138.

      H.   Flanged, Ductile-Iron Pipe Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: AWWA C110, rubber gasket, carbon-steel
           bolts and nuts.

      I.   Couplings: Iron-body sleeve assembly, fabricated to match OD of plain-end, pressure pipes.

           1.    Sleeve: ASTM A 126, Class B, gray iron.
           2.    Followers: ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 536 ductile iron.
           3.    Gaskets: Rubber.
           4.    Bolts and Nuts: AWWA C111.
           5.    Finish: Enamel paint.


2.3        DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

      A.   General: Assembly or fitting with insulating material isolating joined dissimilar metals, to
           prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion.

      B.   Description: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded, solder, plain, and weld-neck
           end types and matching piping system materials.

      C.   Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

      D.   Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working
           pressure at 180 deg F.

      E.   Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig
           minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

      F.   Dielectric-Flange Insulation Kits: Field-assembled, companion-flange assembly, full-face or
           ring type. Components include neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt
           sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.

           1.    Provide separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts for 150- or 300-psig
                 minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

      G.   Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic
           lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.




BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                         15050 - 5
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


      H.   Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining;
           plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.


2.4        FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

      A.   General: Fabricated from materials suitable for system fluid and that will provide flexible pipe
           connections. Include 125-psig minimum working-pressure rating, unless higher working
           pressure is indicated, and ends according to the following:

           1.    2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Threaded.
           2.    2-1/2-Inch NPS and Larger: Flanged.
           3.    Option for 2-1/2-Inch NPS and Larger: Grooved for use with keyed couplings.

      B.   Bronze-Hose, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, bronze, inner tubing covered with bronze wire
           braid. Include copper-tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze welded to hose.

      C.   Stainless-Steel-Hose/Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless-steel, inner tubing
           covered with stainless-steel wire braid. Include steel nipples or flanges, welded to hose.

      D.   Stainless-Steel-Hose/Stainless-Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless-steel,
           inner tubing covered with stainless-steel wire braid. Include stainless-steel nipples or flanges,
           welded to hose.

      E.   Rubber, Flexible Connectors: CR or EPDM elastomer rubber construction, with multiple plies
           of NP fabric, molded and cured in hydraulic presses. Include 125-psig minimum working-
           pressure rating at 220 deg F Units may be straight or elbow type, unless otherwise indicated.


2.5        MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

      A.   Description: Modular design, with interlocking rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular
           space between pipe and sleeve. Include connecting bolts and pressure plates.


2.6        PIPING SPECIALTIES

      A.   Sleeves: The following materials are for wall, floor, slab, and roof penetrations:

           1.    Steel Sheet Metal: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness, galvanized, round tube closed with
                 welded longitudinal joint.
           2.    Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.
           3.    Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with
                 plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
           4.    Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange.
                 Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.

      B.   Escutcheons: Manufactured wall, ceiling, and floor plates; deep-pattern type if required to
           conceal protruding fittings and sleeves.



BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                            15050 - 6
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


           1.    ID: Closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping.
           2.    OD: Completely cover opening.
           3.    Cast Brass: One piece, with set screw.

                 a.     Finish: Rough brass.
                 b.     Finish: Polished chrome-plate.

           4.    Cast Brass: Split casting, with concealed hinge and set screw.

                 a.     Finish: Rough brass.
                 b.     Finish: Polished chrome-plate.

           5.    Stamped Steel: One piece, with set screw and chrome-plated finish.
           6.    Stamped Steel: One piece, with spring clips and chrome-plated finish.
           7.    Stamped Steel: Split plate, with concealed hinge, set screw, and chrome-plated finish.
           8.    Stamped Steel: Split plate, with concealed hinge, spring clips, and chrome-plated finish.
           9.    Stamped Steel: Split plate, with exposed-rivet hinge, set screw, and chrome-plated finish.
           10.   Stamped Steel: Split plate, with exposed-rivet hinge, spring clips, and chrome-plated
                 finish.
           11.   Cast-Iron Floor Plate: One-piece casting.


2.7        IDENTIFYING DEVICES AND LABELS

      A.   General: Manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application
           as referenced in other Division 15 Sections. If more than one type is specified for application,
           selection is Installer's option, but provide one selection for each product category.

      B.   Equipment Nameplates: Metal nameplate with operational data engraved or stamped;
           permanently fastened to equipment.

           1.    Data: Manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, operating
                 and power characteristics, labels of tested compliances, and similar essential data.
           2.    Location: Accessible and visible location.

      C.   Stencils: Standard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes complying with
           recommendations of ASME A13.1 for piping and similar applications, but not less than 1-1/4-
           inch- high letters for ductwork and not less than 3/4-inch- high letters for access door signs and
           similar operational instructions.

           1.    Material: Fiberboard.
           2.    Material: Brass.
           3.    Stencil Paint: Standard exterior-type stenciling enamel; black, unless otherwise
                 indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade.
           4.    Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated or, if not
                 otherwise indicated for piping systems, comply with ASME A13.1 for colors.

      D.   Snap-on Plastic Pipe Markers: Manufacturer's standard preprinted, semirigid, snap on, color-
           coded, complying with ASME A13.1.



BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                             15050 - 7
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


  E.   Pressure-Sensitive Pipe Markers: Manufacturer's standard preprinted, permanent adhesive,
       color-coded, pressure-sensitive vinyl, complying with ASME A13.1.

  F.   Plastic Duct Markers: Manufacturer's standard color-coded, laminated plastic. Comply with
       the following color code:

       1.    Green: Cold air.
       2.    Yellow: Hot air.
       3.    Yellow/Green or Green: Supply air.
       4.    Blue: Exhaust, outside, return, and mixed air.
       5.    For hazardous exhausts, use colors and designs recommended by ASME A13.1.
       6.    Nomenclature: Include the following:

             a.    Direction of airflow.
             b.    Duct service.
             c.    Duct origin.
             d.    Duct destination.
             e.    Design cubic feet per meter Revise paragraph below or insert other color
                   combinations as required.

  G.   Engraved Plastic-Laminate Signs: ASTM D 709, Type I, cellulose, paper-base, phenolic-resin-
       laminate engraving stock; Grade ES-2, black surface, black phenolic core, with white melamine
       subcore, unless otherwise indicated.

       1.    Fabricate in sizes required for message.
       2.    Engraved with engraver's standard letter style, of sizes and with wording to match
             equipment identification.
       3.    Punch for mechanical fastening.
       4.    Thickness: 1/16 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
       5.    Thickness: 1/8 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
       6.    Thickness: 1/16 inch, for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8 inches long; 1/8 inch for larger units.
       7.    Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless-steel screws or contact-type permanent adhesive.

  H.   Plastic Equipment Markers: Color-coded, laminated plastic. Comply with the following color
       code:

       1.    Green: Cooling equipment and components.
       2.    Yellow: Heating equipment and components.
       3.    Yellow/Green: Combination cooling and heating equipment and components.
       4.    Brown: Energy reclamation equipment and components.
       5.    Blue: Equipment and components that do not meet any criteria above.
       6.    For hazardous equipment, use colors and designs recommended by ASME A13.1.
       7.    Nomenclature: Include the following, matching terminology on schedules as closely as
             possible:

             a.    Name and plan number.
             b.    Equipment service.
             c.    Design capacity.



BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                          15050 - 8
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


                 d.     Other design parameters such as pressure drop, entering and leaving conditions,
                        and rpm.

           8.    Size: Approximate 2-1/2 by 4 inches for control devices, dampers, and valves; and 4-1/2
                 by 6 inches for equipment.

      I.   Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other designations used in
           mechanical identification, with corresponding designations indicated. Use numbers, lettering,
           and wording indicated for proper identification and operation/maintenance of mechanical
           systems and equipment.

           1.    Multiple Systems: If multiple systems of same generic name are indicated, provide
                 identification that indicates individual system number and service such as "Boiler No. 3,"
                 "Air Supply No. 1H," or "Standpipe F12."


2.8        GROUT

      A.   Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C 1107, Grade B.

           1.    Characteristics:  Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout,
                 nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior
                 applications.
           2.    Design Mix: 5000-psig , 28-day compressive strength.
           3.    Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

      A.   General: Install piping as described below, unless piping Sections specify otherwise.
           Individual Division 15 piping Sections specify unique piping installation requirements.

      B.   General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate
           general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were
           used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design
           considerations. Install piping as indicated, unless deviations to layout are approved on
           Coordination Drawings.

      C.   Install piping at indicated slope.

      D.   Install components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

      E.   Install piping in concealed interior and exterior locations, except in equipment rooms and
           service areas.

      F.   Install piping free of sags and bends.



BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                            15050 - 9
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


  G.   Install exposed interior and exterior piping at right angles or parallel to building walls.
       Diagonal runs are prohibited, unless otherwise indicated.

  H.   Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other building elements. Allow
       sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal.

  I.   Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch clearance around insulation.

  J.   Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing.

  K.   Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

  L.   Install couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions.

  M.   Install pipe escutcheons for pipe penetrations of concrete and masonry walls, wall board
       partitions, and suspended ceilings according to the following:

       1.    Chrome-Plated Piping: Cast brass, one piece, with set screw, and polished chrome-plated
             finish. Use split-casting escutcheons if required, for existing piping.
       2.    Uninsulated Piping Wall Escutcheons: Cast brass or stamped steel, with set screw.
       3.    Uninsulated Piping Floor Plates in Utility Areas: Cast-iron floor plates.
       4.    Insulated Piping: Cast brass or stamped steel; with concealed hinge, spring clips, and
             chrome-plated finish.
       5.    Piping in Utility Areas: Cast brass or stamped steel, with set-screw or spring clips.

  N.   Sleeves are not required for core drilled holes.

  O.   Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by PE removable sleeves.

  P.   Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, and concrete floor and
       roof slabs.

  Q.   Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions,
       and concrete floor and roof slabs.

       1.    Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

             a.     Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or
                    other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings
                    below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified.

       2.    Build sleeves into new walls and slabs as work progresses.
       3.    Install sleeves large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and
             pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:

             a.     PVC Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than 6-inch NPS
             b.     Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than 6-inch NPS
             c.     Steel, Sheet-Metal Sleeves: For pipes 6-inch NPS and larger, penetrating gypsum-
                    board partitions.



BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                         15050 - 10
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


             d.     Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing.
                    Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to
                    extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 7 Section
                    "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.

                    1)     Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.

       4.    Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or
             pipe insulation, using elastomeric joint sealants. Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint
             Sealants" for materials.
       5.    Use Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O, neutral-curing silicone sealant, unless otherwise
             indicated.

  R.   Aboveground, Exterior-Wall, Pipe Penetrations:         Seal penetrations using sleeves and
       mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeve for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for
       installing mechanical sleeve seals.

       1.    Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
       2.    Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches in diameter and larger.
       3.    Assemble and install mechanical sleeve seals according to manufacturer's written
             instructions. Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make
             watertight seal.

  S.   Underground, Exterior-Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal
       pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeve for 1-inch annular clear space
       between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

       1.    Assemble and install mechanical sleeve seals according to manufacturer's written
             instructions. Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make
             watertight seal.

  T.   Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors
       at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestopping materials. Refer to Division 7
       Section "Firestopping" for materials.

  U.   Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

  V.   Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in
       requirements.

  W.   Piping Joint Construction: Join pipe and fittings as follows and as specifically required in
       individual piping specification Sections:

       1.    Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
       2.    Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
             assembly.
       3.    Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Soldering Manual," Chapter "The
             Soldering of Pipe and Tube"; or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."




BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                         15050 - 11
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010


           4.    Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Soldering Manual," Chapter "The
                 Soldering of Pipe and Tube."
           5.    Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
           6.    Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chapter "Pipe
                 and Tube."
           7.    Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
                 Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs
                 and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

                 a.    Note internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal
                       seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint.
                 b.    Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads, unless dry
                       seal threading is specified.
                 c.    Align threads at point of assembly.
                 d.    Tighten joint with wrench. Apply wrench to valve end into which pipe is being
                       threaded.
                 e.    Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded
                       or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

           8.    Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, "Recommended Practices
                 and Procedures for Welding Low Carbon Steel Pipe," using qualified processes and
                 welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article.
           9.    Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Select appropriate gasket material, size,
                 type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned.
                 Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and
                 gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten
                 bolts gradually and uniformly using torque wrench.

      X.   Piping Connections: Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:

           1.    Install unions, in piping 2-inch NPS and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final
                 connection to each piece of equipment with 2-inch NPS or smaller threaded pipe
                 connection.
           2.    Install flanges, in piping 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at
                 final connection to each piece of equipment with flanged pipe connection.
           3.    Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of
                 dissimilar metals.
           4.    Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping
                 materials of dissimilar metals.


3.2        EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not
           indicated.

      B.   Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are shown only in
           diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Architect.



BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                          15050 - 12
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


      C.   Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and
           components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

      D.   Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
           components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other
           installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.

      E.   Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope.

      F.   Install flexible connectors on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and parallel to
           equipment shafts if possible.


3.3        LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

      A.   Piping Systems: Install pipe markers on each system. Include arrows showing normal direction
           of flow.

           1.    Stenciled Markers: According to ASME A13.1.
           2.    Plastic markers, with application systems. Install on insulation segment if required for
                 hot, uninsulated piping.
           3.    Locate pipe markers as follows if piping is exposed in finished spaces, machine rooms,
                 and accessible maintenance spaces, such as shafts, tunnels, plenums, and exterior
                 nonconcealed locations:

                 a.     Near each valve and control device.
                 b.     Near each branch, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Mark
                        each pipe at branch, if flow pattern is not obvious.
                 c.     Near locations if pipes pass through walls, floors, ceilings, or enter nonaccessible
                        enclosures.
                 d.     At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed
                        piping.
                 e.     Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
                 f.     Spaced at maximum of 50-foot intervals along each run. Reduce intervals to 25
                        feet in congested areas of piping and equipment.
                 g.     On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced
                        markers.

      B.   Equipment: Install engraved plastic-laminate sign or equipment marker on or near each major
           item of mechanical equipment.

           1.    Lettering Size: Minimum 1/4-inch- high lettering for name of unit if viewing distance is
                 less than 24 inches, 1/2-inch- high lettering for distances up to 72 inches, and
                 proportionately larger lettering for greater distances. Provide secondary lettering two-
                 thirds to three-fourths of size of principal lettering.
           2.    Text of Signs: Provide name of identified unit. Include text to distinguish between
                 multiple units, inform user of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency
                 precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations.




BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                           15050 - 13
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


      C.   Duct Systems: Identify air supply, return, exhaust, intake, and relief ducts with duct markers; or
           provide stenciled signs and arrows, showing duct system service and direction of flow.

           1.    Location: In each space, if ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system,
                 locate signs near points where ducts enter into space and at maximum intervals of 50 feet
                 (15 m).

      D.   Adjusting: Relocate identifying devices as necessary for unobstructed view in finished
           construction.


3.4        PAINTING AND FINISHING

      A.   Refer to Division 9 Section "Painting" for paint materials, surface preparation, and application
           of paint.

      B.   Apply paint to exposed piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:

           1.    Interior, Ferrous Piping: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include finish coat over
                 enamel undercoat and primer.
           2.    Interior, Galvanized-Steel Piping: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include two
                 finish coats over galvanized metal primer.
           3.    Interior, Ferrous Supports: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include finish coat
                 over enamel undercoat and primer.
           4.    Exterior, Ferrous Piping: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include two finish coats
                 over rust-inhibitive metal primer.
           5.    Exterior, Galvanized-Steel Piping: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include two
                 finish coats over galvanized metal primer.
           6.    Exterior, Ferrous Supports: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include two finish
                 coats over rust-inhibitive metal primer.

      C.   Do not paint piping specialties with factory-applied finish.

      D.   Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and
           procedures to match original factory finish.


3.5        CONCRETE BASES

      A.   Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both
           directions than supported unit. Follow supported equipment manufacturer's setting templates
           for anchor bolt and tie locations. Use 3000-psig, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and
           reinforcement as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."


3.6        ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE

      A.   Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation
           to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.



BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                             15050 - 14
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


      B.   Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."


3.7        ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE

      A.   Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorage to support and anchor
           mechanical materials and equipment.

      B.   Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or
           will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without
           splitting wood members.

      C.   Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads.


3.8        DEMOLITION

      A.   Disconnect, demolish, and remove Work specified in Division 15 Sections.

      B.   If pipe, ductwork, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged or disturbed, remove damaged
           portions and install new products of equal capacity and quality.

      C.   Accessible Work: Remove indicated exposed pipe and ductwork in its entirety.

      D.   Work Abandoned in Place: Cut and remove underground pipe a minimum of 2 inches beyond
           face of adjacent construction. Cap and patch surface to match existing finish.

      E.   Removal: Remove indicated equipment from Project site.

      F.   Temporary Disconnection: Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational
           equipment indicated for relocation.


3.9        CUTTING AND PATCHING

      A.   Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for
           mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved.

      B.   Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.


3.10       GROUTING

      A.   Install nonmetallic, nonshrink, grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and
           other equipment base plates, and anchors. Mix grout according to manufacturer's written
           instructions.

      B.   Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.

      C.   Provide forms as required for placement of grout.


BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                             15050 - 15
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


  D.   Avoid air entrapment during placing of grout.

  E.   Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.

  F.   Place grout on concrete bases to provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.

  G.   Place grout around anchors.

  H.   Cure placed grout according to manufacturer's written instructions.


END OF SECTION 15050




BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                  15050 - 16
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010



SECTION 15140 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1        SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Pipe and equipment hangers and supports.

      B.   Equipment bases and supports.

      C.   Sleeves and seals.

      D.   Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks.

1.2        PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION


1.3        RELATED SECTION

      A.   Section 15430 – Piping Specialties


1.4        REFERENCES

      A.   ASME B31.1 - Power Piping

      B.   ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping

      C.   ASTM F708 - Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers.

      D.   MSS SP58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.

      E.   MSS SP69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.

      F.   MSS SP89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices.




SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS                                                                        15140- 1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


1.5        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
           Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007).

      B.   Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location and detail of trapeze hangers.

      C.   Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog data including load capacity.

      D.   Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers.

      E.   Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and assembly of components.


PART 11          PRODUCTS

2.1        PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

      A. Plumbing Piping

           1.    Conform to ASME B13.9 and ASTM F708.
           2.    Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 3 Inch Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring.
           3.    Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.
           4.    Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete
                 pier of steel support.
            5.   Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated.


2.2        ACCESSORIES

      A.   Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded.

2.3        INSERTS

      A.   Inserts: Malleable iron case of steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral
           adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts
           to suit threaded hanger rods.

2.4         FLASHING

      A.   Metal Flashing: 26 gage galvanized steel.

      B.    Metal Counter flashing: 22 gage galvanized steel.


SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS                                                                                15140- 2
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010


      C.    Lead Flashing:



             1. Waterproofing: 5lb/sq ft sheet lead.

             2. Soundproofing: 1 lb/sq ft sheet lead.

       D.   Caps: Steel, 22 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements.

2.5         EQUIPMENT CURBS

      A.    Fabrication: Welded 18 gage galvanized steel shell and base, mitered 3 inch cant.

2.6 SLEEVES

      A.    Sleeves for Pipe Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fire Proofing:
            Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals, UL listed

      B.    Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Galvanized.

      C.    Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Galvanized steel or wood.


      D.    Firestopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible.

      E.    Sealant: Acrylic.

PART III EXECUTION

3.1         INSTALLATION

      A.    Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.2         PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS


      A.    Support horizontal piping as scheduled.

      B.    Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.

      C.    Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.

      D.    Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment.

SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS                                                                             15140- 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010



      E.   Syppoet horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing
                      between hangers.

      F.   Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub.

      G.   Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze
           hangers.

      H.   Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.

      I.   Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.

      J.   Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.

      K.   Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe
           shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.

3.3        EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS

      A.   Provide templates, anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment.

      B.   Construct supports of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure.

      C.    Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation
           components are installed.

3.4         FLASHING

      A.    Provide flexible flashing and metal counter flashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather
            or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs.

      B.   Provide acoustical lead around ducts and pipes penetrating equipment rooms, installed in
           accordance with manufacturer's instructions for sound control.

3.5         SLEEVES

      A.   Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.

      B.   Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for
                  continuous insulation wrapping.

      C.   Extend sleeves through floors one inch above
           finished floor sleeves. Calk sleeves.

SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS                                                                                 15140- 4
                                                 New Bath House
                                            Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                             DGS No. P-008-080-010




D.          Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close of space between pipe or duct
            and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and caulk. air tight. Provide close fitting metal
            collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration.

      E.    Install chrome plated steel escutcheon at surfaces.

3.6         SCHEDULES

                                            HANGER ROD
      PIPE SIZE                       MAX. HANGER SPACING                    DIAMETER
      Inches                         Feet                                       Inches

      1/2 to 1-1/4                    6.5                                           3/8

      1-1/2 to 3                      10                                            1/2


END OF SECTION 15140




SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS                                                                               15140- 5
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15170 MOTORS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1        SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Single phase electric motors.

      B.   Three phase electric motors.

1.2        RELATED SECTIONS

      A.   Section 16123 – Building Wire & Cable: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections.

1.3        REFERENCES

      A.   AFBMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.

      B.   AFBMA 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.

      C.   IEEE 112 - Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators.

      D.   NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators.

      E.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
           Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007).

      B.   Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

      C.   Test Reports: Indicate test results verifying nominal efficiency and power factor for three phase
           motors larger than 1/2 horsepower.

      D.   Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate setting, mechanical connections, lubrication, and
           wiring instructions.

 1.5       OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

      A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01700.


MOTORS                                                                                                15170-1
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      B.   Operation Data: Include instructions for safe operating procedures.

      C.   Maintenance Data: Include assembly drawings, bearing data including replacement sizes, and
           lubrication instructions.

1.6        QUALIFICATIONS

      A.   Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of electric motors for commercial use, and
           their accessories, with minimum three years documented product development, testing, and
           manufacturing experience.

1.7        REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Conform to applicable electrical code NFPA 70 and local energy code.

      B.   Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of high
           efficiency motors.

      C.   Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
           as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

1.8        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site

      B.   Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining factory covers and suitable
           weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store
           separately.

1.9        WARRANTY
      A.   Provide one (1) year warranty under provisions of Section 01740.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

      A.   Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.

2.1        GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Motors Less Than 250 Watts, for Intermittent Service: Equipment manufacturer's standard and
           need not conform to these specifications.

      B.   Electrical Service:
           1.     Motors 1/2 and Smaller: 115 volts, single phase, 60 Hz.
           2.     Motors Larger than 1/2 Horsepower: 208 volts, three phase, 60 Hz.

MOTORS                                                                                               15170-2
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


      C.   Type:
           1.    Open drip-proof except where specifically noted otherwise.
           2.    Motors: Design for continuous operation in 40 degrees C environment.
           3.    Design for temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class,
                 service factor, and motor enclosure type.

      D.   Visible Nameplate: Indicating motor horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles, RPM, full load amps,
           locked rotor amps, frame size, manufacturer's name and model number, service factor, power factor,
           efficiency.

      E.   Wiring Terminations:
           1.    Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials
                 indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70, threaded for conduit.
           2.    For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly, provide [threaded]
                 conduit connection in end frame.

2.3        SINGLE PHASE POWER - SPLIT PHASE MOTORS

      A.   Starting Torque: Less than 150 percent of full load torque.

      B.   Starting Current: Up to seven times full load current.

      C.   Breakdown Torque: Approximately 200 percent of full load torque.

      D.   Drip-proof Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, NEMA Service Factor,
           prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings.

      E.   Enclosed Motors: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service Factor,
           prelubricated ball bearings.

2.4        SINGLE PHASE POWER - PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTORS

      A.   Starting Torque: Exceeding one fourth of full load torque.

      B.   Starting Current: Up to six times full load current.

      C.   Multiple Speed: Through tapped windings.

      D.   Open Drip-proof or Enclosed Air Over Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise)
           insulation, minimum 1.0 Service Factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings, automatic reset
           overload protector.

2.5        SINGLE PHASE POWER - CAPACITOR START MOTORS


MOTORS                                                                                              15170-3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      A.   Starting Torque: Three times full load torque.

      B.   Starting Current: Less than five times full load current.

      C.   Pull-up Torque: Up to 350 percent of full load torque.

      D.   Breakdown Torque: Approximately 250 percent of full load torque.

      E.   Motors: Capacitor in series with starting winding; provide capacitor-start/capacitor-run motors with
           two capacitors in parallel with run capacitor remaining in circuit at operating speeds.

      F.   Drip-proof Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, NEMA Service Factor,
           prelubricated sleeve ball bearings.

      G.   Enclosed Motors: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service Factor,
           prelubricated ball bearings.



 PART 3 EXECUTION

 3.1       APPLICATION

      A.   Single phase motors for shaft mounted fans or blowers: Permanent split capacitor type.

      B.   Single phase motors for fans: Capacitor start type.

      C.   Single phase motors for fans: Capacitor start, capacitor run type.

3.2        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

      B.   Install securely on firm foundation. Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position.

      C.   Check line voltage and phase and ensure agreement with nameplate.

3.3        NEMA OPEN MOTOR SERVICE FACTOR SCHEDULE

           HP                  3600 RPM       1800 RPM 1200 RPM 900 RPM

           1/6-1/3             1.35                1.35          1.35           1.35
           1/2                 1.25                1.25          1.25           1.15
           3/4                 1.25                1.25          1.15           1.15
           1                   1.25                1.15          1.15           1.15

MOTORS                                                                                                15170-4
                                   New Bath House
                              Deep Creek Lake State Park
                               DGS No. P-008-080-010

      1.5-150          1.15           1.15          1.15   1.15



END OF SECTION 15170




MOTORS                                                            15170-5
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15194 – PROPANE GAS PIPING AND TANK


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes fuel gas piping, specialties, and accessories within the building.



1.3        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Gas System Pressure: Appliance pressure is 10-13.5”WC; house line pressure is 2 psi;
           maximum tank discharge pressure is 5 psi.

      B.   Design values of fuel gas supplied for these systems are as follows:

           1.    Nominal Heating Value: 2573 Btu/Cu. Ft .
           2.    Nominal Specific Gravity: 1.52.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For the following:

           1.    Corrugated, stainless-steel tubing systems. Include associated components.
           2.    Specialty valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection
                 data of selected models.
           3.    Pressure regulators. Include pressure rating, capacity, and settings of selected models.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For fuel gas piping. Include plans and attachments to other Work. Show
           different pressure zones and indicate pressure for each zone.

           1.    Wiring Diagrams:       Power, signal, and control wiring.            Differentiate between
                 manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

      C.   Field Test Reports:     Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
           requirements.

      D.   Maintenance Data: For natural propane specialties and accessories to include in maintenance
           manuals specified in Division 1.



FUEL GAS PIPING                                                                                       15194 - 1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Electrical Components and Devices: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by
           testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

      B.   ANSI Standard: Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "National Fuel Gas Code."

      C.   FM Standard: Provide components listed in FM's "Fire Protection Approval Guide" if specified
           to be FM approved.

      D.   IAS Standard: Provide components listed in IAS's "Directory of A. G. A. and C. G. A Certified
           Appliances and Accessories" if specified to be IAS listed.

      E.   UL Standard: Provide components listed in UL's "Gas and Oil Equipment Directory" if
           specified to be UL listed.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and legally dispose of liquids from drips in existing gas
           piping. Handle cautiously to avoid spillage and ignition. Notify fuel gas supplier. Handle
           flammable liquids used by Installer with proper precautions and do not leave on premises from
           end of one day to beginning of next day.


1.7        COORDINATION

      A.   Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
           unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
           temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

           1.    Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
           2.    Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PIPING MATERIALS

      A.   Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining
           materials.


2.2        PIPES, TUBES, FITTINGS, AND JOINING MATERIALS

      A.   Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type E or S; Grade B; Schedule 40; black.

           1.    Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with
                 threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.



FUEL GAS PIPING                                                                                    15194 - 2
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

           2.    Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint,
                 and threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.
           3.    Cast-Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125.
           4.    Steel Welding Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel or ASME B16.11, forged steel.
           5.    Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.11, forged steel with threaded ends according to
                 ASME B1.20.1.
           6.    Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.
           7.    Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.
           8.    Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for natural gas.

      B.   Transition Fittings: Type, material, and end connections to match piping being joined.

      C.   Common Joining Materials: Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and
           Methods" for joining materials not in this Section.


2.3        PROTECTIVE COATING

      A.   Furnish pipe and fittings with factory-applied, corrosion-resistant polyethylene coating for use
           in corrosive atmosphere.


2.4        PIPING SPECIALTIES

      A.   Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy.

      B.   Quick-Disconnect Devices: ANSI Z21.41, convenience outlets and matching plug connector.


2.5        SPECIALTY VALVES

      A.   Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe threads.

      B.   Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI Z21.15 and IAS listed.

      C.   Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square head,
           ball type with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with stainless-steel
           disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and lever handle; 2-psig (13.8-kPa) minimum pressure
           rating.
           1.

      D.   Automatic Gas Valves: ANSI Z21.21, with electrical operator for actuation by appliance
           automatic shutoff device.

      E.   Electrically Operated Gas Valves: UL 429, bronze, aluminum, or cast-iron body solenoid
           valve; 120-V ac, 60 Hz, Class B, continuous-duty molded coil. Include NEMA ISC 6, Type 4,
           coil enclosure and electrically opened and closed dual coils. Valve position shall normally be
           closed.




FUEL GAS PIPING                                                                                     15194 - 3
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.6         PRESSURE REGULATORS

      A.    Description: Single stage and suitable for fuel gas service. Include steel jacket and corrosion-
            resistant components, elevation compensator, and atmospheric vent.

            1.      NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe threads.
            2.      Line Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.80 with 10-psig inlet pressure rating, unless
                    otherwise indicated.
            3.      Appliance Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.18. Regulator may include vent limiting
                    device, instead of vent connection, if approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

      B.    Pressure Regulator Vents: Factory- or field-installed, corrosion-resistant screen in opening if
            not connected to vent piping.

2.7              UNDERGROUND PROPANE TANK


      A.         Underground propane tank shall be steel with continuous welded seams. Tank shall be
                 ASME certified


       B.          Tank shall be protected with a corrosion resistant coating designed for underground
                 applications.

      C.          Provide cathodic protection for the tank to prevent electrolysis from corroding the metal.

      D.          Underground tank shall complete with all fittings to include.
            1.     Fill Valve

            2.      Safety Relief Valve

            3.      Service Valve

            4.      Fixed Liquid Level Gauge Bleeder Valve

            5.      Tank Pressure Regulator

            6.      Float Gauge

            7.      Vapor Return Valve

            8.      Liquid Withdrawal Valve


      E.            Masonry Sand shall be used as backfill to bury tank.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         PREPARATION


FUEL GAS PIPING                                                                                       15194 - 4
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

      A.   Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel gas to premises or section of piping.
           Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article to determine that all
           equipment is turned off in affected piping section.

      B.   Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "Prevention of Accidental Ignition" Paragraph.


3.2        PIPING APPLICATIONS

      A.   Flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings with pressure ratings same as or higher than
           system pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Underground Fuel Gas Piping: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints. Encase in
           containment conduit.

      C.   Containment Conduits: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.


3.3        VALVE APPLICATIONS

      A.   Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas stop.

      B.   Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 2 psig Gas stop or gas valve.

      C.   Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve.


3.4        PIPING INSTALLATION

      A.   Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping
           installation requirements.

      B.   Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in airtight conduit
           constructed of Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe with welded joints. Vent conduit to
           outside and terminate with screened vent cap.

           1.    Above-Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible spaces, subject to
                 approval of authorities having jurisdiction, whether or not such spaces are used as
                 plenums. Do not locate valves above ceilings.
           2.    Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes
                 or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or
                 elevator shafts.

                 a.     Exception: Accessible above-ceiling space specified above.

      C.   Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include outlets
           of service meters. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and emptying. Do not install
           where condensate would be subject to freezing.

           1.    Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped.
                 Use minimum-length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long, and


FUEL GAS PIPING                                                                                    15194 - 5
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

                 same size as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom of drip and floor for
                 removal of plug or cap.

      D.   Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or
           floors, and in floor channels, unless indicated to be exposed to view.

      E.   Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers.

      F.   Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side
           down.

      G.   Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.

      H.   Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each
           piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices.

      I.   Install corrugated, stainless-steel tubing system according to manufacturer's written instructions.
           Include striker plates to protect tubing from puncture where tubing is restrained and cannot
           move.

      J.   Install strainer on inlet of each line pressure regulator and automatic and electrically operated
           valve.

      K.   Install vent piping for gas pressure regulators and gas trains, extend outside building, and vent
           to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing-elbow fittings with corrosion-
           resistant insect screens in large end.


3.5        JOINT CONSTRUCTION

      A.   Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint
           construction.


3.6        HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

      A.   Refer to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe hanger and support devices.

      B.   Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum
           rod sizes:

           1.    NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches minimum rod size, 3/8 inch
           2.    NPS 1-1/4 Maximum span, 108 inches minimum rod size, 3/8 inch
           3.    NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 Maximum span, 108 inches minimum rod size, 3/8 inch


3.7        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Drawings indicate general arrangement of fuel gas piping, fittings, and specialties.

      B.   Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance.


FUEL GAS PIPING                                                                                     15194 - 6
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.   Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve upstream
           from and within 72 inches of each appliance. Install union downstream from valve.

      D.   Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as
           practical to inlet of each appliance using gas.

      E.   Ground equipment.

           1.    Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
                 tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
                 in UL 486A and UL 486B.
           2.    Do not use gas pipe as grounding electrode.


3.8        LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

      A.   Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or
           sign on or near each service meter, pressure regulator, and specialty valve.

           1.    Text: In addition to name of identified unit, distinguish between multiple units, inform
                 operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and
                 warn of hazards and improper operations.


3.9        PAINTING

      A.   Use materials and procedures in Division 9 Section "Painting," "Exterior Paint Schedule"
           Article, "Ferrous Metal" Paragraph, "Full-Gloss, Alkyd-Enamel Finish" Subparagraph.


3.10       FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Inspect, test, and purge piping according to ANSI Z223.1, Part 4 "Inspection, Testing, and
           Purging," and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

      B.   Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results are
           obtained.

      C.   Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction.

      D.   Verify capacities and pressure ratings of service meters, pressure regulators, valves, and
           specialties.

      E.   Verify correct pressure settings for pressure regulators.

      F.   Verify that specified piping tests are complete.


3.11       ADJUSTING




FUEL GAS PIPING                                                                                     15194 - 7
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

  A.   Adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and safety
       devices.


END OF SECTION 15194




FUEL GAS PIPING                                                                         15194 - 8
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15245 VIBRATION ISOLATION


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1        SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Inertia bases.

      B.   Vibration isolation.

1.2        RELATED SECTIONS

      A.   Section 15140 - Supports and Anchors.

      B.   Section 16123 – Building Wire & Cable: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections.

1.3        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Provide vibration isolation on motor driven equipment, connected piping and ductwork.

      B.   Provide minimum static deflection of isolators for equipment as indicated.
           1.    Upper Floors, Critical
                 a)    Under 400 rpm:
                 b)    400 - 600 rpm:
                 c)    600 - 800 rpm: 3.5 inch
                 d)    800 - 900 rpm: 2 inch
                 e)    1100 - 1500 rpm: 1 inch
                 f)    Over 1500 rpm: 0.5 inch

      C.   Upper floor locations shall be considered critical unless otherwise indicated.

1. 4       SUBMITTALS

      A.   Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
           Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007).

      B.   Shop Drawings: Indicate inertia bases and locate vibration isolators, with static and dynamic load
           on each.

      C.   Product Data: Provide schedule of vibration isolator type with location and load on each.

      D.   Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and setting dimensions.


VIBRATON ISOLATION                                                                                 15245-1
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      E.   Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that isolators are properly installed and adjusted to meet or
           exceed specified requirements.



1.5        PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

      A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01700.

      B.   Record actual locations of hangers including attachment points.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

      A.   Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.

2.1        INERTIA BASES

      A.   Structural Bases:
           1.    Design: Sufficiently rigid to prevent misalignment or undue stress on machine, and to
                 transmit design loads to isolators and snubbers.
           2.    Construction: Welded structural steel with gusseted brackets, supporting equipment and
                 motor with motor slide rails.

2.2        VIBRATION ISOLATORS

      A.   Open Spring Isolators:
           1.   Spring Isolators:
                a)     For Exterior and Humid Areas: Provide hot dipped galvanized housings and
                       neoprene coated springs.
                b)     Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.
           2.   Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working
                deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.
           3.   Spring Mounts: Provide with levelling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound
                pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware.
           4.   Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch ; meet requirements for neoprene pad
                isolators.

      Restrained Spring Isolators:
      B.
      1.    Spring Isolators:
            a)     For Exterior and Humid Areas: Provide hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene
                   coated springs.
            b)     Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.
      2.    Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working
            deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.
      3.    Spring Mounts: Provide with levelling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound
            pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware.
VIBRATON ISOLATION                                                                            15245-2
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010

        4.    Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch ; meet requirements for neoprene pad
              isolators.
        5.    Restraint: Provide heavy mounting frame and limit stops.

  C.    Closed Spring Isolators:


        1.    Spring Isolators:
              a)     For Exterior and Humid Areas: Provide hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene
                     coated springs.
              b)     Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.
        2.    Type : Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber
              stabilizers.
        3.    Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working
              deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.
        4.    Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad
              isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance.

  D.    Restrained Closed Spring Isolators:
        1.    Spring Isolators:
              a)     For Exterior and Humid Areas: Provide hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene
                     coated springs.
              b)     Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.
        2.    Type : Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber
              stabilizers.
        3.    Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working
              deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

        4.    Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad
              isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance and limit stops.

  E.    Spring Hanger:
        1.    Spring Isolators:
              a)     For Exterior and Humid Areas: Provide hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene
                     coated springs.
              b)     Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.
        2.    Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working
              deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.
        3.    Housings: Incorporate rubber hanger with threaded insert.
        4.    Misalignment: Capable of 20 degree hanger rod misalignment.

  F.  Neoprene Pad Isolators:
      1.   Rubber or neoprene waffle pads.
           a)    30 durometer.
           b)    Minimum 1/2 inch thick.
           c)    Maximum loading 40 psi (275 kPa).
VIBRATON ISOLATION                                                                            15245-3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

                 d)    Height of ribs shall not exceed 0.7 times width.
           2.    Configuration: 1/2 inch thick waffle pads bonded each side of 1/4 inch thick steel plate.




      G.   Rubber Mount or Hanger: Molded rubber designed for 0.5 inches deflection with threaded insert.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

      B.   Install isolation for motor driven equipment.

      C.   Bases:
           1.     Set steel bases for one inch clearance between housekeeping pad and base.
           2.     Set concrete inertia bases for 2 inch clearance between housekeeping pad and base.
           3.     Adjust equipment level.


      D.   Install spring hangers without binding.

      E.   On closed spring isolators, adjust so side stabilizers are clear under normal operating conditions.

      F.   Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights substantially different
           from installed weights, block up equipment with temporary shims to final height. When full load is
           applied, adjust isolators to load to allow shim removal.

      G.   Support piping connections to isolated equipment resiliently for scheduled distance to nearest
           flexible pipe connector as follows:
           1.     Up to 4 Inch (100 mm) Diameter: First three points of support.
           2.     Select three hangers closest to vibration source for minimum 1.0 inch static deflection or
                  static deflection of isolated equipment. Select remaining isolators for minimum 1.0 inch (25
                  static deflection or 1/2 static deflection of isolated equipment.

      H.   Connect wiring to isolated equipment with flexible hanging loop.

3.2        MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES

      A.   Examine systems under provisions of Section 01400.

      B.   Inspect isolated equipment after installation and submit report. Include static deflections.

VIBRATON ISOLATION                                                                                  15245-4
                                 New Bath House
                            Deep Creek Lake State Park
                             DGS No. P-008-080-010

3.3   PIPE ISOLATION SCHEDULE

      Pipe Size         Isolated Distance from Equipment
      Inch

      1                 120 diameters
      2                 90 diameters
      3                 80 diameters




END OF SECTION 15245




VIBRATON ISOLATION                                         15245-5
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010



SECTION 15260 PIPING INSULATION



PART 1 GENERAL

1.1          SECTION INCLUDES

      A.     Piping insulation.

      B.     Jackets and accessories.

1.2        RELATED SECTIONS

      A.     Section 15470 - Domestic Water Piping

1.3          REFERENCES

      A.     ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.

      B.     ASTM C195 - Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulation Cement.

      C.     ASTM C335 - Steady-State Heat Transfer Properties of Horizontal Pipe Insulation.

      D.     ASTM C534 - Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular
             Form.

      E.     ASTM C547 - Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation.

      F.     ASTM C552 - Cellular Glass Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation.

      G.     ASTM C585 - Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe
             and Tubing (NPS System).

      H.     ASTM C591 - Rigid Preformed Cellular Urethane Thermal Insulation.

      I.     ASTM C921 - Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation.

      J.     ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber.

      K.     ASTM D1667 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Closed
             Cell Foam).

      L.     ASTM D2842 - Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics.
PIPING INSULATION                                                                               15260 - 1
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010


      M.   ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.

      N.   NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

      O.   UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
           Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)..

      B.   Product Data: Provide product description, list of materials and thickness for each service, and
           locations.

      C.   Samples: Submit two samples of any representative size illustrating each insulation type.

      D.   Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate procedures which ensure acceptable workmanship
           and installation standards will be achieved.

1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Materials: Flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/100 or less in accordance with NFPA 255.
           UL 723.

1.6        QUALIFICATIONS

      A.   Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three
           years experience.

1.7        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site.

      B.   Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging, labelled with manufacturer's identification,
           including product density and thickness.




      C.   Store insulation in original wrapping and protect from weather and construction traffic.

PIPING INSULATION                                                                                    15260 - 2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

      D.   Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage.

1.8        ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and
           insulation cements.

      B.   Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours.


PART 2           PRODUCTS

2.1        GLASS FIBER

      A.   Insulation: ASTM C547; rigid molded, noncombustible.
           1.     'K' ('ksi') value : ASTM C335, 0.24 at 75 degrees F (0.035 at 24 degrees C).
           2.     Minimum Service Temperature: -20 degrees F (-28.9 degrees C).
           3.     Maximum Service Temperature: 300 degrees F (150 degrees C).
           4.     Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume.

      B.   Vapor Barrier Jacket
           1.   ASTM C921, White kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized
                film.
           2.   Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.02 perm inches.
           3.   Secure with self sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips.
           4.   Secure with outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic.

      C.   Tie Wire: 18 gage stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch (300 mm) centers.

      D.   Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive
           1.   Compatible with insulation.

      E.   Fibrous Glass Fabric
           1.    Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz/sq yd (305 g/sq m) weight.
           2.    Blanket: 1.0 lb/cu ft (16 kg/cu m) density.

      F.   Indoor Vapor Barrier Finish
           1.    Vinyl emulsion type acrylic, compatible with insulation, white color.




2.2        CELLULAR GLASS

      A.   Insulation: ASTM C552.
PIPING INSULATION                                                                                 15260 - 3
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

           1.    'K' ('ksi') value: 0.40 at 75 degrees F (0.058 at 24 degrees C).
           2.    Maximum Water Vapor Transmission: 0.1 perm.

2.3        JACKETS

      A.   PVC Plastic
           1.   Jacket: [ASTM C921,] One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off white
                color.
                a)     Minimum Service Temperature: -40 degrees F
                b)     Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F
                c)     Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.002 perm inches.
                d)     Maximum Flame Spread: ASTM E84; 25.
                e)     Maximum Smoke Developed: ASTM E84; 50 100.
                f)     Thickness:
                g)     Connections: Brush on welding adhesive or Pressure sensitive color matching vinyl
                       tape.

           2.    Covering Adhesive Mastic
                 a)    Compatible with insulation.


PART 3           EXECUTION

3.1        EXAMINATION
      A.   Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials.

      B.   Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry.

3.2        INSULATION SIZE

      A.   Insulate all cold water, hot water and tempered water piping with 1 inch pre-formed cellular glass
           pipe insulation as specified above.

3.3        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

      B.   On exposed piping, locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.

      C.   Insulated dual temperature pipes or cold pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature:
           1.     Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory applied or field applied.
           2.     Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as
                  adjacent pipe.
           3.     Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive.
           4.     PVC fitting covers may be used.
           5.     Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations.
PIPING INSULATION                                                                                    15260 - 4
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010

           6.    Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible
                 connections, and expansion joints.

      D.   For insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature:
           1.     Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory applied or field applied.
           2.    Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining
                  pipe.
           3.     Finish with glass cloth and adhesive.
           4.     PVC fitting covers may be used.
           5.     For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F (60 degrees C) or less, do not insulate flanges
                  and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation.
           6.     For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F (60 degrees C), insulate flanges and
                  unions at equipment.

      E.   Inserts and Shields:
           1.     Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches.
           2.     Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts.
           3.     Insert Location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket.

           4.    Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining
                 insulation; may be factory fabricated.

 F.        Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.

G. For pipe exposed in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces, finish with PVC jacket and
fitting  covers or aluminum jacket.

3.4        TOLERANCE

      A.   Substituted insulation materials shall provide thermal resistance within 10 percent at normal
           conditions, as materials indicated.

3.5        SCHEDULE
                                                   SIZE                       MATERIAL

                     COLD WATER                     1in                     Cellular Glass w/jacket
                     HOT WATER                      1in                     Cellular Glass w/jacket
                     TEMPERED WATER                 1in                     Cellular Glass w/jacket

END OF SECTION 15260




PIPING INSULATION                                                                                      15260 - 5
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15430 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1    SECTION INCLUDES

           A.    Roof and floor drains.

           B.    Cleanouts.

           C.    Hose bibs.

           D.    Hydrants.

           E.    Backflow preventers.

           F.    Water hammer arrestors.

1.2    RELATED SECTIONS

           A.    Section 15440 - Plumbing Fixtures and Trim

           B.    Section 15460       Storm Drainage Piping

1.3    REFERENCES

           A.    ANSI/ASSE 1011 - Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers.

           B.    NSI/ASSE     1012      -   Backflow   Preventers   with   Immediate   Atmospheric
                 Vent.

           C.    ANSI/ASSE 1013 - Backflow Preventers, Reduced Pressure Principle.

           D.    ANSI/ASSE 1019 - Wall Hydrants, Frost Proof Automatic Draining
                 Anti-Backflow Types.

           E.    ANSI A112.21.2 - Roof Drains.

           F.    ANSI A112.26.1 - Water Hammer Arrestors.

           G.    AWWA C506 –Backflow Prevention Devices - Reduced Pressure Principle and
                 Double Check Valve Types.



PLUMBING SPECIALITIES                                                                     15430-1
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

           H.   PDI WH-201 Water Hammer Arresters.



1.4    SUBMITTALS

           A.   Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
                General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised
                March 2007).
.
           B.   Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and
                holes.

           C.    Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and
                finishes.

           D.   Manufacturer's    Installation   Instructions:    Indicate   assembly   and     support
                requirements.

1.5    PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

           A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01700.

           B.   Record actual locations of equipment, cleanouts, backflow preventers.

1.6    OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

           A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01700.

           B.   Operation Data: Indicate frequency of treatment required for interceptors.

           C.   Maintenance Data:      Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded
                assembly views.

1.7    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

           A.   Deliver, store, protect and handle products to.

           B.   Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage.

1.8    EXTRA MATERIALS

           A.   Provide two sets of loose keys, hose end vacuum breakers and service kits.



PLUMBING SPECIALITIES                                                                           15430-2
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010



PART 2           PRODUCTS

2.1        FLOOR DRAINS

      A.   Floor Drains, Comply with ASME A112.21.1M

           1.    Application: Floor drain

           2.    Body Material: Gray iron.
           3.    Seepage Flange: Required.
           4.    Clamping Device: Required.
           5.    Outlet: bottom.
           6.    Top or Strainer Material: Stainless steel .
           7.    Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze.
           8.    Top Shape: Round
           9.    Top Loading Classification: Medium Duty.
           10.   Inlet Fitting: Gray iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap seal
                 primer valve connection.
           11.   Trap Material: Cast iron.
           12.   Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap.
           13.   Trap Features: Trap seal primer valve drain connection.
.
2.2        CLEANOUTS

                 A. Exterior Surfaced Areas : cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover.

                 B.    Interior Finished Floor Areas: cast iron, two piece body with double drainage flange,
                       weep holes, reversible clamping collar, and adjustable nickel-bronze strainer, round
                       with scoriated cover in service areas and round with depressed cover to accept floor
                       finish in finished floor areas.

                 C.    Interior Finished Wall Areas : Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round
                       epoxy coated gasketed cover, and round stainless steel access cover secured with
                       machine screw.

                 D.    Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas : Calked or threaded type. Provide bolted stack
                       cleanouts on vertical rainwater leaders.




PLUMBING SPECIALITIES                                                                               15430-3
                                                New Bath House
                                           Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                            DGS No. P-008-080-010


2.3         HOSE BIBBS

                  A.     Bronze or brass with integral mounting flange, replaceable hexagonal disc, hose
                         thread spout, chrome plated where exposed with lockshield and removable key,
                         integral vacuum breaker in conformance with ANSI/ASSE 1011. ASME A
                         112.21.3Mor ASSE 1019, non-freeze, automatic draining, anti-backflow type.
                         Include operating key for each hose bibb.

2.4         WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS

                  A.     ANSI A112.26.1; sized in accordance with PDI WH-201, precharged suitable for
                         operation in temperature range -100 to 300 degrees F (-73 to 149 degrees C) and
                         maximum 250 psig (1700 kPa) working pressure.


2.5.1      WATER TEMPERING VALVES

      A.    General: Manually adjustable, thermostatically controlled water tempering valve; bronze body;
           and adjustable temperature setting.

      B.    System Water Tempering Valves: Piston or discs controlling both hot- and cold-water flow,
            capable of limited antiscald protection. Include threaded inlets and outlet, capacity at pressure
            loss, and temperature range or setting as indicated.

            1.    Finish: Rough bronze unless chrome-plated finish is indicated.

      C.    Limited-Volume, Water Tempering Valves: Solder-joint inlets and 3/4-inch NPS maximum
            outlet, with minimum capacity and maximum pressure loss as indicated.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1         PREPARATION

                  A.     Coordinate cutting and forming of roof and floor construction to receive drains to
                         required invert elevations.

3.2         INSTALLATION

                  A.     Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

                  B.     Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs
                         with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of


PLUMBING SPECIALITIES                                                                                15430-4
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010

                drainage system.

           C.   Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade.

           D.   Pipe relief from back flow preventer to nearest drain.

           E.   Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot and
                cold water supply piping to lavatories, sinks, and washing machine outlets.



END OF SECTION 15430




PLUMBING SPECIALITIES                                                                    15430-5
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1   SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Water closets.

      B.   Urinals.

      C.   Lavatories.

      D.   Sinks.

1.2   PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION

      A.   Section 10.3 - Miscellaneous Building Accessories: Supply of integral lavatory
           counter tops for placement by this Section.

1.3   RELATED SECTIONS

      A.   Section 15140 - Supports and Anchors.

      B.   Section 15430 - Plumbing Specialties.

1.4   ALLOWANCES

      A.   Allowance includes purchase and delivery of owner selected fixtures.
           Installation is included in this section and is part of the Contract Sum/Price.

1.5   REFERENCES

      A.   ANSI/ASME A112.6.1 - Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures for
           Public Use.

      B.   ASME A112.18.1 - Finished and Rough Brass Plumbing Fixture Fittings.

      C.   ANSI/ASME A112.19.1 - Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures.

      D.   ANSI/ASME A112.19.2 - Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures.




PLUMBING FIXTURE AND TRIM                                                              15440-1
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010


       E.      ANSI/ASME A112.19.5 - Trim for Water-Closet Bowls, Tanks, and Urinals
               (Dimensional Standards).

       F.      AANSI/ARI 1010 - Drinking-Fountains and Self-Contained, mechanically-
               Refrigerated Drinking-Water Coolers.

1.6    SUBMITTALS

       A.      Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction
               Projects and General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and
               Contractor (Revised March 2007).

       B.      Product Data: Provide catalogue illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in
               dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes.

       C.      Manufacturer's Installation Instructions.

1.7    OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

       A.      Maintenance Data: Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts
               lists.

1.8    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

       A.      Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site.

       B.      Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage.

       C.      Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory
               packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use.


1.9    FIELD MEASUREMENTS

       A.      Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.

       B.      Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation
       of countertop lavatories and sinks.

1.10   WARRANTY

       A.      Provide five year warranty under provisions of Section 01700.

PLUMBING FIXTURE AND TRIM                                                                   15440-2
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


       B.    Warranty: Include coverage of electric water cooler compressor.

1.11   EXTRA MATERIALS

       A.    Furnish under provisions of Section 1.4.

       B.    Provide two of faucet washers and flush valve service kits.


PART 2       PRODUCTS

2.1    WATER CLOSET (WC)

       A.    Bowl

             1.      ANSI/ASME A112.19.2; wall mounted, siphon jet
                     vitreous china closet bowl, with elongated rim, 1-1/2 inch china bolt caps.

       B.    Flush Valve

             1.      ASME A112.18.1; exposed chrome plated, diaphragm type with
                     oscillating handle, escutcheon, seat bumper, integral screwdriver stop
                     and vacuum breaker ; maximum 1.6 gallon flush volume.

       C.    Seat

             1.      Solid white plastic, open front, extended back, self-sustaining hinge,
                     brass bolts.


       D.    Wall Mounted Carrier



             1.      ANSI/ASME A112.6.1; adjustable cast iron frame, integral drain hub
                     and vent, adjustable spud, lugs for wall attachment, threaded
                     fixture studs with nuts and washers.

2.2    WATER CLOSET (HWC)

       A.    Bowl

           1.   ANSI/ASME A112.19.2; wall mounted, siphon jet
PLUMBING FIXTURE AND TRIM                                                              15440-3
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


                     vitreous china closet bowl, with elongated rim, 1-1/2 inch china bolt caps.

      B.   Flush Valve

           1.        ASME A112.18.1; exposed chrome plated, diaphragm type with
                     oscillating handle, escutcheon, seat bumper, integral screwdriver stop
                     and vacuum breaker ; maximum 1.6 gallon flush volume.

      C.   Seat

           1.        Solid white plastic, open front, extended back, less cover, complete with
                     self-sustaining hinge.

      D.   Wall Mounted Carrier

           1.        ANSI/ASME A112.6.1; adjustable cast iron frame, integral drain hub
                     and vent, adjustable spud, lugs for wall attachment, threaded
                      fixture studs with nuts and washers.

2.3   URINAL (UR)

      A.   Urinal

           1.        ANSI/ASME A112.19.2; vitreous china, wall hung siphon jet urinal with
                     shields, integral trap, removable stainless steel strainer, 3/4 inch steel supporting
           hanger.

      B.   Flush Valve

           1.        ASME A112.18.1; exposed chrome plated, diaphragm type with
                     oscillating handle, escutcheon, integral screwdriver stop, vacuum
                     breaker; maximum 1.0 gallon flush volume.

      C.   Wall Mounted Carrier

           1.        ANSI/ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame, lugs
                     for wall attachment, threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger,
                     bearing studs.

2.4   LAVATORY (L)

      A.   Basin

PLUMBING FIXTURE AND TRIM                                                                 15440-4
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010


               1.       ANSI/ASME A112.19.2; vitreous china wall-hung lavatory 21 X 21
                        minimum, with 4 inch high back, drillings on 8 inch
                        centers, rectangular basin with splash lip, front overflow,
                        and soap depression.
       B.      Trim

               1.       ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated combination supply fitting with pop-up waste,
                        open grid strainer, water economy aerator, hands free, motion sensitive faucet ,
                        chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon.

       C.      Wall Mounted Carrier

               1.       ANSI/ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame , lugs
                        for wall attachment, threaded studs for fixture hanger,
                        concealed arm supports, bearing plate and studs.

2.5    HANDICAP LAVATORY (HL)

       A.      Basin

               1.       ANSI/ASME A112.19.2; vitreous china wall-hung lavatory 30X 21
                        minimum, with 4 inch high back, drillings on 8 inch
                        centers, rectangular basin with splash lip, front overflow,
                        and soap depression. Maximum mounting height 34 inches above floor.

       B.      Trim

               1.       ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated combination supply fitting with pop-up waste,
                        open grid strainer, water economy aerator, hands free, motion sensitive faucet ,
                       chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon.

       C.      Wall Mounted Carrier

               1.       ANSI/ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame, lugs
                        for wall attachment, threaded studs for fixture hanger,
                        concealed arm supports, bearing plate and studs.

2.6    MOP BASIN

       A.      Basin

           Floor mounted, single compartment, terrazzo,
           mop service basin with drop front and stainless steel cap on threshold. (Stainlesssteel
PLUMBING FIXTURE AND TRIM                                                             15440-5
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010


           can be submitted as an alternate.)

      B.   Faucet

           Wall mounted sink faucet, 8-7/8” spout,
           lever handles on 8” centers, and chrome plated finish.
           Furnish with 36” hose and wall hook.

      C.   Mop Hanger

           Furnish with stainless steel mop hanger, to hold 3 mops

2.7   SHOWER (SHW))


      A.   Shower pan shall be copper, or nonmetallic material.
                  Plasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Shower Pan Material
                  Material shall be sheet form. The material shall be 0.040 inch minimum
                  thickness of plasticized polyvinyl chloride or chlorinated polyethylene and
                  shall be in accordance with ASTM D 4551.

      B.   Shower Faucet

                    Comply with ASME A112.18.1M and other requirements specified for shower
                    faucet fittings. Include tempered water indicators; 2.5-gpm- maximum flow rate;
                    and polished, chrome-plated finish; except where otherwise indicated.
                    Coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and outlet and shower head, arm, and
                    flange.

                    1.    Combination, Pressure-Equalizing- and Thermostatic-Control, Antiscald
                          Faucets: ASSE 1016.
                    2.    Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.

2.8        HANDICAP SHOWER (HSHW)

           A.       Shower pan shall be copper, or nonmetallic material.
                    Plasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Shower Pan Material
                    Material shall be sheet form. The material shall be 0.040 inch minimum
                    thickness of plasticized polyvinyl chloride or chlorinated polyethylene and
                    shall be in accordance with ASTM D 4551.




PLUMBING FIXTURE AND TRIM                                                            15440-6
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010




         B.   Shower Faucet

                       Comply with ASME A112.18.1M and other requirements specified for shower
                       faucet fittings. Include hot- and tempered indicators; 2.5-gpm- maximum flow
                       rate; and polished, chrome-plated finish; except where otherwise indicated.
                       Coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and outlet with diverter valve and shower
                       head, arm, and flange.

                       1.     Combination, Pressure-Equalizing- and Thermostatic-Control, Antiscald
                              Faucets: ASSE 1016.
                       2.     Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.

2.9       ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (EWC)

              A.      Fountain

                   1. ANSI/ARI 1010; recessed handicapped mounted electric water cooler with stainless
                      steel top, stainless steel body, elevated anti-squirt bubbler with stream guard,
                      automatic stream regulator, mounting bracket, refrigerated with integral air cooled
                      condenser.


                   a) Capacity: 50 degree F water with inlet at 80 degree F and room temperature of 90
                      degree F .
                   b) Electrical: compressor, foot cord and plug for connection to electric wiring
                      system including grounding connector.



PART 3        EXECUTION

3.1   EXAMINATION

              A.       Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of
                       fixtures.

              B.       Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics.

3.2   PREPARATION

              A.       Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated
PLUMBING FIXTURE AND TRIM                                                                  15440-7
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010


                  in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures.

3.3   INSTALLATION

           A.     Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

           B.     Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning.

           C.     Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key and
                  screwdriver stops, reducers, and escutcheons.

           D.     Install components level and plumb.

           E.     Install and secure fixtures in place with wall supports or wall carriers and bolts.

           F.     Seal fixtures to wall surfaces with sealant color to match fixture.

           G.     Solidly attach water closets with lag screws.

3.4   INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS

           A.     Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and
                  openings before rough-in and installation.

3.5   ADJUSTING

           A.     Adjust work under provisions of Section 01700.

           B.     Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing,
                  noise, or overflow.

3.6   CLEANING

           A.     Clean work under provisions of Section 1.4.

           B.     At completion clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.

3.7   PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

           A.     Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 01500.

           B.     Do not permit use of fixtures.

PLUMBING FIXTURE AND TRIM                                                               15440-8
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010


3.8   FIXTURE HEIGHTS

           A.    Install fixtures to heights above finished floor as indicated.

           B.    Water-Closet
                 1.     Standard 15 inches to top of bowl rim.
                 2.     Handicapped 18 inches to top of seat.

           C.    Urinal
                 1.     Standard 24 inches to top of bowl rim.
                 2.     Handicapped 17 inches to top of bowl rim
           D.    Lavatory
                 1.     Standard 31 inches) to top of basin rim.
                 2.     Handicapped 32 inches to top of basin rim.

           E.    Electric Water Cooler
                 1.       Standard 40 inches to top of basin rim.
                 2.       Handicapped 36 inches to top of spot outlet

           F.    Water Closet Flush Valves
                 1.     Standard 11 inches above bowl rim.
                 2.     Recessed 10 inches min. above bowl rim.




      END OF SECTION 15440




PLUMBING FIXTURE AND TRIM                                                         15440-9
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15450 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes soil and waste, sanitary drainage and vent piping inside the building and
           to locations indicated.

      B.   Related Sections 15430 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for soil, waste, and vent piping
           systems specialties.


1.3        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the following
           minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated:

           1     Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Refer to state of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
           Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

      B.   Shop Drawings: For sovent drainage system, include plans, elevations, sections, and details.

      C.   Field Test Reports:    Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
           requirements.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PIPING MATERIALS



SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING                                                                    15450 - 1
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010

         A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
         joining materials.

   B.       Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Piping: ASTM C 1173 with
            elastomeric sleeve. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and include corrosion-
            resistant metal band on each end.


   2.2      CAST-IRON SOIL PIPING

   A.       Hub-and-Spigot Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service and Extra- Heavy classes.

           1      Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.

   B.       Hubless Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
                 Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal housing, corrosion-resistant fasteners,
                 and ASTM C 564 rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.

                  a.    Heavy-Duty, Type 304, Stainless-Steel Couplings: ASTM A 666, Type 304,
                        stainless-steel shield; stainless-steel bands; and sleeve.

                        1)     NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 4 3-inch- wide shield with 4 bands.
                        2)     NPS 5 to NPS 10 4-inch- wide shield with 6 bands.

                  b.    Heavy-Duty, FM-Approved Couplings: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless-steel
                        housing; stainless-steel bands; and sleeve.

                        1)     NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 4 3-inch- wide housing with 2 bands.
                        2)     NPS 5 to NPS 10 4-inch- wide housing with 2 bands.

                  c.    Heavy-Duty, Cast-Iron Couplings: ASTM A 48, 2-piece, cast-iron housing;
                        stainless-steel bolts and nuts; and sleeve.

                  d.    Heavy-Duty, Type 301, Stainless-Steel Couplings: ASTM A 666, Type 301,
                        stainless-steel shield; stainless-steel bands; and sleeve.

                        1)     NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 4 3-inch- wide shield with 4 bands.
                        2)     NPS 5 to NPS 10 4-inch- wide shield with 6 bands.

                  e.    Compact, Stainless-Steel Couplings: CISPI 310 with ASTM A 167, Type 301,
                        or ASTM A 666, Type 301, stainless-steel corrugated shield; stainless-steel
                        bands; and sleeve.

                        1)     NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 4 2-1/8-inch- wide shield with 2 bands.
                        2)     NPS 5 and NPS 6 3-inch- wide shield with 4 bands.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


   3.1          EXCAVATION


SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING                                                                15450 - 2
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

      A.   Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.


3.2        PIPING APPLICATIONS

      A.   Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure ratings
           may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Aboveground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for
           each size range:

      C.   NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2 Use NPS 1-1/2 hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the
           following:

                 a.     Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 301 , stainless steel.
                 b.     Couplings: Heavy-duty, cast iron.
                 c.     Couplings: Compact, stainless steel.


      D.   NPS 2 to NPS 4 Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints.


      E.   NPS 2 to NPS 4 Hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the following:

                 a.     Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 301, stainless steel.
                 b.     Couplings: Heavy-duty, cast iron.
                 c.     Couplings: Compact, stainless steel.

      F.   Underground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use any oft he following piping materials for
           each size range:

           1     NPS 1-1/2Hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the following:

                 a.   Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 301, stainless steel.
                 b.   Couplings: Heavy-duty, cast iron.
                 c.   Couplings: Compact, stainless steel.
           2     NPS 2 to NPS 4 Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
           3     NPS 2 to NPS 4 Extra-Heavy class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
           4     NPS 2 to NPS 4 Hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the following:

                 a.     Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 301, stainless steel.
                 b.     Couplings: Heavy-duty, cast iron.
                 c.     Couplings: Compact, stainless steel.


3.3        PIPING INSTALLATION

      A.   Refer to Division 2 Section "Sanitary Sewerage" for Project-site sanitary sewer piping.

      B.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping
           Installation.


SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING                                                                   15450 - 3
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010

   C.   Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building
        sanitary sewers.

   D.   Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary force-main piping.

   E.   Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe
        penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to
        make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and
        Methods" for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals.

   F.   Install wall penetration system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall.
        Make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and
        Methods" for wall penetration systems.

   G.   Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook,"
        Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."

   H.   Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate
        branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used
        on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn,
        double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side
        with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do
        not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and
        reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in
        direction of flow is prohibited.

   I.   Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to
        grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping
        upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of
        lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull
        past each joint as completed.

   J.   Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless
        otherwise indicated:

        1     Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3
              (DN 80) and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4
              (DN 100) and larger.
        2     Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.
        3     Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.

   K.   Install engineered soil and waste drainage and vent piping systems in locations indicated and
        as follows:

        1     Combination Waste and Vent:           Comply with standards of authorities having
              jurisdiction.

   L.   Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-grade if
        slab is without membrane waterproofing.




SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING                                                                 15450 - 4
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

      M.    Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by
            authorities having jurisdiction.


3.4         JOINT CONSTRUCTION

      A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint
            construction.

      B.    Cast-Iron, Soil-Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and
            Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."

            1     Gasketed Joints: Make with rubber gasket matching class of pipe and fittings.
            2     Hubless Joints: Make with rubber gasket and sleeve or clamp.


      3.5   HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

      A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe hanger and support devices.
            Install the following:

            1.    Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
            2.    Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:

                  a.     100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.

                  b.     Longer Than 100 Feet MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
                  c.     Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

      B.    Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."

      C.    Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

      D.    Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods.

      E.    Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
            minimum rod diameters:

            1     1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 60 inches with 3/8-inch         rod.
            2     2. NPS 3 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
            3     3. NPS 4 and NPS 5 and 60 inches with 5/8-inch         rod.

      F.    Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet


3.6         CONNECTIONS

      A.    Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

      B.    Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to
            join dissimilar piping materials.


SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING                                                                    15450 - 5
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.   Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:

           1.    Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than
                 required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures."
           2.    Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes
                 indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.
           3.    Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not
                 smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing
                 Specialties."


3.7        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection
           must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.

           1.    Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-
                 in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
           2.    Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to
                 observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

      B.   Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or
           inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

      C.   Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

      D.   Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having
           jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:

           1.    Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been
                 altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate
                 report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
           2.    Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and
                 vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or
                 concealed before it was tested.
           3.    Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside
                    leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with
                    water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water From 15 minutes
                 before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect
                 joints for leaks.
            4.   Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps
                    filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug
                    vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce
                    air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg Use U-tube or manometer
                 inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain
                 constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection.     Inspect
                 plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.
           5.    Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until
                 satisfactory results are obtained.




SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING                                                                       15450 - 6
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

                 1. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.



3.8        CLEANING

      A.   Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

      B.   Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris
           and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

      C.   Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.


END OF SECTION 15450




SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING                                                                15450 - 7
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15470 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes domestic water piping from locations indicated to fixtures and
           equipment inside the building.

           1.    Division 15430 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for water distribution piping specialties.


1.3        DEFINITIONS


1.4        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Provide components and installation capable of producing domestic water piping systems with
           the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated:
           1.     Domestic Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig.


1.5        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Refer to state of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
           Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

      B.   Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article in Part 3.

      C.   Field Test Reports:    Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
           requirements.


1.6        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

      B.   Comply with NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances,"
           and NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for
           combined fire-protection and domestic water service piping to building.




DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                             15470 - 1
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.   Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic,
           potable domestic water piping and components. Include marking "NSF-pw" on piping.

      D.   Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects; Sections 1
           through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PIPING MATERIALS

      A.   Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining
           materials.

      B.   Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other manufactured
           fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping
           to be joined.

      C.   Transition Couplings for Underground Pressure Piping: AWWA C219, metal, sleeve-type
           coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to
           and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.


2.2        COPPER TUBING

      A.   Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper.

           1.    Copper Pressure Fittings:        ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22,
                 wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated.
           2.    Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300
                 flanges if required to match piping.
           3.    Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-
                 socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends.

      B.   Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L, water tube, drawn temper.

           1.    Copper Pressure Fittings:        ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22,
                 wrought- copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated.
           2.    Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300
                 flanges if required to match piping.
           3.    Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-
                 socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends.
           4.    Copper, Grooved-End Fittings: ASTM B 75 copper tube or ASTM B 584 bronze
                 castings.

                 a.     Copper-Tubing, Keyed Couplings: Copper-tube dimensions and design similar
                        to AWWA C606. Include ferrous housing sections, gasket suitable for hot water,
                        and bolts and nuts.




DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                              15470 - 2
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.3        VALVES

      A.   Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for balancing and drain valves.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXCAVATION

      A.   Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.


3.2        PIPING APPLICATIONS

      A.   Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used
           in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Grooved joints may be used on aboveground grooved-end piping..

      D.   Fitting Option: Mechanically formed tee-branch outlets and brazed joints may be used on
           aboveground copper tubing.

      E.   Underground Domestic Water Service Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for
           each size range:

           1.    NPS 2 and Smaller: Soft copper tube, Type K ; copper pressure fittings; and soldered
                 joints.

      F.   Aboveground Domestic Water Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for each size
           range:

           1.    NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L ; copper pressure fittings; and
                 soldered joints..
           2.    NPS 2 Hard copper tube, Type L, copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.
           3.    NPS 2 Hard copper tube, Type L, with grooved ends; copper grooved-end fittings;
                 copper-tubing, keyed couplings; and grooved joints.


3.3        VALVE APPLICATIONS

      A.   Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the
           following requirements apply:

           1.    Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast-
                 iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
           2.    Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use
                 cast-iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.



DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                             15470 - 3
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010

           3.    Hot-Water-Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated Memory-stop balancing valves.
           4.    Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.

      B.   Cast-iron, grooved-end valves may be used with grooved-end piping.


3.4        PIPING INSTALLATION

      A.   Refer to Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for site water distribution and service piping.

      B.   Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping
           installation.

      C.   Extend domestic water service piping to exterior water distribution piping in sizes and
           locations indicated.

      D.   Install underground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."

      E.   Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe
           penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to
           make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and
           Methods" for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals.

      F.   Install wall penetration system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall.
           Make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and
           Methods" for wall penetration systems.

      G.   Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve,
           inside building at each domestic water service. to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties"
           for drain valves and strainers.

      H.   Install water-pressure regulators downstream from shutoff valves.         Refer to Division 15
           Section "Plumbing Specialties" for water-pressure regulators.

      I.   Install aboveground domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward
           drain and plumb.

      J.   Fill water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping
           is full of water.

      K.   Perform the following steps before operation:

           1.    Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.
           2.    Open shutoff valves to fully open position.
           3.    Open throttling valves to proper setting.
           4.    Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary sealing of
                 piping during installation.
           5.    Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.
           6.    Remove filter cartridges from housings, and verify that cartridges are as specified for
                 application where used and that cartridges are clean and ready for use.


DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                            15470 - 4
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010

      L.   Check plumbing equipment and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. Do not
           operate water heaters before filling with water.

      M.   Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.

           1.    Water-Pressure Regulators: Set outlet pressure at 80 psig maximum, unless otherwise
                 indicated.


3.5        JOINT CONSTRUCTION

      A.   Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint
           construction.

      B.   Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-free-
           alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Mechanically Formed Outlets:           Form tee in copper tube according to equipment
           manufacturer's written instructions. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form
           collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar.


3.6        VALVE INSTALLATION

      A.   Install sectional valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures
           or equipment. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Install shutoff valve on
           each water supply to equipment and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures without supply
           stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for
           piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

      B.   Install drain valves for equipment, at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal
           piping, and where required to drain water piping.

           1.    Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches.
           2.    Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated.

      C.   Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each
           pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball
           valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
           Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for balancing valves.

      D.   Install calibrated balancing valves in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge
           side of each pump and circulator. Set calibrated balancing valves partly open to restrict but
           not stop flow. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for calibrated balancing
           valves.


3.7        HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION




DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                            15470 - 5
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010

      A.   Refer to Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints" for
           seismic-restraint devices.

      B.   Refer to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe hanger and support devices.
           Install the following:

           1.    Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
           2.    Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:

                 a.     100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.

                 b.     Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
                 c.     Longer Than 100 Feet , if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

           3.    Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe
                 rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
           4.    Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

      C.   Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."

      D.   Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

      E.   Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch .

      F.   Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
           minimum rod diameters:

           1.    NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
           2.    NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
           3.    NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

      G.   Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet


3.8        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

      B.   Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance.

      C.   Connect domestic water piping to exterior water service piping. Use transition fitting to join
           dissimilar piping materials.

      D.   Connect domestic water piping to service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and connect to
           the following:

           1.    Water Heaters: Cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but
                 not smaller than sizes of water heater connections.




DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                            15470 - 6
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010

            2.    Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not
                  smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing
                  Fixtures."
            3.    Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than
                  equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use
                  flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.


3.9         FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

       A.   Inspect domestic water piping as follows:

            1.    Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by
                  authorities having jurisdiction.
            2.    During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before
                  inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities
                  having jurisdiction:

                  a.     Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or
                         closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
                  b.     Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction
                         to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

            3.    Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or
                  inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
            4.    Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
                  jurisdiction.

       B.   Test domestic water piping as follows:

            1.    Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been
                  altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate
                  report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
            2.    Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water
                  piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or
                  concealed before it was tested.
            3.    Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure,
                  without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and
                  allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that
                  must be repaired.
            4.    Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until
                  satisfactory results are obtained.
            5.    Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.


3.10        ADJUSTING

       A.   Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow.




DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                            15470 - 7
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

            1.    Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to
                  provide flow of hot water in each branch.
            2.    Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.


3.11        CLEANING

       A.   Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:

            1.    Purge new piping and parts of existing domestic water piping that have been altered,
                  extended, or repaired before using.
            2.    Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction
                  or, if methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either AWWA C651 or
                  AWWA C652 or as described below:

                  a.     Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at
                         outlets.
                  b.     Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:

                         1)    Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50
                               ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.
                         2)    Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200
                               ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.

                  c.     Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from
                         system after the standing time.
                  d.     Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat
                         procedures if biological examination shows contamination.

       B.   Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.

       C.   Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.


END OF SECTION 15470




DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                            15470 - 8
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010




SECTION 15486 - FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1       RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
      and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2       SUMMARY

A.    This Section includes the following for tank-less propane hot water systems:

          a.     Accessories.


1.3       SUBMITTALS

A.    Product Data: For each type and size of water heater. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed,
      and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories.

B.    Shop Drawings: Detail water heater assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
      clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

          a.     Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control systems.                Differentiate between
                 manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

C.    Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of water heaters certifying that products furnished
      comply with requirements.

D.    Maintenance Data: For water heaters to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1.

E.    Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.


1.4       QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.    Source Limitations:    Obtain same type of water heaters through one source from a single
      manufacturer.

B.    Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of water heaters
      and are based on specific units indicated. Other manufacturers' products complying with
      requirements may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions."




FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS                                                               15486 - 1
                                                     New Bath House
                                                Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                                 DGS No. P-008-080-010



C.         Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
           Article 100, by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
           intended use.

D.         ANSI Compliance: Provide propane water heaters that comply with ANSI standards for propane
           water heaters and related products and that bear AGA certification label.

E.         ASHRAE Standards: Comply with performance efficiencies prescribed for the following:

               a.        ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise
                         Residential Buildings," for commercial water heaters.


1.5            WARRANTY

A.         General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other
           rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition
           to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the
           Contract Documents.

B.         Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace
           components of water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty
           period.

                    1.        Warranty Period: From date of Substantial Completion:
                         a.      Burner Assemblies: Five years
                         b.      Heat Exchanger: Twelve years

PART 2 – PRODUCTS


2.1         TANKLESS PROPANE WATER HEATER

A.         Description: Hot water heater shall be tankless, propane water heaters with an electronic ignition.

B.         Construction:

               1.        Direct vent room-sealed combustion with Solid Copper Heat Exchanger.
               2.        Built-in power vent allows for vertical vent termination with Primary Fan (Mixer)
                         and Secondary Air Fan
               3.        Electronic ignition – 120V plug in
               4.        Heater shall be complete with Automatic Control Unit and LCD Display.
               5.        Stainless Steel Exhaust Vent and PVC Combustion Air Pipe.

      C.     Burner: For use with direct vent water heaters for propane fuel.


                a. High fire and low fire manifold pressures.



FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS                                                                     15486 - 2
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010



               b. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat.
               c. Safety Control: Automatic high-limit cutoff device or system.

  D.       Safeties:

               a.   Flame failure protection
               b.   Boiling protection
               c.   Combustion fan rpm check
               d.   Over current fuse
               e    Automatic frost protection

 E.        Water Flow Control: Water flow sensor, electronic water control device fixed by-pass.

 F.        Thermal Efficiency: 84%

2.2        WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES

      A.      Pressure Relief Valves: According to the following:

              1.    Propane Gas Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22

      B. Gas Shutoff Valves: ANSI Z21.15, manually operated. Furnish for installation in piping.

      C. Propane Gas Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.18, appliance type, factory or field installed.
         Include pressure rating, capacity, and pressure differential required for water heater and gas
         supply.

      D. Automatic Valves: ANSI Z21.21, appliance, electrically operated, on-off automatic valve.

      E. Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Water heater manufacturer's factory-fabricated, steel bracket
         for wall mounting and capable of supporting water heater.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1            WATER HEATER INSTALLATION

 A.            Install water heaters, level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design, and
               referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so
               controls and devices needing service are accessible.

B.             Install and connect propane gas water heaters according to NFPA 54.

              1.    Install appliance, propane gas pressure regulators on propane gas-burner inlets of water
                    heaters without pressure regulators.




FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS                                                                 15486 - 3
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010



         2.   Install vent piping from propane gas-train pressure regulators and valves to outside of
              building     where required. Terminate vent piping with brass-screened vent cap fitting.
              Do not combine vents except with approval of authorities having jurisdiction.



   C.    Install pressure relief valves in water piping for water heaters without storage. Extend relief
         valve outlet with water piping in continuous downward pitch and discharge onto closest floor
         drain.

   D.    Install vacuum relief valves in cold-water-inlet piping.

   E.    Install thermometers on water heater inlet and outlet piping. Refer to Division 15 Section
         "Meters and Gages" for thermometers.

   F.    Install pressure gages on water heater piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Meters and
         Gages" for pressure gages.

   G.    Arrange for insulation on equipment and piping not furnished with factory-applied insulation.


   3.2   CONNECTIONS

   A.    Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections.         Drawings
         indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

   B.    Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.

   C.    Connect hot- and cold-water piping with shutoff valves and unions. Connect hot-water-
         circulating piping with shutoff valve, check valve, and union.

   D.    Connect gas piping to propane gas burner with drip leg, tee, shutoff valve, and union;
         minimum size ame as inlet connection.

   E.    Make connections with dielectric fittings where piping is made of dissimilar metal.

   F.    Propane Gas, Water Heater Vent Connections: Connect to vent system. Use vents same size
         as or larger than water heater outlets, but not smaller than indicated unless smaller vent size
         has been calculated according to NFPA 54. Comply with gas utility requirements for sizing.

   G.    Electrical Connections: Power wiring and disconnect switches are specified in Division 16
         Sections. Arrange wiring to allow unit service.

   H.    Ground equipment.

         1.   Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
              tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
              in UL 486A and UL 486B.



FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS                                                             15486 - 4
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010



3.3        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.     Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.

      B.     In addition to manufacturer's written installation and startup checks, perform the following:

             1.   Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
                  equipment and retest until satisfactory results are achieved.
             a.    Verify that piping system tests are complete.
             b.    Check for piping connection leaks.
             c.    Check for clear relief valve inlets, outlets, and drain piping.
             d.    Check operation of circulators.
             e.    Test operation of safety controls, relief valves, and devices.
             f.    Energize electric circuits.
             g.    Adjust operating controls.
             h.    Adjust hot-water-outlet temperature settings. Do not set above 140 deg F unless piping
                   system application requires higher temperature.



3.4        DEMONSTRATION

             1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train            Owner's maintenance
             personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain water heaters.

             2.    Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures for starting and stopping
                     troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment.
             3.    Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout."
             4.    Review date in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section "Operation and
                   Maintenance Data."
             5.    Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance
                   notice.


END OF SECTION 15486




FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS                                                                 15486 - 5
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15530 - FURNACES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Furnaces and accessories complete with controls.
           2.    Air cleaners.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Condensing Furnace: Furnace with annual fuel utilization efficiency rating more than 88
           percent; designed to vent saturated flue gas.

      B.   Non-condensing Furnace: Furnace with annual fuel utilization efficiency rating more than 88
           percent; designed to vent dry flue gas..


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each furnace. Include rated capacities of selected models; shipping,
           installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories. Include plan and
           elevation views of units, minimum clearances, and data on ratings and capacities.

      B.   Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

      C.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For each furnace to include in emergency, operation, and
           maintenance manuals. Include the following:

           1.    Furnaces and accessories complete with controls.
           2.    Air cleaners.

      D.   Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of furnaces
           and are based on the specific system indicated. Electrical Components, Devices, and


FURNACES                                                                                     15530- 1
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010

           Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency
           acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

      B.   Comply with NFPA 70.


1.6        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete,
           reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.


1.7        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
           replace the following components of furnaces that fail in materials or workmanship within
           specified warranty period:

           1.    Furnace heat exchanger.
           2.    Control circuit board.

      B.   Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.


1.8        EXTRA MATERIALS

      A.   Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
           with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

           1.    Disposable Air Filters: Furnish two complete sets.
           2.    Fan Belts: Furnish one for each furnace fan.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURESRS

      A.   In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
           requirements apply for product selection:

           1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufactures
                 offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include. But ate not limited to,
                 the manufacturers specified.


2.2        GAS-FIRED FURNACES, CONDENSING

      A.   Description: Factory assembled, piped, wired, and tested; complying with ANSI Z21.47, "Gas-
           Fired Central Furnaces," and NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code"; and bearing label of
           American Gas Association.


FURNACES                                                                                         15530- 2
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010

  B.   Cabinet: Steel, with interior insulation around heat exchanger. Lift-out panels expose burners
       and all other items requiring access for maintenance.

       1.    Interior Insulation: Mineral-fiber board thermal insulation manufactured with glass fibers
             a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with
             ASTM C 612, Type IB, with aluminum foil jacket.

  C.   Finish of External Casings and Cabinets: Factory painted, manufacturer's standard color.

  D.   Fan: Centrifugal, factory balanced, resilient mounted, direct drive.

  E.   Fan Motors: Energy-efficient type as specified in Division 15 Section "Motors."            Open
       dripproof, with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication.

  F.   Fan Motors:     Multitapped, multispeed, with internal thermal protection and permanent
       lubrication.

  G.   Type of Gas: Propane.

  H.   Heat Exchanger: Stamped and welded.

       1.    Primary: Aluminized steel.
       2.    Secondary: Polyethylene-coated steel.

  I.   Heat Exchanger:

       1.    Primary: Stainless-steel tubing.
       2.    Secondary: Stainless-steel tubing with turbulators.

  J.   Heat Exchanger:

       1.    Primary: Stainless-steel tubing.
       2.    Secondary: Stainless-steel tubing, with turbulators, bonded in aluminum fins.

  K.   Heat Exchanger: Cast-iron combustion chamber with aluminized- and stainless-steel tailpipe
       and decoupler; aluminum-finned, stainless-steel-tube coil; resiliently mounted.

  L.   Burner Controls: Solid state; control gas valve and ignition.

       1.    Gas Valve: 24 V, 100 percent safety gas shutoff, pressure regulator, and manual shutoff.
       2.    Ignition: Electronic pilot ignition, with electric spark igniter.

  M.   Automatic Controls: Solid-state board delays fan start and shutdown.

  N.   Accessories:

       1.    Combination Combustion-Air Intake and Vent: PVC plastic fitting to combine
             combustion-air inlet and vent up through roof.
       2.    Ventilation Air Heat Exchanger: Polyethylene air-to-air heat exchanger.




FURNACES                                                                                      15530- 3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.3        CONTROLS

      A.   Furnace Controls: Include components required for satisfactory operation of furnaces and
           auxiliary equipment in all seasons.

      B.   Control Transformer: 24-V ac output, factory installed, and wired in furnace.

      C.   Blower Fan Control: Variable continuous fan-speed control.

      D.   Power wiring is specified in Division 16 Section “Conductors and Cables.” Signal and control
           wiring are specified in Division 16 Section “Control/Signal Transmission Media.”


2.4        AIR FILTERS AND CLEANERS

      A.   Filters: 1-inch- thick, urethane, washable type in sheet metal frame.

      B.   Filters: 1-inch- thick, disposable, fiberglass type in sheet metal frame.


2.5        PLASTIC VENT MATERIALS

      A.   PVC Plastic, Schedule 40 Pipe: ASTM D 1785.

           1.    PVC Plastic, Schedule 40 Fittings: ASTM D 2466, socket type.
           2.    PVC Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        FURNACE INSTALLATION

      A.   Install gas-fired furnaces and associated fuel and vent features and systems according to
           NFPA 54.

      B.   Base-Mounted Units: Secure units to substrate.         Provide optional bottom closure base if
           required by installation conditions.

           1.    Anchor furnace to substrate to resist code-required seismic acceleration.

      C.   Controls: Install thermostats at mounting height of 60 inches above floor.


3.2        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate
           general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

      B.   Connect gas piping according to Division 15 Section "Fuel Gas Piping.



FURNACES                                                                                         15530- 4
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

      C.   Vent and Outside-Air Connection, Condensing, Gas-Fired Furnaces: Connect plastic piping
           vent material to furnace connections and extend outdoors. Terminate vent outdoors with a cap
           and in an arrangement that will protect against entry of birds, insects, and dirt.

           1.    Plastic pipe joint construction is specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical
                 Materials and Methods."

      D.   Connect ducts according to Division 15 Section Metal Ducts.

      E.   Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.

      F.   Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

      G.   Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
           tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
           UL 486A and UL 486B.


3.3        ADJUSTING

      A.   Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points.

      B.   Set controls, burner, and other adjustments for optimum heating performance and efficiency.
           Adjust heat-distribution features, including shutters, dampers, and relays, to provide optimum
           heating performance and system efficiency.


3.4        CLEANING

      A.   After completing installation, clean furnaces internally according to manufacturer's written
           instructions.

      B.   Install new filters in each furnace within 14 days after Substantial Completion.


END OF SECTION 15530




FURNACES                                                                                        15530- 5
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15860      CENTRIFUGAL FANS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1    SECTION INCLUDES

       A. Backward inclined centrifugal fans.

       B. Forward curved centrifugal fans.

       C. Motors and drives

       D. Fan Accessories

1.2   RELATED WORK

       A. Section 15170 - Motors.

       B. Section 15245 - Vibration Isolation.

       C. Section 15890 - Ductwork

       D. Section 15910 - Ductwork Accessories: Backdraft dampers.


1.3    REFERENCES

        A. AFBMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Bail Bearings.

        B. AFBMA 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.

       C. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook.

       D. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes.

       E. AMCA 300 - Test code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices.

       F. AMCA 301 - Method of Calculating Fan Sound Ratings From Laboratory Test Data.

       G. NEMA MGI - Motors and Generators.

       H. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

      I.   SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.
CENTRIFUGAL FANS                                                                     15860-1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


1.4   SUBMITTALS

      A. Submit Refer to state of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
      Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

        B.      Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly of centrifugal fans and accessories including fan
               curves with specified operating point clearly plotted, sound power levels for both fan inlet
                and outlet at rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

        C.     Product Data: Provide data on centrifugal fans and accessories including fan curves with
               specified operating point clearly plotted, sound power levels for both fan inlet and outlet at
               rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

        D. Manufacturer's Installation instructions.

1.5   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

        A. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts
           list, wiring diagrams.

1.6   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

        A. Protect motors, shafts, and bearings from weather and construction dust.

1.7   ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

 A.   Do not operate fans for any purpose until ductwork is clean, filters in place, bearings lubricated, and
      fan has been test run under observation.

1.8    EXTRA MATERIALS

        A. Furnish under provisions of Section 1.4.

 B.    Provide two sets of belts for each fan.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1    MANUFACTURERS

        A. As shown on contract drawings.

2.2   GENERAL

      A.  Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal.
CENTRIFUGAL FANS                                                                 15860-2
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


      B.   Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bear AMCA
           Certified Sound Rating Seal.

      C.   Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99.

      D.   Performance Base: Sea level conditions.

      E.   Temperature Limit: Maximum 300 degrees F 150 degrees Cf.

      F.   Static and Dynamic Balance: Eliminate vibration or noise transmission to occupied areas.

      G.   Performance
                   1. Air Flow: As shown on contract drawings.
                   2. Motor: As Shown on contract drawings.

2.3   WHEEL AND INLET

      A.   Backward Inclined: Steel or aluminum construction with smooth curved inlet flange, heavy
           back plate; cast iron or cast steel hub riveted to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screws.

      B.   Forward Curved: Black enameled Galvanized steel construction with inlet flange, back plate,
           shallow blades with inlet and tip curved forward in direction of air flow, mechanically
           secured to flange and back plate; steel hub swaged to back plate and keyed to shaft with set
           screw.

      C.   Airfoil Wheel: Steel construction with smooth curved inlet flange, heavy back plate die
           formed hollow airfoil shaped blades continuously welded at tip flange, and back plate; cast
           iron or cast steel hub riveted to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screws.

      D.   Redial: Steel construction with inlet flange, heavy reinforced back plate, plate blades WiTH
           reinforcing gussets and wearing strips welded or riveted to back plate and flange cast iron or
           cast steel hub riveted to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screws.

2.4   HOUSING

      A.   Heavy gage steel, spot welded for AMCA 99 Class 1 and 11 fans, and continuously welded
           for Class 111, adequately braced, designed to minimize turbulence with spun inlet bell and
           shaped cut-off.

      B.   Factory finish before assembly with enamel or prime coat. For fans handling air down
           stream of humidifiers, provide two additional coats of paint.

      C.   Provide bolted construction with horizontal flanged split housing.

CENTRIFUGAL FANS                                                                                  15860-3
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

        D.     Fabricate plug fans without volute housing, with steel cabinet, lined. Refer to Section 15290.

2.5    BEARINGS SAND DRIVES

        A.     Bearings AFBMA L-50 life at 100,000 hours heavy duty pillow block type, self-aligning,
               grease-lubricated ball bearings.

        B.     Shafts: Hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with key-way protectively coated with
               lubricating oil, and shaft guard.

        C.     V-Belt Drive: Cast iron or steel sheaves, dynamically balanced, keyed. Variable and
               adjustable pitch sheaves for motors 15 hp (11.2 Kw) and under, selected so required rpm is
               obtained with sheaves set at mid-position. Fixed sheave for 20 hp (15 Kw) and over,
               matched belts and drive rated as recommended by manufacturer or minimum 1.5 times
               nameplate rating of the motor.

        D.     Belt Guard: Fabricate to SMACNA Standards; of 12 gage (2.8mm) thick, 3/4 inch (20mm)
               diamond mesh wire screen welded to steel angle frame or equivalent, prime coated. Secure
               to fan or fan supports without short circuiting vibration isolation, with provision for
               adjustment of belt tension. lubrication, and use of tachometer with guard in place.

2.6     ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS

        A. Electrical Characteristics:
              1. Refer to Section 16170 Grounding and Bonding.

        B. Motor: Refer to Section 15170.

        C.     Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities,
               sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70.

2.7 ACCESSORIES

        A.     Fixed Inlet Vanes: Steel construction with fixed cantilevered inlet guide vanes welded to
               inlet bell.

        B.     Discharge Dampers: Parallel Opposed blade heavy duty steel damper assembly with blades
               constructed of two plates formed around and welded to shaft, channel frame, sealed ball
               bearings, with blades linked out of air stream to single control lever.

        C.     Inlet/Outlet Screens: Galvanized steel welded grid.

        D.     Access Doors: Shaped to conform to scroll, with quick opening latches and gaskets.

      E.   Scroll Drain: 1/2 inch (13 mm) steel pipe coupling welded to low point of fan scroll.
CENTRIFUGAL FANS                                                                          15860-4
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

      A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

      B.   Install fans as indicated, with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. Refer to
           Section 15245.

      C.   Install flexible connections specified in section 15910 between fan inlet and discharge
           ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch (25 mm)
           flex between ductwork and fan while running.

      D.   Install fan restraining snubbers as required. Refer to Section 15245. Adjust snubbers to
           prevent tension in flexible connectors when fan is operating.

      E.   Provide fixed sheaves required for final air balance.

      F.   Provides safety screen where inlet or outlet is exposed.

      G.   Pipe scroll drains to nearest floor drain.

      H.   Provide backdraft dampers on discharge of exhaust fans and as indicated. Refer to Section
           15910.

END OF SECTION 15860




CENTRIFUGAL FANS                                                                            15860-5
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15890   DUCTWORK

PART I.    GENERAL

1.1   SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Metal ductwork

      B.   Casing and plenums.

1.2   RELATED SECTIONS

      A.   Section 15140 - Supports and Anchors: Sleeves.

      B.   Section 15910 - Ductwork Accessories.

      C.   Section 15940 - Air inlets and Outlets.

      D.   Section 15990 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing.

1.3   REFERENCES

      A.   ASTM A 36 - Structural Steel.

      B.   ASTM A 90 - Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated Galvanized Iron or Steel Articles.

      C.   ASTM A 366 - Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold Rolled, Commercial Quality.

      D.   ASTM A 525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet,     Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the
           Hot-Dip Process.

      E.   ASTM A 527 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot-Dip Process, Lock Forming
           Quality.
      F.   ASTM A 568 - Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and
           Cold-Rolled.

      G.   ASTM A 569 - Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent),        Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip,
           Commercial        Quality.

      H.   AWS D9.1 - Welding of Sheet Metal.

      I.   NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and       Ventilating Systems.

      J.   NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air     Conditioning Systems.

DUCTWORK                                                                                15890-1
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010

      K.   SMACNA - HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.

      L.   SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and             Flexible.

      M.   UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors.

1.4   PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission. Size
           round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of
           equivalent rectangular and round ducts.

1.5   SUBMITTALS

      A.   Submit Refer to state of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
           General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

      B.   Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and
           configuration prior to start of work.

      C.   Product Data: Provide data for duct materials.

      D.   Samples: Submit two samples of typical shop fabricated duct fittings.

      E.   Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date, section tested, test pressure,
           and leakage rate, following SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.

1.6   PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

      A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01700.

      B.   Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and
           type. Show additional fittings used.

1.7   QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
           and Flexible.

      B.   Maintain one copy of document on site.

1.8   QUALIFICATIONS

      A.   Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section
           with minimum three years documented experience.

DUCTWORK                                                                                      15890-2
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010

       B.     Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum years
              documented experience.

1.9    REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A and NFPA 96 standards.

1.10   ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less han those recommended by sealant
              manufacturers.

       B.     Maintain temperatures during and after installation of duct sealants.

PART 2.       PRODUCTS

2.1    MATERIALS
       A.   Galvanized Steel Ducts: ASTM A525 and ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet,
            lock-forming quality, having G60 zinc coating of in conformance with ASTM A90.

       B
              Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws.

       C. Sealant:
              1.      Non-hardening, water resistant, fire resistive, compatible with mating materials;
                      liquid used alone or with tape, or heavy mastic.

       D.     Hanger Rod: ASTM A36; steel galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or
              continuously threaded.

2.2    DUCTWORK FABRICATION

       A.     Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
              Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing
              for operating pressures indicated.

       B.     Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on
              centerline.     Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide turning
              vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with
              glass fiber insulation.


              1.      Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever
                      possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees
                      convergence downstream.

DUCTWORK                                                                                        15890-3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010

         C.      Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct
                 gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Joints shall be minimum 4 inch (100 mm) cemented
                 slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints.

         D.      Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90 degree
                 conical tee      connections may be used.

2.3      CASINGS

      A. Fabricate casings in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
                 Flexible and construct or operating pressures indicated.

         B.      Mount floor mounted casings on 4 inch (100mm) mm) high concrete curbs. At floor, rivet
                 panels on 8 inch (200 mm) centers to angles. Where floors are acoustically     insulated,
                 provide liner of 18 gage (1.20 mm) galvanized expanded metal mesh supported at 12 inch
                 (300 mm) centers, turned up 12 inches (300 mm) at sides with sheet metal shields.

         C.      Reinforce door frames with steel angles tied to horizontal and vertical plenum supporting
                 angles. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for
                 cleaning and inspection.

         D.      Fabricate acoustic casings with reinforcing turned inward. Provide 16 gage (1.50 mm)
                 back facing and 22 gage (0.80 mm)        perforated front facing with 3/32 inch (2.4 mm)
                 diameter holes on 5/32 inch (4 mm) centers. Construct panels 3 inches (75 mm) thick
                 packed with 4.5 lb/cu ft (72 kg/cu m) minimum glass fiber media, on inverted channels of
                 16 gage (1.50 mm).


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1      INSTALLATION

         A.      Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

         B.      Install and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
                 Metal and Flexible.

         C.      Duct Sizes are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining.


         D.      Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers.
                  Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can
                 with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in
                 insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring.


DUCTWORK                                                                                          15890-4
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

      E.   Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and
           maintenance activities.

      F.   Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 inch (200 mm) and
           smaller with crimp in direction of air flow.

      G.   Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.

      H.   Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts with 5 feet (1.5m) maximum length of flexible duct
           held in place with strap.

3.2   CLEANING

      A.   Clean work under provisions of 01700.

      B.   Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust.
           To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be
           harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning.

      C.   Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment which may be
           harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Provide adequate access
           into ductwork for cleaning purposes.


3.3   SCHEDULES

      A.   DUCTWORK MATERIAL SCHEDULE

           AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL

           Low Pressure Supply- Steel
           Low Pressure Exhaust- Steel
           Outside Air Intake -Steel


END OF SECTION 158900




DUCTWORK                                                                                   15890-5
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15900 - HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes control equipment for HV systems and components, including control
           components supplied with factory-wired controls.


1.3        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

      A.   HVAC Control system must be an electronic digital controlled type.

      B.   Control system consists of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface
           equipment, other apparatus, and accessories to control mechanical systems.

      C.   Control system consists of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface
           equipment, other apparatus, accessories, and software connected to distributed controllers
           operating in multi-user, multitasking environment on token-passing network and programmed
           to control mechanical systems.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Refer to state of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
           Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

      B.   Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical literature for each control device. Indicate
           dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes for
           materials, and installation and startup instructions for each type of product indicated.

           1.    Each control device labeled with setting or adjustable range of control.

      C.   Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads,
           required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
           connection.

           1.    Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Differentiate between
                 manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
           2.    Written description of sequence of operation.
           3.    Schedule of dampers including size, leakage, and flow characteristics.


HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS                                                             15900- 1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

.

      D.   Field Test Reports:    Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
           requirements.

      E.   Maintenance Data: For systems to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1.
           Include the following:

           1.    Maintenance instructions and lists of spare parts for each type of control device
           2.    Interconnection wiring diagrams with identified and numbered system components and
                 devices.
           3.    Keyboard illustrations and step-by-step procedures indexed for each operator function.
           4.    Inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended, and calibration
                 tolerances.
           5.    Calibration records and list of set points.

      F.   Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.

      G.   Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of control components, including control
           units, thermostats, and sensors. Revise Shop Drawings to reflect actual installation and
           operating sequences.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who an approved installer of the automatic
           control system manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this
           Project.

      B.   Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing automatic temperature-
           control systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-
           service performance.

      C.   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
           Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
           intended use.

      D.   Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems."


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are indicated
           to be factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to unit
           manufacturer.


1.7        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate supply of conditioned electrical circuits for control units and operator workstation.



HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS                                                                15900- 2
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010

PART 2 – PRODUCTS



2.1         TIME CLOCKS

      A.     Solid-state, programmable time control with 4 separate programs; 24-hour battery carryover;
             individual on-off-auto switches for each program; 365-day calendar with 20 programmable
             holidays; choice of fail-safe operation for each program; and system fault alarm.


2.2         SENSORS

      A.     Electronic Sensors: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting
             as required.
                    1.    Room Sensors: With locking cover matching room thermostats, span of 25 to 90
                          percent relative humidity.
                    2.    Duct and Outside-Air Sensors: With element guard and mounting plate, range of
                          0 to 100 percent relative humidity.

2.3         THERMOSTATS

      A.      Remote-Bulb Thermostats: On-off or modulating type, liquid filled to compensate for
             changes in ambient temperature, with copper capillary and bulb, unless otherwise indicated.


             1.     Scale settings and differential settings are clearly visible and adjustable from front of
                    instrument.

             2.     Modulating Thermostats: Construct so complete potentiometer coil and wiper
                    assembly is removable for inspection or replacement without disturbing calibration of
                    instrument.

2.4         ACTUATORS

      A.     Electric Motors: Size to operate with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating
             action or two-position action.

             1.     Permanent Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil immersed
                    and sealed. Equip spring-return motors with integral spiral-spring mechanism in
                    housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit switches,
                    auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer.



      2.5         DAMPERS




HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS                                                                 15900- 3
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

      A.     Dampers: AMCA-rated, oppose-blade design; 0.1084-inch minimum, galvanized-       steel
      frames with holes for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.0635-inch galvanized
      steel with maximum blade width of 8 inches

            1.    Blades shall be secured to 1/2-inch- diameter, zinc-plated axles using zinc- plated
            hardware, with nylon blade bearings, blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass,
            ends sealed against spring-stainless-steel blade bearings, and thrust bearings at each end of
            every blade.
            2.    Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F
            3.    For standard applications, include optional closed-cell neoprene edging.
            4.    For low-leakage applications, use parallel- or opposed-blade design with inflatable seal
                  blade edging, or replaceable rubber seals, rated for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq.
                  ft. of damper area, at differential pressure of 4 inches wg when damper is being held
            by torque of 50 in. x lbfwhen tested according to AMCA 500D.


PART 3 – EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

 A.        Verify that duct-, pipe-, and equipment-mounted devices and wiring and pneumatic piping are
            installed before proceeding with installation.

3.2          INSTALLATION

A.          Install equipment level and plumb.

B.          Verify location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with plans and
            room details before installation. Locate all 60 inches above the floor.

C.          Install automatic dampers according to Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories."

      D.    Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, not in locations exposed to outdoor G
             temperatures.

      E.    Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Division 15 Section
             "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."

      F.    Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Division 15 Section
            "Mechanical Identification."

      H.    Install duct volume-control dampers according to Division 15 Sections specifying air ducts.

3.3         ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION

      A.   Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes.

      B.    Install building wire and cable according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."




HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS                                                              15900- 4
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010

3.4       CONNECTIONS

A.        Ground equipment.

B.        Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
          tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
          UL 486A and UL 486B.


3.5       FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.        Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect
          field-assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical
          connections. Report results in writing.

B.        Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until
          no leaks exist.
C.        Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper
          unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
D.        Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
          equipment, and retest.
E.        Engage factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
F.        Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
G.        Start, test, and adjust control systems.
H.        Demonstate compliace with requirements, including calibration and testing and control
          sequence.
I.        Adjust, calibrate, and fine tune circuits and equipment to achieve sequence of operation
          specified.


3.6       DEMONSTRATION

A.        Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
          adjust, operate, and maintain control systems and components.

B.        Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping,
          troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment and schedules.

      .


END OF SECTION 15900




HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS                                                            15900- 5
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15910 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1    SECTION INCLUDES

      A.    Air turning devices/extractors.

      B.    Flexible duct connections.

      C.    Volume control dampers.

1.2    RELATED SECTIONS

      A.    Section 15890 - Ductwork.

      B.    Section 16170 Grounding and Bonding

1.3    REFERENCES

      A.    NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.

      B.    NFPA 92A - Smoke Control Systems.

      C.    NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

      D.    SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.

      E.    UL 33 - Heat Responsive Links for Fire-Protection Service.

      F.    UL 555 - Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers.

      G.    UL 555S - Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems.

1.4    SUBMITTALS

      A.    Submit Refer to state of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
           General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

      B.    Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers.

      C.    Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers and
           hardware used. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

      D.    Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate for combination fire and smoke dampers.
DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES                                                                         15910-1
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


1.5    PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

      A.     Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
            Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised October 2002)..
      B.     Submit under provisions of Section 01700.

      C.     Record actual locations of test holes.

1.6    QUALIFICATIONS

       A.    Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section
             with minimum three years experience.


1.7    REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

       A.    Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters'
             Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

1.8    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.     Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site.

      B.     Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades.

1.9    EXTRA MATERIALS

      A.     Furnish under provisions of Section 01700.
      B.     Provide two of each size and type of fusible link.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1    AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS

       A.    Multi-blade device with radius blades attached to pivoting frame and bracket, steel
             construction, with push-pull operator straps.

2.2          FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS

      A.     Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
            Flexible, and as indicated.

      B.     Connector: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip.

DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES                                                                          15910-2
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010

             1.     Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA
                   90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd (1.0 kg/sq m).
             2.     Net Fabric Width: Approximately 6 inches 150 mm) wide.
             3.     Metal: 3 inch (75 mm) wide, 24 gage (0.6 mm thick) galvanized steel.

2.3      VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS.

        A.    Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
              Flexible, and as indicated.

        B.     Splitter Dampers:
             1.       Material: Same gage as duct to 24 inches (600 mm) size in either direction, and two
                    gages heavier for sizes over 24 inches (600 mm).
             2.       Blade: Fabricate of single double thickness sheet metal to streamline shape, secured
                    with continuous hinge or rod.
             3.       Operator: Minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) diameter rod in self aligning, universal joint
                    action, flanged bushing with set screw.

        C.    Single Blade Dampers: Fabricate for duct sizes up to 12 x 48 inch (300 x 1220 mm).

        D.    Multi-Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 x 72
               inch (200 x 1825 mm). Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or
              galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware.

        E.    End Bearings: Except in round ductwork 12 inches (300 mm) and smaller, provide end
              bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze
              bearings.

        F.     Quadrants:
             1.     Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers.
             2.     On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases,
                   or adapters.
             3.     Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches (750 mm) provide regulator at both ends.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1      PREPARATION

        A.    Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics.

3.2      INSTALLATION

        A.    Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow
               SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Refer to Section
15890                 for duct construction and pressure class.

DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES                                                                             15910-3
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


    B       Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches
             are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths
         from     duct take-off.

    C.      Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, regardless of
             whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or register assembly.



END OF SECTION 159100




DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES                                                                            15910-4
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010



SECTION 15940 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS



PART 1 GENERAL

1.1    SECTION INCLUDES

       A.    Diffusers.

       B.    Registers/grilles.

       C. Louvers.

1.2    REFERENCES

       B.    ADC 1062 - Certification, Rating and Test Manual.

       C.    AMCA 500 - Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters.

       D.    ARI 650 - Air Outlets and Inlets.

       E.    ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets.

       F.    SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.

       G.    NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

       H.    NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.

1. 3   SUBMITTALS

       A.    Submit Refer to state of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
             General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)


       B.    Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. Review outlets and
             inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets
             and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level.

        C. Samples: Submit two of each required air outlet and inlet type.

1.4    PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS                                                                          15940-1
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


      A. Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets.


1.5   QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.    Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ADC Equipment Test Code
            1062 and ASHRAE 70.

      B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500.


1.6   QUALIFICATIONS

      A.    Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section
            with minimum three years documented experience.

       B. Substitutions: under provisions of Section (011600.)



PART 2 PRODUCTS


2.1 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS

      A.    Manufacturers:
            1.   Type: Square and rectangular, adjustable pattern, multi-louvered diffuser to discharge
                 air in 360 degree four way pattern.

       B.   Fabrication: Steel with baked enamel off-white finish.

      C.    Accessories: Radial opposed blade damper and multi-louvered equalizing grid with damper
            adjustable from diffuser face.


2.3   CEILING SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES

      A.    Type: Streamlined and individually adjustable curved blades to discharge air along face of
            grille, [one-way] [two-way] deflection.
      B.    Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw] concealed mounting and gasket.

      C.    Fabrication: Aluminum extrusions with factory off-white enamel prime coat finish.

      D.    Damper: Integral, gang-operated, opposed blade type with removable key operator, operable
            from face.
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS                                                                     15940-2
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


2.4   CEILING EXHAUST REGISTERS/GRILLES

      A.    Type: Streamlined blades, 3/4 inch minimum depth, 3/4 inch maximum spacing, with blades
            set at 45 degrees, horizontal face.

      B.    Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw concealed mounting.


      C.    Fabrication: Steel with 20 gage (0.90 mm) minimum frames and 22 gage (0.80 mm)
            minimum blades, steel and aluminum with 20 gage (0.90 mm) minimum frame, or aluminum
            extrusions, with factory off-white enamel finish.

      D.    Damper: Integral, gang-operated, opposed blade type with removable key operator, operable
            from face where not individually connected to exhaust fans.

2.5 LOUVERS


      A.    Type: 6 inch deep with blades on 45 degree slope with center baffle and return bend, heavy
            channel frame, birdscreen with 1/2 inch square mesh for exhaust and 3/4 inch for intake.

      B.    Fabrication: 16 gage thick galvanized steel, welded assembly, with factory baked enamel
            finish.


       C.   Mounting: Furnish with exterior angle flange for installation.

2.6
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1   INSTALLATION

            A.    Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

            B.    Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to
                  conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.

            C.    Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection.

            D.    Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, and grilles and registers,
                  despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, or grille and register
                  assembly.




AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS                                                                     15940-3
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010

      E.   Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black


END OF SECTION 15940




AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS                                                        15940-4
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1     SECTION INCLUDES

           A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems.

           B. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of system.

           C. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems.

           D. Sound measurement of equipment operating conditions.

           E. Vibration measurement of equipment operating conditions.

1.2    REFERENCES

           A. AABC - National Standards for Total System Balance.

           B. ACD - Test Code for Grilles, Registers, and Diffusers.

           C. ASHRAE 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building
              Heating, Ventilation, Air- Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems.

           D. NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and        Balancing of Environmental
Systems.

        E. MACNA - HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing.

1.3 SUBMITTALS


        A. Submit Refer to state of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
             General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March
       2007)

       B. Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency for approval within 30 days after award of
           Contract.

       C. Field Reports: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and
          balancingofsy and equipment to achieve specified performance.

      D. Prior to commencing work, submit report forms or outlines indicating adjusting, balancing, and
         equipment data
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING                                                              15990- 1
                                                  New Bath House
                                             Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                              DGS No. P-008-080-010

               required.



          E.         Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final
                    copies for Architect/Engineer and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals.

          F.        Provide reports in soft cover, letter size, 3-ring binder manuals, complete with index page
and                 indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings
                    with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, an indicating
                    thermostat locations.

          G.        Include detailed procedures, agenda, sample report forms and copy of AABC National
Project             Performance Guaranty prior to commencing system balance.

          H.        Testing Reports: Indicate data on AAB National Standards for Total System Balance Forms.

1.4       PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

          A.        Submit under provisions of Section 01700.

          B.        Record actual locations of balancing valves and rough setting.

1.5       QUALITY ASSURANCE

          A.        Perform total system balance in accordance with AABC National Standards for Field
                    Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance.

          B.         Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6       QUALIFICATIONS

        A.                 Agency: Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems
specified                     in this Section with minimum three years documented experience certified by
AABC.

1.7       PRE-BALANCING CONFERENCE

          A.        Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8       SEQUENCING

          A.        Sequence work under the provisions of Section 01010.

          B.        Sequence work to commence after completion of systems and           schedule completion of
          work      before Substantial Completion of Project.
TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING                                                                       15990- 2
                                                 New Bath House
                                            Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                             DGS No. P-008-080-010


1.9       SCHEDULING

          A.      Schedule work under the provisions of Section 01340.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

      Not Used


PART 3 EXAMINATION

3.1        Verify that systems are completed and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following
          conditions:

        1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition.

        2 . Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable.

        3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment.

        4. Final filters are clean and in place if required, install temporary media in addition to final
           filters.

        5. Duct systems are clean of debris.

        6. Fans are rotating correctly.

        7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open.

        8. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed.

        9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place.

        10. Air outlets are installed and connected.

        11. Duct system leakage is minimized.

        12. Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented.

        13. Pumps are rotating correctly.

        14. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place.

        15. Service and balance valves are open.

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING                                                                15990- 3
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

       B. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies
           noted during performance of services which prevent system balance.

       C. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions.



3.2 PREPARATION


            A. Provide instruments required for testing, adjusting, and       balancing operations. Make
               instruments available to Architect/Engineer to facilitate spot checks during testing.

           B.   Provide additional balancing devices as required.

3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES

       A.       Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design for supply systems
                and plus or minus 10 percent of design for return and exhaust systems.


       B.       Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design
to              space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design.

      C. Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design.

3.4 ADJUSTING

      A.        Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions.

      B.        Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing
                settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.

      C.        After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disruption has been
                rectified.

      D.        Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing
                doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings.

      E.        At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or
                areas as selected and witnessed by the Owner.

      F. Check and adjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and submit report.

3.5   AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING                                                                  15990- 4
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

 A.    Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and
       exhaust air quantities at sit altitude.

 B.    Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pilot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct.

 C.    Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets.

 D.     Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and
       noise.


 E.    Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create
       objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct nternal devices such as
       dampers and splitters.

 F.    Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds.       Provide drive changes required.
Vary   branch air quantities
       by damper regulation.

 G.    Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet.

 H.    Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops,
       and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters.

 I.    Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design
       conditions.

 J.    Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage.

 K.    Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions.

 L.    Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, return, and exhaust air systems to provide
       required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches (12.5) positive static
       pressure.

 M.    Check multi-zone units for motorized damper leakage. Adjust air quantities with mixing dampers set
       first for cooling, then modulating.

 N.     for variable air volume system powered units set volume controller to air flow setting indicated.
       Confirm connections properly made and confirm proper operation for automatic variable air volume
       temperature control.

 O.    On fan powered VAV box, adjust air flow switches for proper operations.

3.6 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING                                                                   15990- 5
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010

A.   Adjust water systems to provide required or design quantities.

B.   Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gages to determine flow
     rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on
     temperature difference
     across various heat transfer elements in the system.

C.   Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to
     thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature
      differential in conjunction with air balancing.

D.    Effect systems balance with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements.


E.   Effect adjustment of water distribution system by means of balancing cocks, valves, and fitting. Do
     not use service
      for shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point.

F.   Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts, full
     flow in one part may be simulated by temporary restriction of flow to other parts.



END OF SECTION 15990




TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING                                                                 15990- 6
DIVISION 16

ELECTRICAL
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010



SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Raceways.
           2.    Building wire and connectors.
           3.    Supporting devices for electrical components.
           4.    Concrete equipment bases.
           5.    Electrical demolition.
           6.    Cutting and patching for electrical construction.
           7.    Touchup painting.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.

      B.   FMC: Flexible metal conduit.

      C.   IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.

      D.   LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.

      E.   RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Field Test Reports:    Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
           requirements.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
           Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
           intended use.


BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                         16050 - 1
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


      B.   Comply with NFPA 70.


1.6        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and
           arrange in building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical
           installations that follow.

           1.    Set inserts and sleeves in poured-in-place concrete, masonry work, and other structural
                 components as they are constructed.

      B.   Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient
           flow of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in
           the building.

      C.   Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are concealed by
           finished surfaces. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors."

      D.   Where electrical identification devices are applied to field-finished surfaces, coordinate
           installation of identification devices with completion of finished surface.

      E.   Where electrical identification markings and devices will be concealed by acoustical ceilings
           and similar finishes, coordinate installation of these items before ceiling installation.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        RACEWAYS

      A.   EMT: ANSI C80.3, zinc-coated steel, with set-screw or compression fittings.

      B.   FMC: Zinc-coated steel.

      C.   IMC: ANSI C80.6, zinc-coated steel, with threaded fittings.

      D.   LFMC: Zinc-coated steel with sunlight-resistant and mineral-oil-resistant plastic jacket.

      E.   RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 PVC, with NEMA TC3 fittings.

      F.   Raceway Fittings: Specifically designed for the raceway type with which used.


2.2        CONDUCTORS

      A.   Conductors, No. 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid or stranded copper.

      B.   Conductors, Larger Than No. 10 AWG: Stranded copper.



BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                            16050 - 2
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


      C.   Insulation: Thermoplastic, rated at 75 deg C minimum.

      D.   Wire Connectors and Splices: Units of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class suitable
           for service indicated.


2.3        SUPPORTING DEVICES

      A.   Material: Cold-formed steel, with corrosion-resistant coating acceptable to authorities having
           jurisdiction.

      B.   Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Hot-dip galvanized steel.

      C.   Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch- diameter
           slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches o.c., in webs.

      D.   Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: Comply with Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for
           slotted channel framing.

           1.    Channel Thickness: Selected to suit structural loading.
           2.    Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channel supports.

      E.   Nonmetallic Channel and Angle Systems: Structural-grade, factory-formed, glass-fiber-resin
           channels and angles with 9/16-inch- diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c., in at least
           one surface.

           1.    Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channels and angles.
           2.    Fittings and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles, except metal items may
                 be stainless steel.

      F.   Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C-
           clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring-steel clamps or click-
           type hangers.

      G.   Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends.

      H.   Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body
           and insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in riser conduits. Plugs have
           number and size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit individual risers. Body
           constructed of malleable-iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish.

      I.   Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type.

      J.   Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.

      K.   Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel.


2.4        ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION



BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                           16050 - 3
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


      A.   Identification Devices: A single type of identification product for each application category.
           Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications.

      B.   Raceway and Cable Labels: Comply with ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for
           legend and minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size.

           1.    Type: Pretensioned, wraparound plastic sleeves. Flexible, preprinted, color-coded,
                 acrylic band sized to suit the diameter of the item it identifies.
           2.    Type: Preprinted, flexible, self-adhesive, vinyl. Legend is overlaminated with a clear,
                 weather- and chemical-resistant coating.
           3.    Color: Black letters on orange background.
           4.    Legend: Indicates voltage.

      C.   Colored Adhesive Marking Tape for Raceways, Wires, and Cables: Self-adhesive vinyl tape,
           not less than 1 inch wide by 3 mils thick

      D.   Tape Markers for Wire: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted
           numbers and letters.

      E.   Color-Coding Cable Ties: Type 6/6 nylon, self-locking type. Colors to suit coding scheme.

      F.   Engraved-Plastic Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plates: Engraving stock, melamine plastic
           laminate punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners 1/16-inch minimum thickness for signs up
           to 20 sq. in. and 1/8-inch minimum thickness for larger sizes. Engraved legend in black letters
           on white background.

      G.   Interior Warning and Caution Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145.
           Preprinted, aluminum, baked-enamel-finish signs, punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners,
           with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application.

      H.   Exterior Warning and Caution Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145.
           Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch,
           galvanized-steel backing, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application. 1/4-inch
           grommets in corners for mounting.

      I.   Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or No. 10/32 stainless-
           steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.


2.5        TOUCHUP PAINT

      A.   For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment finish.

      B.   Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer.


PART 3 - EXECUTION




BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                           16050 - 4
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


3.1        ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

      A.   Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated,
           arrange and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom.

      B.   Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other
           building systems and components, unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components.
           Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations.

      D.   Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope.


3.2        RACEWAY APPLICATION

      A.   Use the following raceways for outdoor installations:

           1.    Exposed: RGS.
           2.    Concealed: IMC.
           3.    Underground, Single Run: RNC.
           4.    Underground, Grouped: RNC.
           5.    Connection to Vibrating Equipment: LFMC.
           6.    Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type 4.

      B.   Use the following raceways for indoor installations:

           1.    Exposed: EMT.
           2.    Concealed: EMT.
           3.    Connection to Vibrating Equipment: FMC; except in wet or damp locations, use LFMC.
           4.    Damp or Wet Locations: RGS
           5.    Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.


3.3        RACEWAY AND CABLE INSTALLATION

      A.   Conceal raceways and cables, unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls, ceilings, and
           floors.

      B.   Install raceways and cables at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-
           water pipes. Locate horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.

      C.   Use temporary raceway caps to prevent foreign matter from entering.

      D.   Make conduit bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and
           straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.

      E.   Use raceway and cable fittings compatible with raceways and cables and suitable for use and
           location.



BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                           16050 - 5
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


      F.   Install raceways embedded in slabs in middle third of slab thickness where practical, and leave
           at least 1-inch concrete cover.

           1.     Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete
                  placement.
           2.     Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete.
           3.     Install conduit larger than 1-inch trade size parallel to or at right angles to main
                  reinforcement. Where conduit is at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to
                  slab support.
           4.     Transition from nonmetallic tubing to Schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit, rigid steel
                  conduit, or IMC before rising above floor.
           5.     Make bends in exposed parallel or banked runs from same centerline to make bends
                  parallel. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise,
                  provide field bends for exposed parallel raceways.

      G.   Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb
           tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of the pull wire.

      H.   Install telephone and signal system raceways, 2-inch trade size and smaller, in maximum
           lengths of 150 feet and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate
           lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements, in
           addition to requirements above.

      I.   Connect motors and equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement with a
           maximum of 72-inch flexible conduit. Install LFMC in wet or damp locations. Install separate
           ground conductor across flexible connections.

      J.   Set floor boxes level and trim after installation to fit flush to finished floor surface.


3.4        WIRING METHODS FOR POWER, LIGHTING, AND CONTROL CIRCUITS

      A.   Feeders: Type THHN/THWN insulated conductors in raceway.

      B.   Underground Feeders and Branch Circuits: Type THWN or single-wire, Type UF insulated
           conductors in raceway.

      C.   Branch Circuits: Type THHN/THWN insulated conductors in raceway.

      D.   Branch Circuits: Type THW or THHN/THWN insulated conductors in raceway where
           exposed. Metal-clad cable where concealed in gypsum board partitions.


3.5        WIRING INSTALLATION

      A.   Install splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent
           or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.

      B.   Install wiring at outlets with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each outlet.



BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                                 16050 - 6
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


      C.   Connect outlet and component connections to wiring systems and to ground. Tighten electrical
           connectors and terminals, according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If
           manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A.


3.6        ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION

      A.   Damp Locations and Outdoors: Hot-dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U-channel system
           components.

      B.   Dry Locations: Steel materials.

      C.   Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click-type clamp system.

      D.   Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

      E.   Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at
           least four; minimum of 200-lb design load.


3.7        SUPPORT INSTALLATION

      A.   Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components.

      B.   Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide
           U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for
           securing hanger rods and conduits.

      C.   Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket-type hangers.

      D.   Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent
           minimum in the future.

      E.   Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable-iron pipe hangers or clamps.

      F.   Install 1/4-inch- diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise indicated.

      G.   Spring-steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may be
           used instead of malleable-iron hangers for 1-1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and
           receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to slotted
           channel and angle supports.

      H.   Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is carried
           entirely by raceway supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals.

      I.   Simultaneously install vertical conductor supports with conductors.

      J.   Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture support.
           Support sheet-metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. If bar hangers



BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                              16050 - 7
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


           are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an
           approved fastener not more than 24 inches from the box.

      K.   Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control
           enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless components are
           mounted directly to structural elements of adequate strength.

      L.   Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls unless core-drilled
           holes are used. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire-rated
           gypsum walls and of all other fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during
           erection of concrete and masonry walls.

      M.   Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless otherwise
           indicated. Perform fastening according to the following unless other fastening methods are
           indicated:

           1.    Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw-type nails.
           2.    Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry
                 units.
           3.    New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts.
           4.    Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts.
           5.    Instead of expansion bolts, threaded studs driven by a powder charge and provided with
                 lock washers may be used in existing concrete.
           6.    Steel: Welded threaded studs or spring-tension clamps on steel.

                 a.     Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.

           7.    Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits, pipe
                 straps, or other items.
           8.    Light Steel: Sheet-metal screws.
           9.    Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent of its
                 proof-test load.


3.8        IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES

      A.   Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and
           maintenance of equipment.

      B.   Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification
           with corresponding designations indicated in the Contract Documents or required by codes and
           standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project.

      C.   Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before applying.

      D.   Identify raceways and cables with color banding as follows:




BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                             16050 - 8
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010


           1.    Bands: Pretensioned, snap-around, colored plastic sleeves or colored adhesive marking
                 tape. Make each color band 2 inches wide, completely encircling conduit, and place
                 adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side.
           2.    Band Locations: At changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot
                 (15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in
                 congested areas.
           3.    Colors: As follows:

                 a.    Fire Alarm System: Red.
                 b.    Security System: Blue and yellow.
                 c.    Telecommunication System: Green and yellow.

      E.   Tag and label circuits designated to be extended in the future. Identify source and circuit
           numbers in each cabinet, pull and junction box, and outlet box. Color-coding may be used for
           voltage and phase identification.

      F.   Color-code 208/120-V system secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors
           throughout the secondary electrical system as follows:

           1.    Phase A: Black.
           2.    Phase B: Red.
           3.    Phase C: Blue.
           4.    Neutral: White
           5.    Ground: Green

      G.   Color-code 480/277-V system secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors
           throughout the secondary electrical system as follows:

           1.    Phase A: Brown.
           2.    Phase B: Orange.
           3.    Phase C: Yellow.
           4.    Neutral: Gray
           5.    Ground: Green


      H.   Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where required to comply with 29 CFR,
           Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145, and where needed to ensure safe operation and maintenance of
           electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved plastic-laminated
           instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment
           operation. Install metal-backed butyrate signs for outdoor items.

      I.   Install engraved-laminated emergency-operating signs with white letters on red background
           with minimum 3/8-inch- high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load
           shedding, and other emergency operations.


3.9        FIRESTOPPING




BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                         16050 - 9
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


  A.   Apply firestopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to
       achieve fire-resistance rating of the assembly. Firestopping materials and installation
       requirements are specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping.""


3.10   DEMOLITION

  A.   Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged or
       disturbed in the course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal
       capacity, quality, and functionality.

  B.   Accessible Work: Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be
       demolished, in their entirety.

  C.   Abandoned Work: Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring, indicated to be abandoned in
       place, 2 inches below the surface of adjacent construction. Cap raceways and patch surface to
       match existing finish.

  D.   Remove demolished material from Project site.

  E.   Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for
       relocation.


3.11   CUTTING AND PATCHING

  A.   Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to
       permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved.

  B.   Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed
       surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and
       refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved.


3.12   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A.   Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following:

       1.    Raceways.
       2.    Building wire and connectors.
       3.    Supporting devices for electrical components.
       4.    Electrical identification.
       5.    Electrical demolition.
       6.    Cutting and patching for electrical construction.
       7.    Touchup painting.


3.13   REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING




BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                       16050 - 10
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


  A.   Refinish and touch up paint. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in
       Division 9 Section "Painting."

       1.    Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to
             suit the degree of damage at each location.
       2.    Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing
             and application of successive coats.
       3.    Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
             manufacturer.
       4.    Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by
             manufacturer.


3.14   CLEANING AND PROTECTION

  A.   On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish.
       Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris.

  B.   Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes,
       and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.


END OF SECTION 16050




BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                      16050 - 11
                                               New Bath House
                                          Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                           DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 16111 CONDUIT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1    SECTION INCLUDES

       A.       Metal conduit.

       B.       Flexible metal conduit.

       C.       Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.

       D.       Electrical metallic tubing.

       E.       Fittings and conduit bodies.

1.2    RELATED SECTIONS

       A.       Section 16130 - Boxes.

       B.       Section 16190 - Supporting Devices.

1.3    REFERENCES

      A.        ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated.

           B.   ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated.

           C.   ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable
                 Assemblies.

           D. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

           E.   NECA "Standard of Installation."

           F.   NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit
                 and Intermediate Metal Conduit.

           G. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80).

           C.   NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing.

1.4    DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

     A.         Conduit Size: ANSI/NFPA 70.
CONDUIT                                                                             16111 - 1
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010




1.5    SUBMITTALS

       A.    Submit Refer to state of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
             General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (March 2007)

       B.   Product Data: Provide for metallic conduit.

1.6    REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

       A.   Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.

       B.   Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for
            purpose specified and shown.

1.7    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

       A.   Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage.

       B.   Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide
            appropriate covering.

       C.   Protect PVC conduit from sunlight.

1. 8   PROJECT CONDITIONS

       A.   Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.

       B.   Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in.

       C.   Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route
            as required to complete wiring system.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1    CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS

        A. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch unless otherwise specified.

       B.   In Slab Above Grade:
            1.     Use rigid steel conduit.

       C.   Wet and Damp Locations: Use rigid steel conduit.

      D.    Dry Locations:
CONDUIT                                                                              16111 - 2
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


           1.    Concealed: Use rigid steel conduit.
           2.    Exposed: Use rigid steel conduit.

2.2   METAL CONDUIT

      A.   Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.

      B.   Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel.

      C.   Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit.

2.3   PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT

      A.   Description: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating, 40 mil thick.

      B.   Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel fittings with external PVC coating to
           match conduit.

2.4   FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT

      A.   Description: Interlocked steel construction.

      B.   Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1   INSTALLATION

      A.   Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."

      B.   Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
      C.   Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.

      D.   Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis
           hangers, and split hangers.

      E.   Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel;
           provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits.

      F.   Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 16190.

      G.   Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary
           supports

      H.   Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires.
CONDUIT                                                                               16111 - 3
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010




      I.   Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance.

      J.   Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls.

      K.   Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls.

      L.   Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point.

      M.   Do not cross conduits in slab.

      N.   Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping.

      O.   Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104
           degrees F (40 degrees C).

      P.   Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends.

      Q.   Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.

      R.   Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic
           conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted
           in fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum.

      S.   Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet
           locations and to cast boxes.

      T.   Install no more than equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies
           to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use factory elbows for bends in metal
           conduit larger than 2 inch size.

      U.   Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system.

      V.   Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses
           seismic, control and expansion joints.

      W.   Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples.

      X.   Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.

3.2   INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS

      A.   Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements.

3.3   DATA AND TELEPHONE DROP LOCATIONS
CONDUIT                                                                               16111 - 4
                                        New Bath House
                                   Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                    DGS No. P-008-080-010




      A.   Install separate conduit and pull strings for data and telephone drop locations.


END OF SECTION 16111




CONDUIT                                                                              16111 - 5
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010




SECTION 16123 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1   SECTION INCLUDES

      A.    Building wire and cable.

      B.    Wiring connectors and connections.

1.2   RELATED SECTIONS

      A.    Section 16111 - Conduit.

      B.    Section 16130 - Boxes.

1.3   REFERENCES

      A.    ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

1.4   SUBMITTALS

      A.    Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
            Conditions of the Contract between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

       B.   Product Data: Provide for wire and cable.

      C.    Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of
            use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements.

1.5   QUALIFICATIONS

      A.    Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section
      with minimum three years experience.

1.6   REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

      A.    Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.

      B.    Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for
            purpose specified and shown.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE                                                                       16123 - 1
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010


      A.   Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.

      B.   Conductor sizes are based on copper.

      C.   Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire
           and cable as required to meet project conditions.

      D.   Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine
           exact routing and lengths required.

1.8   COORDINATION

      A.   Determine required separation between cable and other work.

      B.   Determine cable routing to avoid interference with other work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1   BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE

      A.   Description: Single conductor insulated wire.

      B.   Conductor: Copper.

      C.   Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.

      D.   Insulation: ANSI/NFPA 70, Type.

      E.   Size: Minimum conductor’s size to be #12 AWG for the feeders and branch circuit wiring,
           and #14 AWG for the control circuit wiring.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1   EXAMINATION

      A.   Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.



END OF SECTION 16123




BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE                                                                 16123 - 2
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 16130 BOXES


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1     SECTION INCLUDES

        A.   Wall and ceiling outlet boxes.

        B.   Floor boxes.

        C.   Pull and junction boxes.

1.2     RELATED SECTIONS

        A.   Section 16123 -     Building Wire And Cable

1.3     REFERENCES

        A.   NECA - Standard of Installation.

        B.   NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.

        C.   NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports.

        D.   NEMA OS 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports.

        E.   NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

        F.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

1.4     SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT

        A.   Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
             Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

        B.   Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes on project
             record documents.

1.5     REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

        A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.

        B.   Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.,

BOXES                                                                                          16130-1
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010



PART 2        PRODUCTS

2.1      OUTLET BOXES

         A.   Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
              1.    Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment
                    supported; include 1/2 inch (13 mm) male fixture studs where required.
              2.    Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type.

         B.   Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 2.

         C.   Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast feralloy.              Provide gasket cover by box
              manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs.

         D.   Wall Plates for Finished Areas.

2.2      PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

         A.   Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.


         B.   Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat-flanged, surface mounted
              junction box:
              1.     Material: Galvanized cast iron.
              2.     Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.

         C.   Fiberglass Handholes: Die molded glass fiber hand holes:
              1.    Cable Entrance: Pre-cut 6 inch x 6 inch cable entrance at center bottom of each side.
              2.    Cover: Glass fiber weatherproof cover with nonskid finish.

PART 3        EXECUTION

3. 1     INSTALLATION

         A.   Install boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."

         B.   Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling,
              equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements.

         C.   Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated.

         D.   Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned.
              Adjust box if required to accommodate intended purpose.

BOXES                                                                                            16130-2
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010

        E.   Orient boxes to accommodate wiring.

        F.   Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance.

        G.   Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only.

        H.   Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches (150
             mm) from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire.

        I.   Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements.

        J.   Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and
             backsplashes.

        K.   Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan.

        L.   Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices.

        M.   Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas.

        N.   Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only.
             Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening.

        O.   Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches
             separation. Provide minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls.

        P.   Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow
             for surface finish thickness.

        Q.   Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.

        R.   Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness.

        S.   Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box.

        T.   Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires.

        U.   Support boxes independently of conduit.

        V.   Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box.

        W.   Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.

        X.   Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations.


BOXES                                                                                             16130-3
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010

        Y.    Use cast floor boxes for installations in slab on grade; formed steel boxes are acceptable for
              other installations.

        Z.    Set floor boxes level.

        AA. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface-mounted cast
            metal box in other locations.

3.2     CLEANING

        A.    Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.

        B.    Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish.



END OF SECTION 16130




BOXES                                                                                              16130-4
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 16135 ELECTRICAL HEATERS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1      SECTION INCLUDES

         A.   Electrical Wall Heaters


1.2      RELATED SECTIONS

         A.   Section 16123 -     Building Wire And Cable

1.3      REFERENCES

         A.   NECA - Standard of Installation.

         B.   NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.

         C.   NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports.

         D.   NEMA OS 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports.

         E.   NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

         F.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

1.4      SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT

         A.   Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
              Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

         B.   Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes on project
              record documents.

1.5      REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

         A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.

         B.   Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.,



PART 2        PRODUCTS
BOXES                                                                                           16135-1
                                                  New Bath House
                                             Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                              DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.1        ELECTRIC WALL HEATER

      A.         Electrical Wall Heater shall be a surface mounted unit suitable for operation in a damp
                 environment.
      B.         Electrical Wall Heater shall be a heavy duty, fan forced unit with aluminum housing with
                 baked enamel finish. Unit shall be complete with support bracket for surface mounting.
      C.         A balanced, aluminum propeller fan and thermally protected motor shall be provided for
                 quiet, efficient operation. Provide a counter flow grille to direct airflow to center of space.
      D.         Heating element shall be heavy duty nickel chrome with over-heat protection.
      E.         Heater shall have built-in thermostat to provide accurate temperature control. Provide off,
                 Heat and Fan Only Selector push buttons.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3. 1        INSTALLATION

            A.       Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."

            B.       Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling,
                     equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements.

            C.       Set wall mounted heaters at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated.

            D.       Electrical heaters are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned.
                     Adjust box if required to accommodate intended purpose.

            E.       Orient heaters to accommodate wiring.

            F.       Install heaters to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements.

            G.       Align adjacent wall mounted heaters for switches, thermostats, and similar devices

            H.       Secure flush mounting heaters to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to
                     allow for surface finish thickness.

            I.       Install flush mounting heaters without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness.

            J.       Support heaters independently of conduit.

            K.       Set electrical heaters level.



3.2         CLEANING
BOXES                                                                                                       16135-2
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


        A.   Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.

        B.   Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish.



END OF SECTION 16130




BOXES                                                                              16135-3
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010

SECTION 16160       PANELBOARDS

GENERAL

1.1   DESCRIPTION
      This section includes the furnishing, installation and connection of panelboards.


1.2   RELATED WORK
      A.      Section 16170, GROUNDING AND BONDING


1.3   SUBMITTALS


      A.      Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for          Construction Projects and
              General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March
              2007)
      B.      Certification: Two weeks prior to final inspection, deliver to the Resident Engineer four
              copies of the following:
                   1. Certification that the material is in accordance with the drawings and
                        specifications, has been properly installed, and that the loads are balanced.
1.4   APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS


      The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The
      publications are referenced in the text by basic designation only.
      A.      Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
            No. 50 .................. Cabinet and Boxes, Electrical
            No. 67 .................. Panelboards
            No. 489 ................ Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker
      B.    National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
            No. 70 .................. National Electrical Code (NEC)
      C.    National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
            No. PB-1 .............. Panelboards
            No. AB-1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers


PART 2 - PRODUCTS



PANELBOARD                                                                                         16160-1
                                      New Bath House
                                 Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                  DGS No. P-008-080-010

2.1   PANELBOARDS


      A.     Panelboards shall be in accordance with UL, NEMA, NEC, and as shown on the
           drawings.
      B.   Provide standard manufactured products. All components of panelboards shall be the
           product and assembly of the same manufacturer. All similar units of all panelboards to
           be of the same manufacturer.
      C.   All panels shall be dead front safety type. Arrange sections for easy removal without
           disturbing other sections.
      D.     All panelboards shall be completely factory assembled with molded case circuit
           breakers.
      E.   Panels shall have main breaker or main lugs, bus size, voltage, phase, top or bottom feed,
           and flush or surface mounting as scheduled on the drawings.
      F.   Panelboards shall have the following features:
           1.       Nonreduced size copper bus bars, and connection straps bolted together and
                    rigidly supported on molded insulators. Bus bar taps for panels with single pole
                    branches shall be arranged for sequence phasing of branch circuit devices.
           2.       Full size neutral bar, mounted on insulated supports.
           3.       Ground bar with sufficient terminals for all grounding wires.
           4.       Buses braced for the available short circuit current, but not less than 22,000
                    amperes symmetrical for 120/208 volt and 120/240 volt panelboards, and 14,000
                    amperes symmetrical for 277/480 volt panelboards.
           5.       All breakers and phase bus connections shall be arranged so that it will be
                    possible to substitute a 2-pole breaker for two single pole breakers, and a 3-pole
                    breaker for three single pole breakers, when trip is 30 amps or less and frame size
                    is 100 amperes or less, without having to drill and tap the main bus bars at bus
                    straps.
           6.       Design interior so that protective devices can be replaced without removing
                    adjacent units, main bus connectors, and without drilling or tapping. Panel phase
                    bus connections to protective devices shall not be rivetted to the panel bus and
                    shall be field removable by means of a screw driver.
           7.       Where designated on panel schedule as "space", include all necessary bussing,
                    device support and connections. Provide blank cover for each space.

PANELBOARD                                                                                     16160-2
                                       New Bath House
                                  Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                   DGS No. P-008-080-010

             8.      In two section panelboards, the main bus in each section shall be full size. The
                     first section shall be furnished with subfeed lugs on the line side with cable
                     connections to the second section. Panelboard sections with tapped bus or
                     crossover bus shall not be accepted.
      G.     Series rated panelboards are not permitted.


2.2   CABINETS AND TRIMS


      A. Cabinets:
             1.      Provide galvanized steel cabinets to house panelboards. Cabinets for distribution
                     panels may be factory primed and suitably treated with a corrosion-resisting paint
                     finish meeting UL standard for outdoor applications.
             2.      Cabinet enclosure shall not have ventilating openings.
             3.      Back and sides shall be of one piece formed steel. Cabinets for distribution
                     panels may be of formed sheet steel with end and side panels welded, riveted, or
                     bolted as required.
             4.      Provide minimum of four interior mounted studs and necessary hardware for "in"
                     and "out" adjustment of panel interior.
             5.      Cabinets for two section panelboards shall have both sections bolted together,
                     arranged side by side, and shall be the same height. Flush mounted cabinets
                     should be 1-1/2 inches apart and coupled by conduit nipple.
             6.      Gutter size in panel boxes, on all sides, shall be in accordance with the NEC.
                     Cabinets containing through feeders shall have the gutters space increased by the
                     amount required for auxiliary gutters in the NEC.
      B. Trims:
             1.      Fabricate trim of sheet steel consisting of frame with door attached by concealed
                     hinges. Provide flush or surface trim as shown on the drawings.
             2.      Flush trims shall overlap the box by at least 3/4-inch all around.
             3.      Surface trim shall have the same width and height as the box.
             4.      Flush or surface trims shall not have ventilating openings.
             5.      Secure trims to back boxes by indicating trim clamps.
             6.      Provide a welded angle on rear of trim to support and align trim to cabinet.



PANELBOARD                                                                                      16160-3
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010

             7.         Provide separate trims for each section of multiple section paneloards. Trims and
                        doors of sections shall be of the same height.
      C. Doors:
             1.         Provide doors with flush type latch and manufacturer's standard lock. Doors over
                        48 inches in height shall have a vault handle and a three point catch, arranged to
                        fasten door at top, bottom, and center.
             2.         In making switching devices accessible, doors shall not uncover any live parts.
             3.         Provide concealed, butt hinges welded to the doors and trims.
             4.         For magnetic contactors incorporated in panelboards, provide separate doors for
                        the contactors.
             5.         Provide keyed alike system for all panelboards. In existing buildings where new
                        panels are installed, provide keyed alike locks as directed by Resident Engineer.
             6.         Provide a directory card, metal holder, and transparent cover. Permanently
                        mount holders on inside of doors.
      D. Painting:
             1. Thoroughly clean and paint trims and doors at the factory with primer and
                    manufacturer's standard finish.

2.3   MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR PANELBOARDS


      A.     Breakers shall be UL listed and labeled, in accordance with the NEC, as shown on the
             drawings, and as specified.
      B.     Circuit breakers in panelboards shall be bolt on type on phase bus bar or branch circuit
             bar.
             1.         Molded case circuit breakers for lighting and appliance branch circuit
                        panelboards shall have minimum interrupting rating as indicated but not less
                        than: a.120/208 Volt Panelboard: 22,000 amperes symmetrical.
             2.         Molded case circuit breakers shall have automatic, trip free, non-adjustable,
                        inverse time, and instantaneous magnetic trips for 100 ampere frame or less.
                        Magnetic trip shall be adjustable from 3X to 10X for breakers with 600 ampere
                        frames and higher. Factory setting shall be HI, unless otherwise noted.
      C.     Breaker features shall be as follows:
             1.         A rugged, integral housing of molded insulating material.


PANELBOARD                                                                                        16160-4
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010

             2.        Silver alloy contacts.
             3.        Arc quenchers and phase barriers for each pole.
             4.        Quick-make, quick-break, operating mechanisms.
             5.        A trip element for each pole, thermal magnetic type with long time delay and
                       instantaneous characteristics, a common trip bar for all poles and a single
                       operator.
             6.        Electrically and mechanically trip free.
             7.        An operating handle which indicates ON, TRIPPED, and OFF positions.
             8.        Line connections shall be bolted.
             9.        Interrupting rating shall not be less than the maximum short circuit current
                       available at the line terminals
             10.       An overload on one pole of a multipole breaker shall automatically cause all the
                       poles of the breaker to open.


2.4   SEPARATELY ENCLOSED MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS


        A.         Where separately enclosed molded case circuit breakers are shown on the drawings,
                   provide circuit breakers in accordance with the applicable requirements of those
                   specified for panelboards.
        B.         Enclosures are to be of the NEMA types shown on the drawings. Where the types
                   are not shown, they are to be the NEMA type most suitable for the environmental
                   conditions where the breakers are being installed.


PART 3 – EXECUTION


3.1   INSTALLATION
        A.         Installation shall be in accordance with NEC, as shown on the drawings, and as
                   specified.
        B.         Locate panelboards so that the present and future conduits can be conveniently
                   connected. Coordinate the sizes of cabinets with designated closet space.
        C.         In accordance with section PAINTING. Paint the panelboard system voltage, and
                   feeder sizes as shown on the riser diagram in one inch block lettering on the inside
                   cover of the cabinet door. Paint the words "LIFE SAFETY BRANCH", "CRITICAL

PANELBOARD                                                                                       16160-5
                                    New Bath House
                               Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                DGS No. P-008-080-010

              BRANCH", "EMERGENCY SYSTEM", or "EQUIPMENT SYSTEM" as applicable
              and the panel designation in one inch block letters on the outside of the cabinet doors.
        D.    Install a typewritten schedule of circuits in each panelboard after approval by the
              Resident Engineer. Schedule shall be typed on the panel directory cards. Include the
              room numbers and items served on the cards.
        E.    Mount the panelboard so that maximum height of circuit breaker above finished floor
              shall not exceed (78 inches). For panelboards which are too high, mount panelboard
              so that the bottom of the cabinets will not be less than (6 inches) above the finished
              floor.
        F.    For panelboards located in areas accessible to the public, paint the exposed surfaces
              of the trims, doors, and boxes with finishes to match surrounding surfaces after the
              panelboards have been installed.
        G.    Circuit numbers indicated on the drawings are shown for the purpose of clarifying
              the grouping of outlets. The actual number assigned to the circuit in the panelboard
              shall suit the bussing and branch circuiting to the panel.
        H.    Where new panels are to be installed in existing backboxes, backboxes shall have
              rust and scale removed from inside. Paint inside of backboxes with rust preventive
              paint before the new panel interior is installed. Provide new trim and doors for these
              panels.




E N D OF SECTION 16160




PANELBOARD                                                                                   16160-6
                                             New Bath House
                                        Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                         DGS No. P-008-080-010


SECTION 16170 GROUNDING AND BONDING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1        SECTION INCLUDES

       A.        Grounding electrodes and conductors.

       B.        Equipment grounding conductors.

       C.        Bonding.

1.2        RELATED SECTIONS

           A.    Section 16123 Building Wire & Cable

1.3        REFERENCES

       A.        ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

1.4        GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM

       A.        Metal underground water pipe.

       B.        Metal frame of the building.

       C.        Rod electrode.

1.5        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

       A.        Grounding System Resistance: 5 ohms.

1.6        SUBMITTALS

      A.         Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
                 Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

      B.       Product Data: Provide data for grounding electrodes and connections.
1.7        PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

      A.         Accurately record actual locations of grounding electrodes.

1.8        QUALIFICATIONS

GROUNDING AND BONDING                                                                          16170-1
                                           New Bath House
                                      Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                       DGS No. P-008-080-010


       A.    Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section
       with minimum three years experience.

1.9    REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70 (2 year warranty).

       B.     Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.



PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1    ROD ELECTRODE

       A.     Material: Copper-clad steel.

       B.     Diameter: 3/4inch .

       C.     Length: 10 feet.

2.2    MECHANICAL CONNECTORS

       A.     Manufacturers:

       B.     Material: Bronze.

2.3    WIRE

       A.     Material: Stranded copper.

       B.     Foundation Electrodes: 2/0 AWG.

      C.      Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements.

2.4    GROUNDING WELL COMPONENTS

       A.   Well Pipe: 8 inch (200 mm) diameter by 24 inch (600 mm) long concrete pipe with belled
       end.

       B.     Well Cover: Cast iron with legend "GROUND" embossed on cover.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1    EXAMINATION
GROUNDING AND BONDING                                                                     16170-2
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010



      A.    Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes.

3.2   INSTALLATION

      A.    Install Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

      B.    Install rod electrodes at locations indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to
            achieve specified resistance to ground, not to exceed 5 Ohms.

      C.    Provide grounding well pipe with cover at each rod location. Install well pipe top flush with
            finished grade.

      D.    Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation
      footing.

      E.    Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements.

      F.    Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder
            and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing.

3.3   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.    Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper
            installation.

      B.    Use suitable test instrument to measure resistance to ground of system. Perform testing in
            accordance with test instrument manufacturer's recommendations using the fall-of-potential
            method.



END OF SECTION 16170




GROUNDING AND BONDING                                                                           16170-3
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010




SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1        SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Conduit and equipment supports.

      B.   Anchors and fasteners.

1.2        REFERENCES

      A.   NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association.

      B.   ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
                       Conditions
           of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007).

      B.   Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog data for fastening systems.

      C.   Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by
           Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage,
           handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of Product.

1.4        REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.

      B.   Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose
           specified and shown.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1        PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Materials and Finishes: Provide adequate corrosion resistance.

      B.   Provide materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners and supports to carry the loads of
SUPPORTING DEVICES                                                                        16190 - 1
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


       equipment and conduit. Consider weight of wire in conduit when selecting products.

  C.   Anchors and Fasteners:
       1.   Concrete Structural Elements: Use powder actuated anchors.


       2.    Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps welded fasteners.
       3.    Concrete Surfaces: Use self-drilling anchors and expansion anchors.
       4.    Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts and hollow wall
             fasteners.
       5.    Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors.
       6.    Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3. 1   INSTALLATION

  A.   Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

  B.   Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation".

  C.   Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and conduit.

  D.   Do not use spring steel clips and clamps.

  E.   Do not use powder-actuated anchors.

  F.   Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members.

  G.   Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon
       head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock washers
       under all nuts.

  H.   Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.

  I.   In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards one inch
       (25 mm) off wall.

  J.   Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in
       hollow partitions.

END OF SECTION 16190




SUPPORTING DEVICES                                                                    16190 - 2
                          New Bath House
                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                      DGS No. P-008-080-010




SUPPORTING DEVICES                                16190 - 3
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010




SECTION 16477 FUSES


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1     SECTION INCLUDES

        A. Fuses.

1.2     REFERENCES

        A. NFPA 70 - National Electric Code.

        B. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses.

1.3     SUBMITTALS

        A.      Product Data: Provide data sheets showing electrical characteristics including
                time-current curves.

        B.      Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and
                General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor
                (Revised March 2007).


1.4     PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

        A. Record actual fuses sizes.

1.5     QUALIFICATIONS

         A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this
        section with minimum three years experience.

1.6     REQULATORY REQUIREMENTS

        A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.

        B. Furnish products listed and classified by UL.

1.7     MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

        A. Provide maintenance materials under provisions of Section
        01700.

1.8     EXTRA MATERIALS

        A. Provide three of each size and type fuse installed


FUSES                                                                                   16477-1
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010




PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1     FUSE REQUIREMENTS

        A. Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU -1, Class as specified or indicated.

        B. Voltage: Provide fuses with voltage rating suitable for circuit phase-to-phase
        voltage.

        C. Main Service Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L (time delay).

        D. Main Service Switches: Class RK1 (time delay).

         E. Power Load Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L
        (time delay).

        F. Power Load Feeder Switches: Class RK1 (time delay).

        G. Motor Load Feeder Swiches: Class J (time delay).

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1     INSTALLATION

        A. Install fuses in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

        B. Install fuse with lable oriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read.



END OF SECTION 16477




FUSES                                                                                      16477-2
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010


                                                   `
SECTION 16510 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1    SECTION INCLUDES

       A.   Interior luminaires and accessories.

       B.   Emergency lighting units.

       C.   Exit signs.

       D.   Ballasts.

       E.   Lamps.

       F.   Luminaire accessories.

1.2    REFERENCES

       A.   ANSI C78.379 - Electric Lamps - Incandescent and High-Intensity Discharge Reflector
            Lamps - Classification of Beam Patterns.

       B.   ANSI C82.1 - Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps - Specifications.

       C.   ANSI C82.4 - Ballasts for High-Intensity Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium Lamps
            (Multiple Supply Type).

       D.   NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements.

       E.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

       F.   NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.

1.3    SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW

       A.   Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a
            standard product of the manufacturer.

       B.   Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings, and performance data.

1.4    SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                16510-1
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010




      A.    Refer to State of Maryland Instructions to Bidders for Construction Projects and General
            Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Contractor (Revised March 2007)

1.5    SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT

       A.   Submit manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions for each product.

1.6    QUALIFICATIONS

       A.   Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section
            with minimum three years experience.

1.7    REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

       A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.

       B.   Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

1.8    EXTRA PRODUCTS

       A.   Furnish two of each plastic lens type.

       B.   Furnish 2 replacement lamps for each lamp type.

       C.   Furnish 2 of each ballast type.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1    LUMINAIRES

       A.   Furnish Products as scheduled.

       B.   Description: Surface type luminaire with ballast,lamps installed by luiminaire manufacturer.

       C.   Size: 12" x 48".

       D.   Material: Sheet steel housing.


INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                          16510-2
                                         New Bath House
                                    Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                     DGS No. P-008-080-010


      E.   Enclosure: Prismatic acrylic lens, pattern 12.



      F.   Gasketing: Between enclosure and frame and between frame and luminaire housing

      G.   Mounting: Pendant mounting.

      H.   Ballast: Manufacturer's standard, matched to lamp characteristics, rated 120 volts.

      I.   Lamp: 2-40 watt each.

      J.   Provide energy efficient luminaries.


2.2   EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS


      A.   Description: Self-contained incandescent emergency lighting unit.

      B.   Battery: 12 volt, lead calcium type, with 1.5 hour capacity.

      C.   Battery Charger: Dual-rate type, with sufficient capacity to recharge discharged battery to
           full charge within twelve hours.

      D.   Lamps: Compact fluorescent.



2.3   EXIT SIGNS


      A.   Description: Exit sign fixture suitable for use as emergency lighting unit.

      B.   Housing: Extruded aluminum.

      C.   Face: plastic] face with red letters on white background


2.4   FLUORESCENT BALLASTS


INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                        16510-3
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010


      A.      Description: ANSI C82.1, high power factor type electronic ballast, suitable
             for lamps specified.

       B.    Voltage: 120 volts.
      C.    Provide energy efficient ballasts.

       D.     Source Quality Control: Certify fluourescent ballast design and construction by Certified
       Ballast Manufacturers, Inc.

2.5    FLUORESCENT LAMP EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY

       A.    Description:   Emergency battery power supply suitable for installation in ballast
             compartment of fluorescent luminaire.

       B.    Lamp Ratings: One F40CW lamp providing 600 lumens, minimum.

       C.    Battery: Sealed lead calcium type, rated for 10 year life.

       D.    Include TEST switch and AC ON indicator light, installed to be operable and visible from the
             outside of an assembled luminaire.

2.6    LAMPS

       A.    Lamp Types: As specified for luminaire.
       B.    Reflector Lamp Beam Patterns: ANSI C78.379.
       C.    Provide energy efficient lamps.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1    INSTALLATION

       A.    Install suspended luminaires and exit signs] using pendants supported from swivel hangers.
             Provide pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height.

       B.    Support luminaires larger than 2 x 4 foot size independent of ceiling framing.

       C.    Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on reflected ceiling plan.

       D.     Install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building
             lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement.

INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                           16510-4
                                          New Bath House
                                     Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                      DGS No. P-008-080-010




3.2    FIELD QUALITY CONTROL


       A.   Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and
            operation.

3.3    ADJUSTING


       A.   Aim and adjust luminaires as directed.

       B.   Position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.

3.4    CLEANING


       A.   Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.

       B.   Remove dirt and debris from enclosures.

       C.   Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.

       D.   Clean finishes and touch up damage.

3.5    PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK


       A.   Relamp luminaires [that have failed lamps] at Substantial Completion.




END OF SECTION 16510




INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                      16510-5
                                              New Bath House
                                         Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                          DGS No. P-008-080-010




SECTION 16521 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes exterior lighting units with luminaires, lamps, ballasts,.

      B.   Related Sections include the following:

           1.    Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting" for interior fixtures, lamps, ballasts, emergency
                 lighting units, and accessories; and for exterior luminaires normally mounted on
                 buildings.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Luminaire (Light Fixture): A complete lighting device consisting of lamp(s), together with
           parts designed to distribute light, to position and protect lamps, and to connect lamps to power
           supply.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Samples for Verification: For lighting units or luminaires designated for sample submission in
           the Exterior Lighting Unit Schedule.

           1.    Lamps: Specified units installed.
           2.    Ballast: 120-V model of specified ballast type.
           3.    Finishes: For each finished metal used in support components.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        LUMINAIRES

      A.   Comply with IESNA RP-8 for parameters of lateral light distribution patterns indicated for
           luminaires.



EXTERIOR LIGHTING                                                                                16521 - 1
                                            New Bath House
                                       Deep Creek Lake State Park
                                        DGS No. P-008-080-010



      B.   Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges.

      C.   Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum, unless otherwise indicated. Form and
           support to prevent warping and sagging.

      D.   Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or
           deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Ground equipment.

           1.    Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
                 tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
                 in UL 486A and UL 486B.


END OF SECTION 16521




EXTERIOR LIGHTING                                                                               16521 - 2

								
To top